UNIVERSITY
CATALOGUE
2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UOWD University Catalogue (2008)
INTRODUCTION TO UOWD CATALOGUE
SECTION 1
SECTION 2
7
About this Catalogue
7
Further Information
8
Disclaimer
9
INTRODUCTION TO THE UNIVERSITY
10
1.1
UOWD Vision, Mission and Guiding Principles
10
1.2
Message From the CEO
13
1.3
UOWD Accreditation and Licensure Summary
14
1.4
UOWD Profile
14
1.5
UOWD Board of Trustees
15
1.6
UOWD Senior Management Team
16
1.7
University of Wollongong, Australia
16
1.8
Relationship between UOWD and UOW in Australia
18
1.9
Transfer to Australia
18
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR CURRENT UOWD STUDENTS
19
2.1
Admissions
19
2.1.1
Before You Apply
19
2.1.2
How to Apply
19
2.1.3
Documentation to provide
19
2.1.4
Explanation of Supporting Documents
20
2.1.5
After you Apply
21
2.2
Visa Compliance
22
2.3
Enrolment
22
2.4
Paying Fees
23
2.5
Variation to Course or Subjects
26
2.6
Orientation
27
2.7
Student Online System(SOLS)
28
2.8
PELT
30
2.9
TurnItIn
31
2.10
Scholarships & Tuition Discounts
32
2.11
HECS HELP Assistance
40
2
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION3
SECTION 4
UOWD University Catalogue (2008)
2.12
FEE HELP Assistance (Formerly PELS)
41
2.13
Information Literacies Introductory Program
42
2.14
Declaration and Release of Final Results
43
2.15
Grading System
44
2.16
Minimum Rate of Progress
46
2.17
Amendment of Academic Record
49
2.18
Leave of Absence
50
2.19
Time Limits for Completion of Degree
51
2.20
Graduate Attributes
51
2.21
Graduation
53
2.22
Transfer to UOW Australia
53
SESSION DATES AND KEY DATES FOR 2008 Calendar Year
55
3.1
Undergraduate Calendar Dates
55
3.2
Postgraduate Calendar Dates
56
PART A: PROGRAM INFORMATION – UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM INFORMATION
57
4.1
Introduction to College of Business and College of Information
Technology
57
4.2
General information for UOWD Undergraduate students
57
4.2.1
Attestation requirements of Ministry of Education
57
4.2.2
Entry Requirements for Undergraduate students
59
4.2.3
English Language Proficiency requirements
60
4.2.4
Advanced Standing
61
4.3
College of Business
61
4.3.1
Welcome to the College of Business
61
4.3.2
Program Information
62
4.3.2.1
Bachelor of Business Administration
62
4.3.2.2
Bachelor of Commerce
64
4.3.3
4.3.4
College of Business Subject Descriptions
68
College Of Business- Undergraduate Degree
Planner
4.3.4.1
How to use this degree planner
4.3.4.2
78
78
UG Degree Planner - Commerce
79
4.3.4.3
Commerce Faculty Subjects on Offer
85
4.3.4.4
Personal Degree Planner
87
3
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.4.
SECTION 4
UOWD University Catalogue (2008)
College of Information Technology
88
4.4.1
Welcome
88
4.4.2
Course Information
88
4.4.2.1
Bachelor of Computer Science
88
4.4.2.2
Bachelor of Internet Science &
Technology
91
4.4.3
College of IT Subject Descriptions
93
4.4.4
College of IT Degree Planner
100
4.4.4.1
How to use this Degree Planner
100
4.4.4.2
Degree Planner – College of IT
101
4.4.4.3
College of IT subjects on offer
107
4.4.4.4
College of Business subjects on offer
108
4.4.4.5
Personal Degree Planner
110
PART B: PROGRAM INFORMATION - POSTGRADUATE
111
4.5
Introduction to the College of Graduate Studies
111
4.5.1
111
4.6
4.7
Welcome
General Information for UOWD Postgraduate Students
113
4.6.1
113
Entry requirements for postgraduate students
4.6.2
English Language Proficiency
114
4.6.3
Advanced Standing
115
Course Information
115
4.7.1
Master of Business Administration
115
4.7.2
Master of International Business
118
4.7.3
Master of Quality Management
121
4.7.4
Master of Strategic Marketing
124
4.7.5
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
127
4.7.6
Master of Engineering Management
134
4.7.7
Master of Information Technology Management
137
4.7.8
Master of Applied Finance and Banking
137
4.7.9
Master of Science (Logistics)
140
4.8
College of Graduate Studies Subject Descriptions
143
4.9
College of Graduate Studies – Academic Information
166
4.9.1
Academic responsibilities of CGS
166
4.10
4.9.2
Contacting CGS
167
4.9.3
CGS – General Information
169
4.9.4
Postgraduate Programs – Specific Information
169
4.9.5
Articulation from one degree program to another
172
PG Degree Planner
190
4.10.1
CGS- Subject Offering 2007/08
190
4.10.2
Degree Planner - MBA
192
4.10.3
Degree Planner - MIB
193
4.10.4
Degree Planner - MQM
194
4.10.5
Degree Planner - MSM
195
4.10.6
Degree Planner - MSHRM
196
4
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 4
SECTION 4
UOWD University Catalogue (2008)
4.10.7
Degree Planner – MEM
197
4.10.8
Degree Planner - MITM
198
4,10.9
Degree Planner - MAFB
199
4.10.10
Degree Planner – MSc. (Logistics)
200
PART C:
CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE AND CULTURE
201
4.11
Welcome
201
4.12
Program Information – CLC
202
4.12.1
UniPrep
202
4.12.2
IELTS Preparation and Testing
202
4.12.3
Other Programs from CLC
203
4.12.3.1
Go English
203
4.12.3.2
CELTA
203
4.12.3.3
Arabic Language Program
204
PART D : PROGRAM INFORMATION – CERT. OF PROFICIENCY
205
4.13
Introduction
205
4.13.1
Accounting for Managers
205
4.13.2
Marketing Management
205
4.13.3
Human Resource Management
205
4.13.4
International Business Strategy
205
4.13.5
Quality Management
206
4.13.6
Engineering Project Management
206
4.13.7
IT Strategic Planning
206
SECTION 4
PART E: UOWD ORGANISATIONAL CHART
207
SECTION 4
PART F: UOWD FULL TIME FACULTY INFORMATION
208
SECTION 5
STUDENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
212
5.1
Introduction
212
5.2
Mission and goals
212
5.3
Leadership & Development Opportunities
213
5.4
Student Representative Council
217
5.5
Health Services
219
5.6
Counseling Services
221
5.7
Career Services
221
5.8
Internships
224
5.9
Financial Assistance
225
5.10
Sports & Recreation Services
226
5.11
Student Activities
228
5.12
Clubs, Associations & Societies
229
5.13
Transportation Services
230
5.14
Prayer Rooms
231
5.15
Student Publications
231
5.16
International Student Services
231
5.17
Academic Support
234
5.18
Alumni Services
236
5
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.19
SECTION 6
UOWD University Catalogue (2008)
Student Accommodation
238
RULES, POLICIES and CODES OF PRACTICE
246
6.1
Policy Information
246
6.2
Policies
246
6.2.1
Admissions Procedures and Processes
246
6.2.2
Undergraduate Fees / Refund
287
6.2.3
Postgraduate Fees / Refund
291
6.2.4
Intellectual Property Policy
293
6.2.5
Student Assignment of IP Policy
298
6.2.6
Copyright Policy
300
6.2.7
Plagiarism Policy
304
6.2.8
Student Attendance Policy
306
6.2.9
Enrolment Policy
308
6.2.10
Assessment Policy
315
6.2.11
Examination Policy
323
6.2.12
Academic Grievance Policy
334
6.2.13
Code of Practice - Students
339
6.2.14
Rules – Campus Access and Order
341
6.2.15
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline
344
6.2.16
Rules for Student Residences
352
List of Policies and Forms
358
6
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 1:
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2008 EDITION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
WOLLONGONG IN DUBAI STUDENT CATALOGUE
ABOUT THIS CATALOGUE
The University of Wollongong in Dubai Student Catalogue is a reference guide providing
general information to all prospective students concerning important aspects of University life.
All students are encouraged to read the Student Catalogue and be aware of the material
herein.
The Student Catalogue is set out in the following manner (see also Table of Contents):
An Introduction to the Student Catalogue, the content contained therein and details of who to
contact or where to go, to get further information.
Section 1: Introduction to the University.
This section gives an overview of the University, Its Mission, vision and guiding principles and
also gives information about University of Wollongong, Australia.
Section 2: General Information for Current UOWD Students
This section gives information about Visa compliance, Enrolment process, Fees payment,
Course or Subject variation process, Orientation, SOLS, PELT, TurnItIn, Scholarships,
Financial Assistance, Information Literacies Introductory Program, Grading System,
Declaration and release of final results, Minimum Rate of Progress, Amendment of Academic
Record, Time limits for completion of degree, Leave of absence, Graduate Attributes,
Graduation and Transfer to UOW Australia.
Section 3: Session Dates and Key Dates for the 2008/9- Calendar Year
Information specifying the Session Dates and important dates, within each session, for the
2008-2009 Calendar year is provided.
Section 4: Program Information
Information relating to the Undergraduate and Postgraduate Programs offered by the
University of Wollongong in Dubai is provided.
(A) Undergraduate Programs content provides:
•
•
An introduction to the College of Business and the College of Information
Technology.
General Information for UOWD Undergraduates
(B) College of Business
• Welcome to the College of Business.
• Course Information including; course description, course overview, entry
requirements, advanced standing, course requirements, course program, electives
and other information.
7
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
Individual Subject Information including; subject descriptions, subject codes, credit
points, pre-requisites and assessment information.
Degree Planner
(C) College of Information Technology
•
•
•
•
Welcome to the College of Information Technology.
Course Information including; course description, course overview, entry
requirements, advanced standing, course requirements, course program, electives
and other information.
Individual Subject Information including; subject descriptions, subject codes, credit
points, pre-requisites and assessment information.
Degree Planner
(D) Postgraduate Programs content provides:
•
•
•
•
•
An introduction to the College of Graduate Studies.
Welcome to the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Information including; course description, course overview, entry
requirements, advanced standing, course requirements, course program, electives
and other information.
Individual Subject Information including; subject descriptions, subject codes, credit
points, pre-requisites and assessment information.
Degree Planner
(E)
Centre For Language and Culture Program Information
(F)
Certificate of Proficiency – Program Information
(G)
Faculty Information
•
Section 5 : Student Services Information
Details of the services the University of Wollongong in Dubai provides for students.
Services provided include; Housing, Transport, Sports & Recreation, Clubs and
Associations, Health, Personal Counseling, Prayer rooms, Career Advice, International
Student Assistance and the Student Representative Council, Student Publications and
Alumni Information.
•
Section 6 : Rules, Policies and Codes of Practice
The Rules, Policies and Codes of Practice outline the University Rules which govern
many aspects of study and other activities at the University. It is important for students to
read and understand these rules, policies and codes of practice.
FURTHER INFORMATION
The University of Wollongong in Dubai website (http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/) contains
comprehensive information for prospective and current students. Course and subject
information online is more detailed and current than the information contained in this Student
Catalogue because it is updated regularly throughout the year.
8
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
To ensure all students have the most current, accurate and correct information, students are
encouraged to contact:
•
•
The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village. OR
The respective College Chair or the College Coordinators on the Second Floor,
Rooms 2-24, 2-25 or 2-26, Building 15 at Knowledge Village.
DISCLAIMER
The University of Wollongong in Dubai has taken due care and diligence to ensure all
information provided in the Student Catalogue 2008/9 is correct at the time of publication. The
University of Wollongong in Dubai is, at all times, reviewing all aspects of its policies,
procedures and services; therefore, the information contained in this Student Catalogue is
subject to change without notice. Please refer to the University of Wollongong in Dubai
website for the current version of specific policies and procedures.
9
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION TO THE UNIVERSITY
1.1
UOWD VISION, MISSION AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES
VISION
The University of Wollongong in Dubai is committed to making a significant contribution to
educational and professional learning. The University offers distinctive academic programs
that are intended to meet the needs of culturally diverse and educationally high calibre
students. The University is able to recruit and retain faculty and administrative staff of the
highest quality who are committed to balancing the need for continuity with the need for
change; maintaining traditions of quality while promoting innovation and creating an
environment of continuous improvement.
It is against this background that the University has developed its vision:
To achieve distinction as a teaching and research University with a regional reputation for the
high quality of its student-centred undergraduate and graduate education.
The vision statement places considerable focus on student-centred learning and in particular:
• To create an institution committed to academic excellence
• The ability of students to think critically, creatively and to communicate effectively
• To become technologically literate
The vision statement also places considerable importance on academic research by:
• Creating a supporting environment, that allows each faculty to pursue its academic
interests
• Emphasizing the academic areas of strength in which the University can gain a
reputation for excellence
The University will achieve its Vision by promoting:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Excellence in Teaching
Innovative Research
A Rewarding Student Experience
Staff Development and Recognition
International Perspectives
Lifelong Learning
Productive Community Partnerships
Environmental Sustainability
Quality Service to Clients
Skilful and Responsible Stewardship of Resources
MISSION
The University’s Mission Statement seeks to create a teaching and research-oriented
institution of higher-level learning. The University of Wollongong in Dubai facilitates the needs
of undergraduate and postgraduate students to pursue their educational goals, determine the
10
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
direction of their lives and contribute significantly to their profession, community, and
society. It is against this background that the University has developed its mission statement:
The University of Wollongong in Dubai aims to explore, develop and apply human and
technological capacity for the benefit of the region, the national and the international
community.
To fulfill its mission, the University strives to achieve the following objectives:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
To position the University as a regional centre for excellence in scholarship, teaching
and research.
To attract a talented, diverse and motivated student body from both within the UAE
and overseas.
To develop a University culture which values and supports diversity, engenders social
responsibility, is sensitive to ethical issues and receptive to new ideas and critical
enquiry.
To create an environment within the University community that fosters co-operation,
teamwork and collegial relationships.
To foster an intellectual environment with an international orientation.
To provide equity of access for those who are qualified to undertake the academic
programs of the University.
To contribute to the social and economic development of its region.
GUIDING PRINCIPLES
The University recognizes that in order to achieve its objectives it needs to formulate effective
strategies, which include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Promotion of the University’s aspirations.
Investment in new ideas, and methods of teaching and research.
Incorporation, explicitly within curricula, of opportunities for students to achieve
intellectual maturity while developing appropriate professional skills.
Identification and commitment of resources to selected research areas.
Development of strategic alliances with industry, commerce, the community,
prominent research groups and regional agencies.
Active exploration of opportunities to internationalize the curriculum, the staff and
student body.
Active pursuit of further non-government sources of funding.
Development and evaluation of quality control processes.
Implementation of a staff career development plan.
Provision of comprehensive services to support student learning.
Development and continuous improvement of management processes.
Management of the development of the University so as to maintain an attractive,
ecologically sensitive and safe environment.
We are guided in our mission and towards the achievement of our vision by shared principles
and values:
As a university community:
•
Excellence
11
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
•
•
•
Creativity
Mutual respect and collegiality
Honesty and tolerance
Intellectual openness and freedom of opinion
Receptiveness to other cultures, ideas and peoples
Appreciation of and support for indigenous perspectives and reconciliation
As a self-governing institution:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Integrity and good faith in decision-making
Consultative and timely policy development and implementation
Foresight and efficiency in management
Inclusive and open strategic planning
Accountability and transparency
Community collaboration and service
Equal opportunity and social justice
Protection of the natural environment
12
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
1.2 MESSAGE FROM THE CEO
Welcome to the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
I was recently asked to explain what we do at UOWD. After some thought, my answer was
that we help fulfill dreams. Each one of our students and each staff member has come to us
with aspirations. Those aspirations revolve around their careers, providing for their families,
lifestyle and personal fulfillment. They form a precious trust for the university.
UOWD helps in meeting these joint needs of students and staff by means of an
uncompromising focus on academic excellence. Such excellence is recognized through the
numerous consulting and other interactions we have with industry leaders and employers, our
internationally published research in leading journals and the engagement we have with the
international academic community through staff and other exchanges. True success,
however, is measured by the employment of UOWD graduates in positions of leadership in
the Emirates and overseas.
In helping you to fulfill your dreams and aspirations, we encourage you not to forget the social
aspect of the university and to participate fully in the social, sporting and cultural events that
are organised by student services. The friendships you make during your time at UOWD will
be the basis of lifelong relationships at home and in business.
Again – welcome to the UOWD family!
Prof. Nick van der Walt
Chief Executive Officer
13
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
1.3 UOWD ACCREDITATION AND LICENSURE SUMMARY
All UOWD undergraduate and postgraduate degrees are accredited by the UAE Ministry of
Education. They are also accredited by the Australian Government.
UOWD degrees are recognised and accepted within the UAE, in GCC nations and
internationally for further education and employment in the private and public sectors.
1.4 UOWD PROFILE
The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) is one of the UAE’s oldest and most
prestigious universities. Established in 1993, it was the first Australian university in Dubai to
be licensed by the UAE Ministry of Higher Education & Scientific Research. The University is
located at ‘Knowledge Village’ an educational precinct a short distance from the heart of the
city.
More than 2,500 students from approximately 80 different countries are currently enrolled at
UOWD and enjoy a quality academic experience. Their nationally and internationally
recognised qualifications enable graduates to take up positions of influence in government,
private industry and in education.
Programs offered by UOWD are as follows:
English
•
•
•
UniPrep (English for University studies)
Go English! (Business and Conversational English)
IELTS preparation and testing
Undergraduate
•
•
•
•
Bachelor of Business Administration
Bachelor of Commerce (with specializations in Accounting, Finance, Human Resource
Management, Management and Marketing)
Bachelor of Computer Science
Bachelor of Internet Science & Technology
Postgraduate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Master of International Business (MIB)
Master of Quality Management (MQM)
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management (MSHRM)
Master of Strategic Marketing (MSM)
Master of Information Technology Management (MITM)
Master of Engineering Management (MEM)
Master of Applied Finance & Banking (MAFB)
Master of Science Logistics MSC (LOGISTICS)
14
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Certificates of Proficiency
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting for Managers
Marketing Management
International Business Strategy
Human Resource Management
Quality Management
Engineering Project Management
Information Technology Strategic Planning
The University’s faculty is a mix of locally and internationally recruited academics who have
extensive experience in the class room as well as in business and industry. They bring years
of knowledge gained from research in their respective fields into the class room providing
students with a stimulating academic environment.
UOWD’s popularity amongst students has grown rapidly in recent years. Students enjoy a
vibrant social life on campus with facilities including a food court, an active Student
Representative Council, personal and academic counseling, a medical centre and a well
resourced library. Full accommodation options are also available within close proximity to the
University.
The University of Wollongong in Dubai maintains a long and proud tradition of excellence in
education combined with liberal values of enquiry. The University strives to provide a fertile
environment for bright young minds to flourish and where critical thinking is both encouraged
and nurtured - qualities which characterize great institutes of learning.
1.5 UOWD BOARD OF TRUSTEES
•
His Excellency Engineer Hussain Nasser Lootah, Director General - Dubai
Municipality
•
His Excellency Jamal Obaid Ghubash, Member of Board of Trustees for Hamdan
Bin Rashid Al Maktoum Award for Distinguished Academic Performance; Chairman of
Arabian Air Travel Agency LLC
•
His Excellency Mohammed Sultan Saeed, Member of the UAE Federal National
Council
UOWD is currently in the process of approaching a fourth member who holds a significant
position in UAE.
15
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
1.6 UOWD SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM
Nicholas Van Der Walt
Raed Awamleh
Kieran Ross
Cedwyn J. Fernandes
Lejla Vrazalic
Lois Smith
Manoj Mathew
Ghada Al Pasha
Joseph Gracia Aninias
Saba Gaffar
Jay Jayatilaka
Mohamad A. Chatila
Mohammad Ali Meraj
Eduardo Hamzi
Bridget Clifford
CEO
Dean, Academic Affairs
Manager, Academic Planning &
Policy
Chair, College of Graduate studies
Chair, College of Undergraduate
Studies
Chair, Centre for Language and
Culture
Manager, Finance
Registrar
Manager, ITTS
Acting Library Manager
Manager, International Marketing
Marketing Manager- UAE
Manager, ORIQ
Manager, P & S
Manager, Student Services
1.7 UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG, AUSTRALIA
Introduction
The University of Wollongong (UOW) is a dynamic institution with an international outlook and
a growing reputation for providing quality education and research.
The main campus is located on the east coast of Australia, 80km south of Sydney and is
renowned as one of the most beautiful and tranquil campuses in Australia. Both the University
and the city of Wollongong are thriving multicultural communities, offering 21,000 students
(5,000 of whom are international students) a relaxed, safe and friendly lifestyle. Students and
staff come from over 70 different nations, sharing a culture that respects openness,
inclusiveness, collegiality and diversity.
Quality teaching programs are offered across nine faculties. Undergraduate and postgraduate
specialisations are available both within and across disciplines, allowing students to tailor
their education according to personal and employment aspirations. With its world-class
academics, UOW has created a research culture that facilitates multidisciplinary approaches
to research; achieves outcomes to real problems; and is strengthened by strong partnerships
with industry and other research and development institutions both within Australia and
internationally
UOW is one of Australia's best performing research institutions. Over the past five years, the
University has consistently been ranked among the top ten institutions in competitive
Australian Research Council (ARC) Grants schemes. The Good Universities Guide, an
independent review of Australian universities, has also given UOW the highest 5-star rating
for "Research Intensity".
16
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
UOW teaching staff are amongst the best qualified in all Australian universities. The Good
Universities Guide has awarded UOW the highest ranking in "Staff Qualifications" for the past
two years. Students enjoy close interaction with lecturers and a better staff-student ratio than
many universities
History
The University of Wollongong traces its origins to 1951 when a Division of the then New
South Wales University of Technology was established in Wollongong.
Ten years later the Division became the Wollongong College of the University of New South
Wales and, in 1975, the University of Wollongong was incorporated by the New South Wales
Parliament as an independent institution of higher learning. In 1982, the University
amalgamated with the Wollongong Institute of Higher Education, which had begun life in 1962
as the Wollongong Teachers’ College. The merger formed the basis for a period of rapid
growth in the 1980s and the emergence of the University of Wollongong’s distinctive identity
as an enterprising institution with a personalised style and a growing reputation for excellence
in teaching and research.
Thus, in over 50 years, the University has grown from a provincial feeder college with 300
students to an international university with over 21,000 students spread across three
campuses and five access centres. Originally established as a provider of technical education
for engineers and metallurgists required for the region’s steel industry, the University now
offers a wide range of courses across nine faculties - Arts, Education, Health & Behavioural
Sciences, Engineering, Law, Science, Informatics, Commerce and Creative Arts. These
faculties incorporate 40 teaching units with some 760 members of academic staff and 1,600
staff overall.
Since its foundation, the University has conferred more than 52,000 degrees, diplomas and
certificates. Its student population, originally drawn predominantly from the local Illawarra
region, is now comprised of students from over 70 countries with international students
accounting for more than 30 percent of total enrolments.
The University of Wollongong has developed into a multi-campus institution. The main
Wollongong campus is on the original site five kilometres north-west of the city centre and
now covers an area of 82.4 hectares with 94 permanent buildings including six student
residences. The Dubai Campus in the United Arab Emirates was established in 1993 and the
Shoalhaven Campus was opened in 2000 at Nowra on the New South Wales South Coast. In
addition, there are University Education Centres in Sydney, Bega, Batemans Bay, Moss Vale
and Loftus. The University also offers courses in conjunction with partner institutions in a
number of offshore locations including Singapore, Malaysia and Hong Kong.
The University has always had a strong research focus and has developed an international
reputation for its applied research (often in partnership with industry or government) in areas
relevant to national economic, technological and social goals. It is home to eight Research
Institutes and three ARC Key Centres for Teaching and Research - in Smart Foods, Bulk
Solids and Particulate Technologies and Asia Pacific Social Transformation Studies. In
addition, the University is a partner in four Co-operative Research Centres (CRC) - in
Intelligent Manufacturing Systems, Railway & Engineering Technologies, Welded Structures
and Smart Internet Technology.
17
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The University has developed as a State "Centre of Excellence" in telecommunications. It is
one of the largest sites of information technology, multimedia and telecommunications
research in the Southern Hemisphere. Other areas of expertise include superconductors,
intelligent polymers, steel processing and products, microwave technology, biomedical
research, medical radiation physics and environmental research.
The University's strength in collaborative research was acknowledged when in 1999 the
University was announced joint winner of the Good Universities Guide ‘University of Year’
Award for 1999-2000 for its "Outstanding Research and Development Partnerships". In an
unprecedented achievement, the University won the award a second time in 2000-2001 for its
efforts in "Preparing Graduates for an E-world". It thus conclusively reaffirmed its standing as
an innovative university with the highest rating in the country for the employment of its
graduates.
The teaching, research and cultural life of the University is supported by state-of-the-art
facilities, including an extensive library collection, an interactive Science Centre, and a
Recreation & Aquatic Centre. In late 2002, the University announced the establishment of a
Wollongong Innovation Campus on a 20 hectare site at Brandon Park. A joint venture with the
NSW government, the private sector & local councils, this science and technology precinct
will be developed over a ten year period commencing in 2003.
Thus, the University of Wollongong looks to the future as a dynamic and outward-looking
institution with a growing reputation for providing quality education and research.
1.8 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG IN DUBAI AND
UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG AUSTRALIA
The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) is an independent, private university
operating under a license granted by the Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research
in 1999. This license was renewed again in 2004. Prior to 2003, UOWD operated as a branch
campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia. It now operates under its own charter,
with an independent Board of Trustees to ensure the highest standards of education and
corporate governance consistent with the expectations of the Federal Ministry of Higher
Education and Scientific Research.
The Board of Trustees has established a formal relationship with the University of
Wollongong in Australia to provide specific services and support. The formal relationship has
been established to ensure that students of the University of Wollongong in Dubai receive an
educational experience and graduate with degrees that are recognised as meeting standards
of excellence by other leading national systems of higher education as well as those in the
United Arab Emirates.
1.9 TRANSFER TO AUSTRALIA
Since UOWD teaches the same degree programs as at the University of Wollongong in
Australia, transferring from UOWD to UOW Australia is a relatively simple process. Students
commencing in a course at UOWD may transfer to UOW Australia at any time with full credit.
The details of the transfer process are given in Section 2.19 of this Catalogue.
18
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 2: GENERAL INFORMATION FOR PROSPECTIVE UOWD STUDENTS
2.1 ADMISSIONS
2.1.1 Before You Apply
Before you submit an application for admission to the University of Wollongong in Dubai,
there are a number of things that you should know:
•
The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) has three intakes of applications per
academic year. Admission to the UOWD is granted on a competitive basis.
•
Application for Admission forms can be downloaded from the University web-site at
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ps/details.php?sec=10
,and when completed can be
submitted in person or via courier to the UniContact Office, Ground Floor, Building 15,
Knowledge Village, four weeks prior to the commencement of each session.
•
The deadline for submission of all applications is two weeks before the commencement of
the session.
•
Applications with missing information, or received after the session intake deadline, will
not be processed.
•
Decisions with regards to admission will be based on the final official grades that are
submitted two weeks prior to the start of the session.
•
Where necessary applicants must arrange to have all official final transcripts and other
supporting documentation forwarded to the University’s UniContact Office by the specified
deadline of the session intake.
2.1.2 How to Apply
The UOWD Application for Admission form must be completed. The application form can be
downloaded from our website http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ps/details.php?sec=10 or obtained
from the UniContact Office, Ground Floor, Building 15, Knowledge Village. When completed
applications can be submitted in person, or by mail or courier service to the UniContact
Office.
2.1.3 Documentation to Provide
i) For students applying for Post graduate programs:
The completed Application Form must be accompanied by:
Academic Documentation
•
An Official transcript and an official Bachelor degree. Note: If these are not in English,
a certified English translation is required. Proof of English proficiency is required.
Note: Results from IELTS & TOEFL tests must be sent to the University directly from
the IELTS or TOEFL testing centres, quoting UOWD institution code (IELTS: AE109 /
TOEFL: 7907).
19
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Administrative Documentation:
•
4 passport photos.
•
A certified copy of the passport and Residence Visa.
When applicable, applications for Advanced Standing should be made on the Application
for Advanced Standing Form along with an official transcript of subjects completed.
•
A detailed copy of the Course syllabus or subject outline.
ii) For students applying for Undergraduate Programs:
Documentation to Provide
The following documents must accompany a completed 'Application for Admission':
•
•
•
•
•
An Original or a certified copy of the secondary school certificates and records.
Proof of English (Note: Results from IELTS & TOEFL tests may be sent to the
University directly from the IELTS or TOEFL testing centres quoting the UOWD
institution code IELTS: AE109 / TOEFL: 7907).
4 passport-sized photographs.
A copy of the passport (and Residence Visa, if resident in the UAE).
An Official academic transcript showing all courses studied and grades obtained,
syllabus details (including information on course content) of the courses successfully
completed and an explanation of the grading system (applicable only for students
seeking advanced standing).
Upon receipt of the completed application with/without all supporting documentation, the
UniContact Office will issue a student Identification Number (ID) along with an Admission
check list detailing the documents submitted.
This ID number is recorded on the Admissions check list. The status of the application is
continuously updated as UniContact receives any documentation not included with the
original application form. Applicants are advised to quote the ID number when making
enquiries regarding the status of their application and are encouraged to frequently check
their application status with the UniContact Office
2.1.4 Explanation of Supporting Documents Required For Admission
Supporting documents are a necessary requirement for admission to the UOWD. For most
applicants, supporting documents are the official transcripts that must be submitted to allow
the University to process your Application for Admission. As well as submitting an application
to UniContact, you must submit official transcripts of final grades from high school and, if
applicable, from all other post-secondary institutions (colleges, universities, technical schools,
etc.) attended.
In addition to final transcripts, students from educational systems where instruction was
delivered in a language other than English are required to submit the following:
TOEFL or IELTS results.
20
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The Application for Admission form has a complete list of documents that are required in
order to submit your application. Please read carefully and follow the instructions: Applicants
are required to present original transcripts of academic records and Residence Visa.
2.1.5 After You Apply
Issue of the Letter of Offer of Admission
Qualified applications are sighted for the appropriate documentation submitted.
When all documents in support of your application are received, the University will evaluate
your academic record to determine if you meet both the University’s admissions requirements
and the English Language Proficiency Requirement. Refer to the respective College’s Entry
Requirement for more information.
The University may require additional criteria to be satisfied so please ensure that you are
aware of these criteria and that they are completed by the specified deadlines.
Applicants who fail to meet these admissions requirements will be issued a Letter of
Rejection.
After consideration, qualifying applicants will be offered admission to their program of choice.
Based on the decision taken by the University, the UniContact will issue one of the following
letters:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Unconditional Offer Letter (stating missing documentation if any)
Conditional Offer Letter (stating conditions and missing documentation if any)
Provisional Offer Letter
Reject Letter
a) Unconditional Offer Letter
An Unconditional Letter of Offer is issued when it is determined that all requirements for
admission have been satisfied.
Follow the instructions stated in your Offer Letter in regards to the Program you have been
offered admission. New students must then accept the offer of admission. Once this has been
done students can seek academic advice from the College to ensure they enroll in
appropriate subjects.
b) Conditional Offer Letter
If you received a Conditional Offer Letter, this means that the University requires additional
information than that submitted with the Application for Admission form. Examples include:
•
•
You must submit the original documents verifying the results of your bachelor and/or post
secondary academic qualifications (for postgraduate courses) or results of your final
secondary school year (for undergraduate courses).
You must submit the original and / or certified copies of your academic transcripts.
21
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
•
You must submit documentary evidence of having satisfied the University’s English
language proficiency entry criteria.
You must submit documentation verifying that you have certified proof of residency to
reside in the U.A.E.
You must submit (if applicable) your original IELTS Certificate to the UniContact Office
within the University. (Centre AE109)
You must submit (if applicable) your original TOEFL Certificate to the UniContact Office
within the University. (Centre A7909)
When you have fulfilled and verified the conditions specified in your Conditional Offer Letter,
your student file will be updated and an unconditional offer letter will be issued to you.
c) Provisional Offer
A Provisional Offer of Admission is issued when the applicant is required to provide further
evidence of meeting the University’s admission criteria including original completion certificate
for studies undertaken to date.
d) Reject Letter
A Reject Letter is issued if a student does not meet the University’s Entry Requirements to
the respective Course.
Refer all application related questions to the UOWD UniContact Office at (971 4) 367 2401 or
at email info@uowdubai.ac.ae.
Accepting an offer of Admission
a) Acceptance of Offer of Admission.
You are required to indicate your acceptance of the UOWD’s Offer of Admission by
completing the form attached to your Offer Letter and submitting it to either the Accountant’s
Office.
b) Residence Visa Sponsorship
If you have indicated that you require the UOWD’s sponsorship for a Student Residency Visa,
you will have to complete an application form and submit relevant documentation as well as
pay the required fees. If you need further assistance, please go to the Registrar’s Office.
2.2 VISA COMPLIANCE
The UAE Government requires the University and each student to comply with the conditions
of the student visa. It is the responsibility of the students to ensure that they comply with all
the conditions of their visa. The University is obligated by law to report any non-compliance
by any student and cannot choose to ignore any regulations or requirements.
Detailed information on VISA Sponsorship and STUDENT VISA SPONSORSHIP Form is
available at http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ps/details.php?sec=5
2.3 ENROLMENT
New Students are required to attend the University during the Orientation Program prior to the
start of session. The UniContact Office will advise you of the Orientation days in the Offer
Letter sent to you.
22
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The Enrolment process for New Students is a four (4) step process:
• Obtain Academic Advice
• Enroll on-line through the Student Online System (SOLS)
• Pay your fees
• Attend the Registrar’s Office to present receipt of payment to be scheduled for online enrollment.
• Receive your Username and password as well as the Student Identification Card.
All Students are able to use the Student Online System (SOLS) to enroll online for their
subjects in the upcoming session. Students are encouraged to obtain academic advice from
the College Chair or Academic Advisor prior to enrolling online.
For further information on SOLS please refer to the Section on SOLS in this Catalogue or
contact the Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
New Student Enrolment Process
Academic Advice
In order to obtain Academic Advice, the student should attend the University of Wollongong in
Dubai on any of the specified Orientation days prior to the commencement of each session.
Enrolment initially involves the selection of subjects for a session of study and approval for
your selection from the Chair of College or his/her academic Advisor.
Students should visit the Chair of College, The College Academic Advisor in order to discuss
the relevant selection of subjects for the first and subsequent sessions of study.
To enroll in the selected subjects all new students must then complete a Manual Enrolment
Form. Manual enrolment forms may be obtained from the Registrar’s office or College office
(you will need to show your Offer Letter to receive such a form.)
2.4 PAYING FEES
When you have completed the manual enrolment form, you will then need to visit the
Cashier’s office and pay the applicable fees. The Cashier will calculate the exact fees
applicable. Please refer to the Fees and Refund Policy for further details at:
http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae and then click on Policies tab and then click on the Undergraduate
Fees/ Refund policy for undergraduate fee details and click on Fees and Refund Policy –
Postgraduate fees for Postgraduate fee details.
Payment Plans
Students at UOWD are required to pay fees for their respective programs of study. Tuition
fees are paid each session according to the number of subjects in which the student is
enrolled and the respective credit point weighting for each subject. The number of subjects
taken and the level of those subjects determine the cost per session.
Students enrolling at UOWD are offered the following payment plans:
23
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Undergraduate Fee Payment Plan
Three fee payment plans are available for Undergraduate students.
•
•
•
Traditional Payment Plan
Progress Payment Plan
Guardian Payment Plan
Traditional Payment Plan
Fees can be paid by cash, cheque, or credit card. Fees are to be paid in full before the start
of the session according to the number of subjects taken. All payments for the session must
be made before the due date mentioned in the Calendar of Dates. Late payment fees are
charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. This penalty applies to all payments made after the
due date. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for insufficient funds.
Progress Payment Plan
Fees are paid in three installments which are as follows.
• 1st installment – 50% of the total tuition fees for the session.
• 2nd installment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
• 3rd installment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
The dates for payment of installments will be advertised by the Finance Department prior to
the start of each session. Fees can be paid by Cash, Cheque or Credit Card. Students who
elect to pay their fees under the Progress Payment Plan will be required to pay an additional
charge of AED 400 per subject. Students who pay by Post Dated Cheques or give a Credit
Card Debit Order for the remaining fee installments are eligible to receive a discount of 50%
(i.e. AED 200) on the additional fee paid per subject. A charge of AED 500 is added if a
cheque is returned for whatever reason or the Debit Order cannot be processed by the bank.
Students who default on any payment will automatically lose the privilege to continue with the
Progress Payment Plan, and will have to revert to the Traditional Payment Plan. Late
payment fees are charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. Students will have to pay this
penalty retrospectively from week one (1) of the session.
Guardian Payment Plan
Fees for this payment plan can be paid by Cash or Cheque only. Students who elect to pay
their entire tuition fees for the degree program upfront can avail a discount of 10% on the
fees. This discounted amount will be given to the student at the time of Graduation as a cash
award. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for whatever reason by the
bank. This plan cannot be used in conjunction with any other tuition discount scheme.
Postgraduate Fee Payment Plans
Three fee payment plans are available for Postgraduate students.
• Traditional Payment Plan
• Progress Payment Plan
• Executive Payment plan
24
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Traditional Payment Plan
Fees can be paid by cash, cheque, or credit card. Fees are to be paid in full before the start
of the session according to the number of subjects taken. All payments for the session must
be made before the due date mentioned in the Calendar of Dates. Late payment fees are
charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. This penalty applies to all payments made after the
due date. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for whatever reason by the
bank.
Progress Payment Plan
Fees are paid in three installments which are as follows.
1st installment – 50% of the total tuition fees for the session.
2nd installment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
3rd installment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
The dates for payment of installments will be advertised by the Finance Department prior to
the start of each session. Fees can be paid by Cash, Cheque or Credit Card. Students who
elect to pay their fees under the Progress Payment Plan will be required to pay an additional
charge of AED 400 per subject. Students who pay by Post Dated Cheques or give a Credit
Card Debit Order for the remaining fee installments are eligible to receive a discount of 50%
(i.e. AED 200) on the additional fee paid per subject. A charge of AED 500 is added if a
cheque is returned for whatever reason or the Debit Order cannot be processed by the bank.
Students who default on any payment will automatically lose the privilege to continue with the
Progress Payment Plan, and will have to revert to the Traditional Payment plan. Late
payment fees are charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. Students will have to pay this
penalty retrospectively from week one (1) of the session.
Executive Payment Plan
Fees under this plan can be paid by Cash or Cheque only. Students who elect to pay their
entire tuition fees for the degree program upfront can avail a discount of 10% on the fees. A
charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for insufficient funds. This plan cannot be
used in conjunction with any other tuition discount scheme.
Students who are indebted to the University will have their academic records withheld.
Australian citizens, permanent residents of Australia, and citizens of New Zealand may qualify
for HECS.
The cost of textbooks, photocopying, personal stationery items and other incidental costs are
not included in the tuition fees.
Challenge exams in 3 General Education subjects will be offered to eligible students. The
cost for each Challenge Exam is AED 200. This fee is non-refundable.
25
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Student Identification Card
Your student ID card is your passport to the UOWD campus and it entitles you to use the
Library and Computer Laboratory facilities as well as other privileges accorded to you as a
duly registered student of the UOWD. You will only be issued an ID card if you are enrolled in
subjects.
Keep your ID card safely with you at all times. You may receive a request from a member of
staff to show your ID, to which you are required to oblige. Failure to oblige may result in your
being denied the use of student facilities.
If you should lose your ID card, you must pay AED 50 to the cashier at the Accountant’s
office; you will then be required to show the receipt to the Administration Officers in the
Registrar’s Office who will issue a new ID card for you.
2.5
VARIATION TO COURSE OR SUBJECTS
After consultation with an Academic Adviser a candidate may apply to the relevant College
Chair for permission to change registration from one course to another.
Permission for a candidate to change registration is contingent upon any restriction that may
be imposed, on the number of candidates to be registered for a particular course.
Upon change of registration, a candidate becomes subject to the rules relating to the course
to which registration is changed.
Except with approval to the contrary, restrictions imposed on enrolment or registration of a
candidate prior to, or at the time of a change of registration, shall continue to apply after
change of registration. For a candidate for an undergraduate course, the Minimum Rate of
Progress Rules will apply immediately upon change of registration, should there be no
provisions to the contrary.
Variation / Withdrawal of Subjects
A candidate may withdraw from a subject provided such withdrawal is made by the date
specified (see Section 3: Session Dates and Key Dates of the Student Catalogue or SOLS for
details) of the session in which offer of the subject is completed. A candidate withdrawing
from one or more subjects is advised to seek advice from an academic adviser before doing
so.
There are (3) key withdrawal dates each session. These are:
•
•
•
The Last day to withdraw from a subject without financial penalty
The Last day to withdraw from a subject and be eligible for a 75% refund OR 80%
transfer of fees
The last date to withdraw from a subject without academic penalty.
Please Note: Dates for withdrawal from subjects will also have an impact on your entitlement
to fee refunds or fee transfers. Please refer to the Fee Refund and Transfer Policy detailed in
this Catalogue or available on the University website at: http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae and by
clicking on the Policies option.
A student may withdraw from a subject in either of the following ways:
26
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
The student must withdraw online via SOLS OR
Completing a Variation of Enrolment Form and returning it to the Registrar’s Office
(Ground Floor, Block 15, Knowledge Village)
Where a variation is a withdrawal, and is made no later than the last day of the specified
week (see Section 3: Session Dates and Key Dates of the Student Catalogue or SOLS for
details) of the session, the candidate shall be deemed to have not enrolled in that subject,
and that subject will then not appear on the academic record of the candidate.
Late withdrawal
Where a variation is a withdrawal, and is made after the last day of the specified week (see
Section 3: Session Dates and Key Dates of the Student Catalogue or SOLS for details) of the
session, the candidate shall be deemed to have enrolled in that subject, and that subject will
then appear on the academic record of the candidate.
Exceptions to this rule may only be approved if the student has an acceptable medical,
personal or other reason. An application may be made under the University's Special
Consideration Policy for 'late withdrawal from a subject without academic penalty'. A Special
Consideration Application form is available from the SOLS web page or from the Registrar’s
Office and must be supported by appropriate documentary evidence.
If a student's application for special consideration (late withdrawal from a subject) is
approved, the student will be deemed to have withdrawn from the subject without penalty for
the purposes of the Minimum Rate of Progress Rules and "Withdrawn late with approval" will
appear against the subject on the academic record of the student.
If a student's application for special consideration (late withdrawal from a subject) is not
approved, the student's enrolment will stand and a grade will be declared for that subject.
Request to Enroll in Additional Subjects
After consultation with an Academic Advisor a candidate may apply to their College Chair for
permission to enroll in an additional subject.
Permission for a candidate to enroll in an additional subject is contingent upon restrictions
imposed by relevant provisions of the rules of each program.
2.6 ORIENTATION
The Orientation Program is your introduction to the University of Wollongong in Dubai and to
university life in general. It is designed to introduce new students to the UOWD and
familiarize them with the facilities at the university; they can meet staff members, new fellow
students, finalize their enrolments, and get to know the resources of the university.
The Orientation days are the days on which new students will enroll in their subjects for the
upcoming session.
Orientation marks the official commencement of the academic year for both new
undergraduate and postgraduate students.
Information sessions about resources, facilities and services include:
27
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Academic Affairs
Library Orientation
Health Services
General information about living in Dubai
Accommodation
Sports and Recreational facilities
Student Representative Council and Student-run activities
We strongly recommend that all new students attend the orientation program. For more
information on the Orientation, see the Orientation program of activities on the website at
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ .
Experience has revealed that students who have academic difficulties during the semester
are usually those who did not attend the orientation program. If you are unable to attend the
orientation program due to circumstances beyond your control then please read and
understand the information that was enclosed in your offer letter or ask for help at the
Registrar’s office or from the Chair of College.
For comprehensive College information, refer to the UOWD website at
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/programs/?PHPSESSID=990a3265b4c6b23846a63856aa896377
2.7 STUDENT ONLINE SYSTEM (SOLS)
As a student of the University of Wollongong in Dubai you are provided with access to the
University of Wollongong in Australia’s Student On-Line System (SOLS). It is a vital tool in the
management of your enrolment at the University. It provides you with a range of services
including subject enrolment and withdrawal, exam marks, personal details, and a range of
other services.
To ensure that our communications with you are conducted in the most secure, reliable and
efficient manner, the UOW in Australia has designed a system where official communications
between the University and you are sent on-line as messages to your SOLSMail and
generally NOT BY POST (although this may be utilized on occasions).
In addition, UOW has proudly developed a SOLS Bulletin Board which provides relevant and
current information for students and is best described as a MUST SEE site.
Access to SOLS
At the time of your initial enrolment with the University of Wollongong in Dubai the Registrar’s
Division will create a UNIX Account, password and e-mail username for you. You will need to
remember this password to utilize SOLS fully.
When you log on to SOLS ( http://www.uow.edu.au/student/ ) this site brings together
information that relates to you such as exam results, enrolment details, timetables, tutorial
enrolment, email etc.
You can log onto SOLS by using either one of 2 methods:
(1)
Enter your email username and password in the designated areas;
OR
28
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
(2)
Enter your student number, bar code and date of birth in the designated areas. The
bar code is displayed on your student identification card. Note that this option is
gradually being phased out.
SOLS Mail and Bulletin Board
Mail is the primary method for communication with students. It is University Policy that you
check your SOLS Mail at least once per week during each semester. SOLS
Mail is your Electronic Letterbox to which all on-line official communications will be sent. You
should not confuse your SOLS Mail with email - they are not the same and they work in very
different ways. Using SOLS Mail rather than email provides the University with the ability to
check that each official communication has been delivered to you and that you have read
them. This ability to track or check is beneficial to ensure that important official messages
sent to you do not go astray.
All students of the UOW in Australia and UOWD have access to SOLS Mail. You are
automatically registered as an on-line user when you enroll.
If you have a SOLS Mail Message, it will be displayed automatically on your screen when you
log on to SOLS. You will not be able to view the next screen until this message has been
read and you have clicked the tab indicating you have read the message.
If you have more than one SOLS Mail Message - a message will be displayed on your screen
stating the number of SOLS Mail Messages. You must read each message and click the tab
indicating that you have read the message. The next message will automatically appear.
Once you have completed this process for all messages you will then be able to proceed to
the main SOLS menu.
The SOLS Bulletin Board can be viewed automatically when you are logged onto SOLS. The
SOLS Bulletin Board is displayed on the right side of your screen.
By checking SOLS once a week you are regularly accessing important official University
communications and keeping yourself informed of current information relevant to students.
Note that the current password is valid for about one month and needs to be changed
regularly for security purposes. The Registrar’s Division can assist you with changing your
password.
Current Students: Re-Enroll Online using SOLS
It is the responsibility of current students to enroll online via SOLS and to maintain their
enrolment accurately so that results can be properly declared at the end of session.
If you have any difficulties, please seek advice from the staff in the Registrar’s Office.
Prior to enrolling online using SOLS, students are encouraged to consult with an Academic
Adviser about subject selection. After discussing your program of study, complete the on-line
enrolment using the following guidelines.
Steps to Enroll Online using SOLS
(1)
(2)
Log on to a computer, either in the UOWD computer labs, at home or at work.
Go to the UOW home page – www.uow.edu.au
29
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Click on the “SOLS (Student On-Line System) link” on the right side of the page, under
the heading “Direct Links”.
On the next screen, as a re-enrolling student, fill in the 3 boxes: one each for your
student number; your barcode (on your student ID card) and your date of birth. These
are the 3 security measures.
On the next screen, enter your subject codes (letters plus numbers)
On the next screen, ensure that you get the correct “instance” (session) for each
subject. (***Be careful – some subjects have more than one option for each instance.
For example: “day” or “evening”, or A-“Monday” or B-“Thursday”.)
Print off your enrolment record and take it to pay your tuition fees at the Accounts Office
in Room G-15 on the Ground Floor in Block 15 in Knowledge Village.
You should keep an accurate record of your enrolment. If you need to amend it later, you
should make the necessary changes yourself online (within the relevant timeframes indicated
on the notice-boards).
If you have not already done so, you should create, and ensure that you take an accurate
record of, your UNIX account name and password (you will need this information later on in
certain subjects)
All students are encouraged to learn how to effectively utilize SOLS.
For further information in relation to any aspect of SOLS please contact
• The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
2.8
PROJECT FOR THE ENHANCEMENT OF LEARNING AND TEACHING (PELT)
The Project for the Enhancement of Learning and Teaching (PELT) provides a range of
learning development services and aims to improve student learning and promote innovative
teaching strategies. Through workshops and seminars, students are encouraged to develop
critical thinking and analysis skills which in turn will enhance their academic potential.
PELT was established in January 2005 and is currently coordinated by Dr Lien Els who has
a wealth of teaching experience and teaching awards. Dr. Els has published extensively in
the areas of teaching and learning in higher education, assessment practices and curriculum
development. In addition to organizing PELT workshops for students, Dr. Els is available for
one-on-one consultations with students who wish to discuss matters related to their studies.
PELT offers regular learning development workshops which are FREE for all UOWD
students. Workshop topics include academic support, library services, careers, and life at
university.
Some of the workshops on offer include:
• Information Literacies Introductory Program (ILIP)*
• Using the Library for Study
• Conquer the Clock: Effective study time management
• Easing the Exam Experience: Coping with exam stress
• How to Write Better Essays: Introduction to Academic Writing
• Getting the Most Out of Group Work
• How to Make Your Reports More Professional: A Guide to Report Writing
30
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
• Avoiding Plagiarism: Harvard Referencing
• Tips for Getting Better Exam Grades
• How to Write a Great CV
• Marketing Yourself to Employers
For more information about workshops and how to register, please visit the PELT website:
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/pelt or send an e-mail to pelt@uowdubai.ac.ae
Contact PELT
University of Wollongong in Dubai
Knowledge Village – Block 15
Room 2-07
Ph: (04) 390 0974
E-mail: pelt@uowdubai.ac.ae
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/pelt
PELT Coordinator
Dr Lien Els
Knowledge Village - Block 15
Room 2-06
Ph: (04) 367 2427
E-mail: LienEls@uowdubai.ac.ae
PELT Office Hours
Sunday to Thursday
8:30am to 12:30pm
Other times by appointment.
2.9
TURNITIN
TurnItIn is an online plagiarism prevention resource which assists educators and students to
fully utilize the internet's educational potential.
Turnitin is an effective tool that you can use to improve your academic writing skills. Often you
are encouraged to refer to other people's ideas in your essays and reports and attribute (or
reference) them appropriately, while studying at University. Sometimes, through lack of
referencing skills, a student may inadvertently use another person's work and/or not
reference the work properly. In some cases, this may be referred to as "plagiarism".
Turnitin is a program designed to assist in detecting these errors, and can allow you to revise
your work before final submission for assessment. The program can assist your referencing
skills development using the "Turnitin Originality Report".
Turnitin is not the only solution to developing referencing skills. A lot of practice, asking for
advice from your lecturer/tutor; referring to your course manual; working through the Info
Skills modules; or attending sessions through the Learning Support Program - are all avenues
to help you develop your academic writing skills.
31
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
In addition to a hard copy, students are required to submit all written assignments in soft
copy through the TurnItIn system which is available online at www.turnitin.com. Every student
must have a TurnItIn account. Failure to submit an assignment through TurnItIn will result in
marks for that assignment being withheld. Students do NOT need to hand in a printed
copy of the TurnItIn Originality Report! More information about TurnItIn (including how to
create an account and add a class) will be provided in the first lecture. Students can
download Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) about TurnItIn from the following URLs –
TurnItIn website - http://www.turnitin.com/static/faqs/plagiarism_faq.html
2.10
SCHOLARSHIPS & TUITION DISCOUNTS
UOWD aims to recognize, encourage and reward the merit and excellence of students
through the award of scholarships. The scholarship will cover 100% of tuition fees each
semester, for the normal duration of the degree program, so long as the required academic
standards (grades) are maintained. The scholarships are given in two categories – ENTRY
LEVEL and CONTINUING LEVEL. Entry level scholarships will only be available to potential
full-time undergraduate and graduate students enrolling in their first semester (Autumn) each
year i.e. for students who have not previously been enrolled in a program of study with
UOWD. Continuing level scholarships are for students who have previously been awarded a
scholarship and whose academic progress meets the requirements necessary to remain
eligible for that scholarship.
The various scholarships awarded by UOWD are:
a) UOWD Outstanding Academic Excellence Scholarships
UOWD offers four annual outstanding academic excellence scholarships to students to
study at UOWD. Two of these scholarships will be at the undergraduate level and two
will be at the postgraduate level. The scholarships will be awarded to recognize those
students who have demonstrated an outstanding record of academic excellence and
achievement.
b) UOWD Emirati Leadership Scholarships
UOWD offers two annual scholarships to postgraduate students to study at UOWD. The
scholarships will be awarded to recognize those students who demonstrate outstanding
leadership potential and have an excellent record of academic accomplishment, service
to the community and career achievement.
c) UOWD Humanitarian and Community Scholarships
UOWD offers four annual humanitarian and community scholarships to students to
study at UOWD. The scholarships will be awarded to recognize those students who
have demonstrated an outstanding record of academic accomplishment, service to the
community and whose economic circumstances cause genuine hardship, such that it
would make undertaking further education an unattainable goal.
d) UAE Business and Industry Scholarships
UOWD is offering a range of UAE Business and Industry Scholarships in collaboration
with its industry partners. The scholarships included in this category are the following:
32
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
i) Australian Business in the Gulf (ABIG)
ABIG is offering four annual scholarships to students to study at UOWD. Three of
these scholarships will be at the undergraduate level and one will be at the
postgraduate level. The scholarships will be awarded to recognize those students who
have demonstrated an outstanding record of academic accomplishment, service to the
community and career achievement.
ii) Iranian Business Council of Dubai (IBC)
The IBC is offering four annual scholarships to students to study at UOWD. Three of
these scholarships will be at the undergraduate level and one will be at the
postgraduate level. The scholarships will be awarded to recognize those students who
have demonstrated an outstanding record of academic accomplishment, service to the
community and career achievement.
iii) The South African Business Council (SABCo)
SABCo is offering three annual scholarships to students to study at UOWD. Two of
these scholarships will be at the undergraduate level and one will be at the
postgraduate level. The scholarships will be awarded to recognize those students who
have demonstrated an outstanding record of academic accomplishment, service to the
community and career achievement.
iv) UOWD Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarship
UOWD is offering four annual Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarships to
students to study at UOWD. Two of these scholarships will be at the undergraduate
level and two will be at the postgraduate level. The scholarships will be awarded to
recognize those students who demonstrate an outstanding record of academic
accomplishment, service to the community and current sporting achievement at the
representative level.
The final determination of the scholarships in all cases will be administered by the
Scholarship Committee in accordance with the relevant eligibility and selection criteria. For
further information regarding Scholarships please refer to the Scholarship Policy (PP- DBACD- 2.1) which be viewed online on the UOWD website.
UOWD makes scholarships available at the commencement of each new academic year in
the Autumn Session (September).
Entry Level Scholarships Available
The following Table details the Entry Level Scholarships available at UOWD:
Name of Scholarship
Number of Scholarships
Undergraduate
Postgraduate
Outstanding Academic Excellence Scholarships
2
2
Emirati Leadership Scholarships
-
2
33
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Humanitarian & Community Scholarships
4
UAE Business and Industry Scholarships:
Australian Business Council Dubai
3
1
Iranian Business Council
3
1
South African Business Council
2
1
Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarships
2
2
Continuing level scholarships are for students who have previously been awarded a
scholarship and whose academic progress meets the requirements necessary to remain
eligible for that scholarship.
Note: Scholarships awarded at the University of Wollongong in Dubai are not transferable to
the University of Wollongong, Australia.
Scholarship Entitlements
A Scholarship will cover 100% of tuition fees each semester, for the normal duration of the
degree program, so long as the required academic standards (grades) are maintained. The
scholarship does not include textbooks, excursions, accommodation, living expenses or any
other costs involved in undertaking study.
Eligibility Criteria for Entry Level Scholarships
Students must meet both general eligibility criteria (applicable to all scholarships on offer at
UOWD) and the specific criteria relevant to individual scholarships offered.
General Eligibility Criteria for Entry Level Scholarships
These scholarships are available for new (entry level) students studying full time and are not
available for continuing (re-enrolling) students.
Students / Applicants must commence their full-time studies at UOWD within the first
(Autumn) session or second (Spring) session should they be awarded a scholarship.
Scholarship winners will not be permitted to defer their scholarships beyond the second
(Spring) session of the Academic year in which they are awarded a scholarship. Students /
Applicants must have satisfied the English Language proficiency requirements of UOWD
relevant to their program of study. Students enrolling in English language programs will not be
eligible for scholarships.
An individual student can only be awarded one Scholarship. Applicants may apply for as
many Scholarships as they wish to, provided they meet the specific eligibility criteria.
Scholarships cannot be used in conjunction with any other discount incentive.
Separate Applications must be made for each Scholarship.
Specific Eligibility Criteria for Entry Level Scholarships
Students must comply with and address the specific eligibility and selection criteria for the
Scholarship being applied for.
34
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The specific eligibility and selection criteria for each Scholarship offered at UOWD are
detailed in the UOWD Scholarship Policy:
•
•
•
•
Outstanding Academic Excellence Scholarships
Emirati Leadership Scholarships
Humanitarian & Community Scholarships
UAE Business and Industry Scholarships:
™
™
™
™
Australian Business in the Gulf (ABIG)
Iranian Business Council
South African Business Council
Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarships
Selection Criteria for UOWD Scholarships
Students meeting the general and specific eligibility criteria will be included in the pool from
which the scholarships are awarded:
The award selection criteria for UOWD Scholarships (individually specified in the relevant
appendix) will require applicants to demonstrate superior qualities in one or more of the
following areas:
Academic Excellence/Accomplishment:
In considering whether to apply for a Scholarship, applicants should first consider whether
they meet the relevant academic excellence standards which can be summarised as follows:
Students meeting the following minimum academic excellence for an undergraduate level
scholarship will be considered for a scholarship:
New Students
CBSE
A Levels
O Levels
Iranian Board
UAE Education Board
American Board
Australia (UAI)
Greater than 90%
At least 3 ‘A’ grades
At Least 6 A’ grades
*Preference will be given to “A” Levels.
At least 19
Greater than 95%
Greater than 95%
Greater than 85
Students meeting the following minimum academic excellence for a postgraduate level
scholarship will be considered for a scholarship:
Completion of a Bachelor degree with a Grade Point Average of 3.5 out of 4 or its equivalent.
Academic Excellence/Accomplishment will also include (but is not limited to) elements such
as:
Superior academic performance by grade point average or weighted average marks as
evidenced by academic transcripts, degrees and certificates and/or specific awards received.
35
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Service to the Community
This includes (but is not limited to) elements such as:
Performance in and contribution to specific community service(s) or projects, whether
voluntary, individual or as a group as evidenced by awards, press clippings and/or referee
reports etc.
Career Achievement
This includes (but is not limited to) elements such as:
Outstanding and exemplary performance in terms of career achievement as evidenced by
promotion, contribution, awards, certificates, professional recognition, employer and/or
referee reports etc.
Leadership Potential
This includes (but is not limited to) elements such as:
Participation in mentoring or leadership programs, the ability to manage and lead people as
evidenced by leadership roles or positions held with employers or in community activities,
professional development activities and referee reports.
Humanitarian Need
This includes (but is not limited to) elements such as:
Financial, economic, environmental, family or other circumstances which have adversely
impacted the ability of the student to undertake further study.
Achievement in Sport (Current)
This includes (but is not limited to) elements such as:
The representative sport currently being undertaken and the level participating at (i.e.:
emirate/state, national or international level). A demonstrated history of performance, career
sporting highlights and ambitions. Outstanding performance in terms of achievements as
evidenced by ranking, awards, trophies and coach or representative body referee reports,
newspaper articles etc.
Note: Representative sport refers to a sport which is sanctioned, authorized and/or controlled
by a representative body (i.e.: An association, federation, Committee) at a state, national or
international level.
Applicants will be judged on the relevance, significance and clarity of claims to the
Scholarship as provided in their Application for Scholarship “Personal Statement Form (F-DBREG-5.14)”.
Applying for a UOWD Scholarship
Students wishing to apply for a Scholarship must lodge the following documentation by the
specific closing date in early September each year.
36
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
Complete an Application for Scholarship “Personal Statement Form”(F-DB-REG5.14) detailing their claims to the Scholarship and
Provide verification of their claims to the Scholarship (i.e.: Academic Transcripts,
Awards, Certificates, Referee Reports etc.) and
Lodge the Application for Scholarship “Personal Statement Form” (F-DB-REG5.14) and associated documents together with evidence of their Admission
(unconditional offer letter) or Enrolment at UOWD (letter from finance department)
to
The Registrar
University of Wollongong in Dubai
“Scholarship Applications”
Block 15, Ground Floor
Dubai Knowledge Village
The Registrar is responsible for advertising (internally and externally) the specific closing
dates for each Scholarship to prospective applicants.
All documentation and applications for Scholarships must be received by the Registrar by
close of business on the closing date(s). No late applications, for whatever reason, will be
considered.
The Determination of Scholarships and Grants
The final determination of the award in all cases will be administered by the Scholarship
Committee in accordance with the relevant eligibility and selection criteria.
In some instances input may be sought, for those Scholarships being offered in conjunction
with third parties such as the Australian Business in the Gulf (ABIG), Iranian Business Council
and South African Business Council, to assist in the determination process.
Notification to Students
Successful candidates will be notified from the Dean’s office.
Review of Scholarships
A Scholarship is awarded for the entire “normal” duration of the degree program in which it
was awarded. However, there are specific minimum levels of academic performance that the
student must maintain in order to remain eligible for the Scholarship.
Scholarships awarded to students will be reviewed at the end of each semester.
In order to remain eligible for the Scholarship and continue to receive the benefits therein,
Scholarship holders must continue to meet the following criteria as detailed in the following
Table:
37
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Current Students
College of Business
and
Achieve academic results of a Minimum of D in all (but
one) subjects of previous Autumn, Spring and Summer
semester marks. A Minimum total of 8 subjects must have
been undertaken in the Autumn and Spring semesters.
College of IT
College of Graduate
Studies
Achieve academic results of a Minimum of D in all
subjects undertaken in the previous Autumn, Spring &
Summer semesters. A Minimum total of 4 subjects for
MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MITM, MEM, MAFB and MSM
must have been undertaken in the Autumn and Spring
semesters.
Scholarship holders failing to meet these requirements will no longer be entitled to retain their
scholarship and will therefore have to pay the relevant tuition fees in order to continue their
studies.
For further information concerning scholarships at the University of Wollongong in Dubai
please see the Scholarship Policy located in the Rules, Policies and Codes of Practice
Section of this Catalogue or visit the University website at:
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ps/details.php?sec=9.
Tuition Discounts and Grants
Family Discount
For the purpose of this policy immediate family members are defined as father, mother, siblings
and spouse.
The tuition discount schedule is as follows:
•
1st immediate family member enrolment - regular fee
•
2nd immediate family member enrolment - 10% discount on annual tuition fee
•
3rd immediate family member enrolment - 15% discount on annual tuition fee
•
4th immediate family member enrolment onwards - 20% discount on annual tuition fee
To avail of the tuition discounts immediate family members must be enrolled during the same
semester
Tuition Fees will be adjusted in the second semester to cover eligible discount.
Discount benefits are for tuition fees only.
Family discounts cannot be used in conjunction with any other discount incentive.
Students must meet all admission requirements.
38
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Corporate Employee Discount
As part of the business development and community engagement initiatives, a number of
corporations will be selected by the Marketing and External Relations Department. A 10%
corporate discount on tuition fees for UOWD undergraduate and postgraduate programs will be
offered to their employees.
The offer is valid for one academic year and is subject to annual review.
Corporate discounts cannot be used in conjunction with any other discount incentive.
An official letter from the employer is required.
Employees must meet all UOWD admission requirements.
Alumni Grants
An Alumni Grant of AED 6,200 will be awarded to students, who have graduated from a UOWD
Undergraduate program and wish to enroll for selected Postgraduate programs at the
University.
This is not a cash grant; the amount can be applied to tuition fees only.
No fee refunds will be made if the student withdraws during the period that the grant is being
used.
This policy applies to the following programs only:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master of International Business
Master of Quality Management
Master of Strategic Marketing
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
Master of Information Technology Management
Master of Science (Logistics)
Master of Applied Finance and Banking
The grant will be used toward the tuition fee in the first semester of enrolment.
There is no condition on minimum number of subjects enrolled per session. Students must pay
the balance of tuition fees due depending upon the number of subjects.
Alumni discounts cannot be used in conjunction with any other discount incentive.
One grant per student per program.
There will be no retroactive implementation of this scheme.
In order to be eligible for an Alumni grant, the student must meet the following criteria:
• The applicant must have completed a bachelors degree at UOWD.
• The student must meet all normal admission requirements for the postgraduate program.
• The student must enroll in the above listed programs, within one academic year of
completing their Bachelor degree.
39
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.11
HECS-HELP ASSISTANCE
The Australian Government has a scheme called HECS HELP Assistance for which some
students studying at the University of Wollongong in Dubai may be eligible.
HECS-HELP assistance helps you pay your student contribution amount for a unit of study in
which you are enrolled as a Commonwealth supported student.
Eligibility for HECS-HELP assistance
You are eligible for HECS-HELP assistance if you:
(1)
Are enrolled in a course of study as a Commonwealth supported student;
(2)
Meet the citizenship or residency requirements. That is, you must be:
• an Australian citizen; or
• the holder of a permanent humanitarian visa who will be resident in Australia for
the duration of the course of study; or
• a pre-2005/6 Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) Student who is a
New Zealand citizen or the holder of a permanent visa (other than a permanent
humanitarian visa) who meets the citizenship eligibility requirements that were in
place under HECS
What is HECS-HELP assistance?
If you are eligible, there are two different application forms for HECS-HELP assistance:
In the first instance you must determine what form of HECS-HELP assistance you require.
1. A HECS-HELP loan – A loan from the Australian Government for all or part of your
student contribution amount. You do not need to start repaying your HECS-HELP debt
until your repayment income is above the minimum threshold for compulsory repayment.
2. A HECS-HELP discount – if you pay all, or at least $500, of your student contribution
amount for units with the same census date up-front, you will receive a 20% discount on
the amount you pay.
What else do I need to do to ensure my eligibility for HECS-HELP assistance?
You must also, on or before the census date:
(a) Submit a completed Request for Commonwealth support and HECS-HELP form and
(b) Supply your Tax File Number on your form if you intend to obtain a HECS-HELP loan for
all or part of your student contribution amount; or
Pay 80% of your student contribution amount up-front to your higher education provider.
The Australian Government will pay the remaining 20% to your higher
Education provider and this represents your HECS-HELP discount.
For further information in relation to HECS HELP Assistance please contact:
• The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
40
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.12 FEE - HELP ASSISTANCE (FORMERLY PELS)
The Australian Government has a scheme called FEE HELP Assistance which some students
studying at the University of Wollongong in Dubai may be eligible for.
Eligibility for FEE-HELP assistance
You must be:
•
•
•
•
an Australian citizen,
the holder of a permanent humanitarian visa who will be resident in Australia for the
duration of the unit,
the holder of a permanent visa enrolled in a bridging course for overseas trained
professionals who will be resident in Australia for the duration of your course, or
A pre-2005/6 PELS student who is the holder of a permanent visa and meets the PELS
eligibility requirements.
What is FEE-HELP?
FEE-HELP is a loan given to eligible fee-paying students to help pay part or all of their tuition
fees. A FEE-HELP loan can cover all or part of a student’s tuition fees.
A maximum of $50,000 in tuition fees may be paid using FEE-HELP over a student’s lifetime.
This is the FEE-HELP limit. This limit is indexed each year.
A loan fee of 20% applies to FEE-HELP loans for undergraduate courses of study.
The $50,000 FEE-HELP limit does not include the loan fee.
No loan fee applies to FEE-HELP loans for postgraduate courses, bridging courses for
overseas trained professionals, enabling courses or units of study undertaken directly with
Open Universities Australia (formerly OLA).
The Commonwealth pays the amount of the loan directly to the student’s education provider.
Students repay their loan through the tax system once their income is above the minimum
threshold for compulsory repayment.
FEE-HELP begins on 1 January 2005/6 and will be available to all eligible fee-paying
students who are either commencing or continuing their higher education studies in 2005/6 or
later.
Applying for FEE-HELP
If you are eligible for FEE-HELP and wish to obtain a FEE-HELP loan for your tuition fees,
you should follow the steps set out in the table below:
•
•
complete, sign and submit the Request for Fee Help Assistance Form
Provide your Tax File Number (TFN) or Certificate of Application for a Tax File
Number.
You must do these things by the census date for your unit(s) of course of study to be entitled
to FEE-HELP.
41
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
For further information in relation to FEE HELP Assistance please contact:
•
The Registrar’s Office on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
2.13 INFORMATION LITERACIES INTRODUCTORY PROGRAM (ILIP)
In addition to the requirements set out in the Bachelor and Master Degree programs,
candidates must also satisfy the requirements of the Information Literacies Introductory
Program (ILIP). Candidates must complete ILIP in their first session of studies.
WHAT is Information Literacy?
Information literacy refers to the ability to locate, critically analyze, interpret, evaluate, and use
information and is essential not only at university but also in professional and private life.
WHAT is ILIP?
ILIP is an online course that provides an elementary introduction to research skills and the
technology that will enable you to find information.
ILIP is a supplementary program that is compulsory for students in their first session of an
undergraduate, or post graduate course of study. As the skills gained during ILIP are
assumed knowledge for some subjects, students are encouraged to complete requirements
of the program within the first six weeks of session.
ILIP has been designed to assist students by providing them with the knowledge to use the
Universities information environment effectively and efficiently. ILIP provides an essential
foundation upon which to build further information literacy skills during both formal study, and
the students post graduate career.
WHO must complete ILIP?
ILIP is compulsory for all new undergraduate and postgraduate coursework students.
While ILIP is not compulsory for undergraduate or postgraduate who enrolled prior to January
2005, it is strongly recommended.
WHEN must ILIP be completed?
As ILIP is intended to assist in your studies, you are strongly encouraged to complete the
compulsory online ILIP assignment in the first six weeks of your first session. ILIP must,
however, be completed by the end of your first session. Failure to do so will result in your
grades being withheld.
HOW is ILIP completed?
ILIP is made up of two components: the ILIP training modules and the compulsory online
ILIP assignment.
42
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
1. The ILIP training modules
The online ILIP training modules prepare you for the compulsory online assignment. The
modules include information and exercises on topics such as how to use the library catalogue
and how to access the various databases available for locating information. Plagiarism, a
serious issue at university, is also introduced.
Use the navigation bars at the top and down the left side of the page to work through each
module; alternatively, select the modules you feel are relevant to you.
You can commence the first module by Selecting ILIP on the library website at:
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/library/details.php?sec=3
2. Compulsory online ILIP assignment
Once you have worked through the online ILIP modules, you need to complete the
compulsory assignment. The link to the compulsory assignment is located on the library site
by following the ILIP link.
http://www.uow.edu.au/student/attributes/ilip/assignments.html
Contact
For ILIP enquiries, contact the library on 04 367 2492
2.14 DECLARATION AND RELEASE OF FINAL RESULTS
Declaration of results
In accordance with the university’s Assessment Policy a mark and an approved grade of
performance is determined and declared for each subject in which a student is enrolled. An
Examination Assessment Committee Meeting for each College, chaired by a Dean of
Academic Affairs UOWD, is held after each exam session in order to declare the results for all
the subjects in the session. The ACM follows specific processes, set out in the respective
terms of reference.
Release of results
After final results are declared, they are available on Student On-Line Services (SOLS) page
on the University's website on the day of release of results. No information concerning results
will be given by telephone.
Withheld results
A withheld result may be granted as follows:
a. WM grade: on the basis of medical, compassionate or other circumstances under the
Special Consideration Policy;
b. WA grade: where there are unavoidable delays in assessing the material (e.g. delayed
response from an external examiner);
43
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
c. WO grade: where it is in the best interests of the student to withhold the results for a
particular session until the end of the next session;
d. WE grade: where an extension is given following the grant of a WM or WA grade.
Where a withheld result is granted, it is the student's responsibility to contact the relevant
academic college as soon as practicable. Failure to do so may result in a fail grade being
determined.
2.15 GRADING SYSTEM
Undergraduate Grades of performance for 000 level subjects
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 000 (zero) level
subjects are as follows:
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction 85% to 100%
Distinction 75% to 84%
Credit 65% to 74%
Pass 50% to 64%
*Pass Conceded 45% to 49%
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail 0% to 44%
Determination of Performance as Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory for 000 level subjects
For approved undergraduate subjects, performance will be determined as:
Satisfactory Completion: Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory Completion: Unsatisfactory.
Undergraduate Grades of performance for 100, 200 and 300 level subjects
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 100, 200, and 300
level subjects are as follows:
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction 85% to 100%
Distinction 75% to 84%
Credit 65% to 74%
Pass 50% to 64%
*Pass Conceded 45% to 49%
*(Not applicable for 300 level subjects if they are part of the core requirement curriculum)
44
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail 0% to 44%
Pass Conceded grades for Bachelor Degrees
Subjects satisfactorily completed at a Pass Conceded grade may comprise no more than a
combined total of eighteen (18) credit points for the zero (000) level subjects and no more
than a combined total of twenty-four (24) credit points for 100, 200 and 300 level subjects.
Thus the maximum combined total of credit points for a “Pass Conceded” in an
undergraduate degree is forty-two (42) credit points of the total of a 204 credit point Bachelor
degree.
Postgraduate Grades of performance for 900 level subjects
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 900 level subjects
are as follows:
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction 85% to 100%
Distinction 75% to 84%
Credit 65% to 74%
Pass 50% to 64%
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail 0% to 49%
Failure to attain Minimum Performance Levels
Failure to attain any minimum performance levels set for assessment tasks required to pass a
subject will result in failure of the subject, and the mark determined will be:
a. the aggregate of marks gained for the components; or
b. 44 (for 100, 200 and level subjects) or 49 (for 900 level subjects), whichever is least.
Calculation of Weighted Average Mark
The weighted average mark is calculated as follows:
Weighted Average Mark = Σmlc / Σlc where:
*m is the actual mark obtained in each attempt at the subject
c is the credit point value of each subject
l is the number of subjects a student has attempted.
* Subjects that are graded Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory will not be included in the Weighted
Average Mark Calculation.
45
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.16 MINIMUM RATE OF PROGRESS
Students attending the University of Wollongong in Dubai must make satisfactory progress
towards the completion of their degree program. At the end of each session student grades
are reviewed by academic advisors to ensure students are meeting the minimum rate of
progress requirements detailed below.
Undergraduate Students
a) A candidate enrolled in an undergraduate program is required to maintain a minimum
rate of academic progress as specified by the relevant clauses below.
b) In order to satisfy the minimum rate of progress requirements, a student must pass a
specific number of subjects determined according to the total amount of subjects in
which they enrolled in that academic semester. The following table specifies the
minimum rate of progress requirements:
Number of
subjects
enrolled for
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Minimum
number of
subjects to
Pass
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
c) For the purpose of calculating whether a student is making satisfactory progress, a
grade of 'Pass Conceded' is considered to be a passing grade.
Academic Status - Referral/Probation/Exclusion
a) At the end of each academic session the Registrar’s Office will place students on the
appropriate academic status as outlined in the Minimum Rate of Progress Policy
available on the student intranet (http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae)
b) Where an undergraduate student fails to meet the minimum rate of progress
requirements, the student will, in the first instance, be placed on ‘referral’ and will be
advised to seek academic advice that may assist them in improving their progress.
c) Where an undergraduate student on ‘referral’ meets the minimum rate of progress
requirements in the next session of study, they will be removed from the academic
status of ‘referral’ and will be deemed in good academic standing.
d) If an undergraduate student on ‘referral’ again fails to meet the minimum rate of
progress requirements, the student will be placed on ‘probation’. That student’s
enrolment will be considered at risk and he/she will be asked to provide a written
statement to the College Chair. This written statement should explain their poor
progress and what efforts they are taking, or will take, to improve their performance to
46
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
meet the MRP requirements. Such students are permitted to enroll in a maximum of
three (3) subjects in their next semester of study.
e) Where an undergraduate student on ‘probation’ meets the minimum rate of progress
requirements in the next session of study, they will be removed from the academic
status of ‘probation’ and will be deemed in good academic standing.
f)
Where an undergraduate student on ‘probation’ fails to meet the minimum rate of
progress requirements, the student will automatically be excluded as per the table
below:
Instance
Description
Period of Exclusion
Failure to meet MRP in
First
the semester following
Exclusion
‘probation’ status
Failure to meet MRP in
the semester following
Second
‘probation’ status, within
Exclusion
one calendar year of the
first exclusion
Failure to meet MRP in
the semester following
Third
‘probation’ status, within
Exclusion
one calendar year of the
second exclusion.
*1 year
*1 year
Permanent Exclusion
from the Undergraduate
level of studies at
UOWD.
* Students will be required to satisfy all of the UOWD admission requirements, after the
period of exclusion has expired, in order to be readmitted to UOWD.
Postgraduate Students
a) A candidate enrolled in a postgraduate program is required to maintain a minimum
rate of academic progress as specified by the relevant clauses below
b) In order to satisfy the minimum rate of progress requirements, a student must pass a
specific number of subjects determined according to the total amount of subjects in
which they enrolled in that academic semester. The following table specifies the
minimum rate of progress requirements.
Number of
subjects
enrolled for
1
2
3
4
5
Minimum Required
Number of subjects
to Pass
1
1
2
2
3
47
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Academic Status - Referral/Probation/Exclusion
a) At the end of each academic session, the Registrar’s Office will place students on the
appropriate academic status as outlined in the Minimum Rate of Progress Policy
available on the student intranet (http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae)
b) Where a postgraduate student fails to meet the minimum rate of progress
requirements, the student will, in the first instance, be placed on ‘referral’ and will be
advised to seek academic advice that should assist them in improving their progress.
c) Where a postgraduate student on ‘referral’ meets the minimum rate of progress
requirements in the next session of study, they will be removed from the academic
status of ‘referral’ and will be deemed in good academic standing.
d) If a postgraduate student on ‘referral’ again fails to meet the minimum rate of progress
requirements, the student will be placed on ‘probation’. That student’s enrolment will
be considered at risk and he/she will be asked to provide a written statement to the
College Chair. This written statement should explain their poor progress and what
efforts they are taking, or will take, to improve their performance to meet the MRP
requirements. Such students are permitted to enroll in a maximum of two (2) subjects
in their next semester of study.
e) Where a postgraduate student on ‘probation’ meets the minimum rate of progress
requirements in the next session of study, they will be removed from the academic
status of ‘probation’ and will be deemed in good academic standing.
f)
Where a postgraduate student on probation fails to meet the minimum rate of
progress requirements, the student will automatically be excluded as per the table
below:
Instance
First Exclusion
Second Exclusion
Third Exclusion
Description
Failure to meet MRP in
the semester following
‘probation’ status
Failure to meet MRP in
the semester following
‘probation’ status, within
one calendar year of the
first exclusion
Failure to meet MRP in
the semester following
‘probation’ status, within
one calendar year of the
second exclusion
Period of Exclusion
*1 year
*1 year
Permanent Exclusion
from the postgraduate
level of studies at
UOWD.
* Students will be required to satisfy all of the UOWD admission requirements, after the
period of exclusion has expired, in order to be readmitted to UOWD.
48
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Appeal of Exclusion
A student who is excluded from the University may appeal that decision in writing to the Dean
of Academic Affairs, via the Registrar's Office. The appeal will be considered in exceptional
cases only which is at the discretion of the Dean, Academic Affairs.
Students must submit their appeal to the Registrar's Office within 14 days of the date of the
notification of their exclusion.
If the Dean Academic Affairs denies the appeal or does not overturn the original decision and
the exclusion stands; the student may appeal to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), ONLY if
they can demonstrate that:
• due process has not been adhered to during the previous appeal; or
• relevant new or additional information is now available
An appeal to the CEO must be received within 14 days of the date of the notification by the
Dean Academic Affairs or else the exclusion will stand.
The detailed Minimum Rate of Progress Policy may be found on the student intranet at
http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae. After log on, click on the ‘Policies’ tab to get a complete list of
UOWD policies.
2.17 AMENDMENT OF ACADEMIC RECORD
Circumstances where an academic record may be amended
There are only three circumstances where a student's academic record may be amended,
that is, where:
(a)
There has been an error in enrolment
(b)
A student has successfully applied under the Student Academic Grievance Policy to
have a mark or grade altered; or
(c)
A student has successfully applied for special consideration under the Special
Consideration Policy that has resulted in changing a final grade to withdrawn.
Enrolment errors
A student may apply to have their academic record amended where the student has either:
(a)
Received a 'FAIL' grade for a subject that they did not attempt but for which they
had formally enrolled as a result of an enrolment error; or
(b)
Did not receive a result for a subject which they attempted, but for which they were
not formally enrolled as a result of an enrolment error.
Applications under the above must be made on the appropriate form, which must:
(a)
Be completed and signed by the student;
49
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
(b)
Include appropriate details to support the application; and
(c)
Be lodged with the Registrar’s Division no later than two weeks after the release of
examination results.
An academic record will be amended in special circumstances only. The application will be
assessed and, if it is determined that the error was the fault of the student, the student must
pay an AED 200 charge before the academic record will be altered.
Students who are successful in amending an academic record by adding a subject for which
they are not enrolled, are required to discharge the increased Higher Education Contribution
Scheme (HECS) or HECS-HELP or FEE-HELP charge on the same basis that the original
HECS or HECS-HELP or FEE-HELP liability was to be discharged - that is, either up-front or
deferred payment - and meet any other fees payable.
2. 18 LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Students requesting a Leave of Absence will be have their requests assessed under the
following conditions:
A student enrolled in a bachelor degree (but not a UOWD Sponsored student for visa
purposes):
a. Becomes eligible for leave of absence at the beginning of the second session of
enrolment; and
b. May take leave of absence for up to one year provided that they notify the University
before the end of the fourth week of the first session for which leave is sought;
c. May apply to the Academic Registrar for an extension of their leave of absence beyond
one year.
A student enrolled in a master’s degree (but not a UOWD Sponsored student for visa
purposes):
a. Becomes eligible to apply for leave of absence at the beginning of the second session
of enrolment; and
b. May be granted leave of absence for up to one year provided that written application is
made to the Academic Registrar before the end of the fourth week of the first session
for which leave is sought.
Students who are sponsored by UOWD for visa purposes who request a Leave of Absence
must:
Students who want to take a session off and continue sponsorship must:
a
Enroll as full-time** in the following session and apply in writing for leave of absence.
b. Pay fees in full prior to departure (with no refund or transfer of fees option).
50
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
c. Have their deposit balance at AED 2,500.
**Minimum number of subjects to be considered as full-time:
Postgraduate: 2 per session,
Undergraduate: 3 per session,
Centre for English Studies courses: 15 weeks.
Students who take leave of absence from their course for more than one year should note
that the course rules and conditions under which they originally enrolled may change during
their period on leave and that they will be subject to the rules and conditions as they apply at
the time that they return to their course.
2.19 TIME LIMITS FOR COMPLETION OF DEGREES
Undergraduate Degree
A candidate may be registered for an Undergraduate Program for a maximum period of two
times the normal minimum duration for completion of that Program, excluding approved leave
of absence. The normal minimum duration for an undergraduate Program with value of 204
credit points is four years. The normal maximum duration for an undergraduate Program with
value of 204 credit points is eight years
Postgraduate Degree
A candidate for a masters degree program may be registered for that degree as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The minimum normal duration of a postgraduate course value of 48 credit points is 1.5
years.
The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 48 credit points is 5
years.
The minimum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 60 credit points is
1.66 years
The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 60 credit points is
5.5 years.
The minimum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 72 credit points is 2
years
The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 72 credit points is 6
years
Candidature may be extended beyond the maximum time period following a satisfactory
review of progress.
2.20 GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES
The University of Wollongong in Dubai’s institutional vision affirms a long-standing
commitment to achieving excellence in learning and teaching. The specific vision is
•
•
To offer a learning and teaching environment distinguished by the support and
empowerment of students and staff.
To give students an enthusiasm for knowledge and learning and equip them to
contribute to society and meet future employment challenges.
51
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
To offer high quality educational programs that meet disciplinary standards and
connect with community needs.
The attributes that we expect of our graduates should be developed while they are students,
and their attainment is a key measure of the University’s achievement of its core functions.
Graduate Attributes of All Students
The University of Wollongong in Dubai has tailored its academic programs to instill the
following graduate attributes in all students:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A commitment to continued and independent learning, intellectual development,
critical analysis and creativity.
Coherent and extensive knowledge in a discipline, appropriate ethical standards and,
where appropriate, defined professional skills.
Self confidence combined with oral and written skills of a high level.
A capacity for, and understanding of, teamwork.
An ability to logically analyse issues, evaluate different options and viewpoints, and
implement decisions.
An appreciation for the value of cultural and intellectual diversity and the ability to
function in a multicultural or global environment.
A basic understanding of information literacy and specific skills in acquiring,
organising and presenting information, particularly through computer based activity.
A desire to continually seek improved solutions and to initiate, and participate in,
organisational, social and cultural change.
An acknowledgment and acceptance of individual responsibilities and obligations and
of the assertion of the rights of the individual and the community.
Graduate Attributes of International Students
Whilst the Graduate Attributes specified above apply to all students, of specific relevance for
internationalization, is fostering an appreciation for the value of cultural and intellectual
diversity and the ability to function in a multi-cultural or global environment.
With respect to internationalization, we aim to ensure that graduates are able to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Identify the strengths of individuals, societies and cultures with view to improving
existing relationships between community networks, workplaces and organisations.
Relate, work and live with individuals, societies and cultures which are dissimilar from
one’s own.
Sensitively remove obstacles to respecting, valuing and working with individuals from
diverse cultural backgrounds.
Understand, and be committed to, the principles of equality of treatment, access and
outcomes in relating and managing individuals from diverse cultural backgrounds.
Develop institutions and workplaces which accept, strengthen and adopt the principles
of social justice as well as practice them.
Be agents of change in local, national and international workplaces to improve
relationships between individuals, societies and cultures.
Communicate and work with people whose first language is not the same as ours.
Work with geographically dispersed teams including members based offshore.
Identify ethical and cultural dimensions of a problem or issue.
52
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The University of Wollongong in Dubai believes; that through the quality and focus of our
academic programs, the integrity and commitment of our staff, combined with the
commitment and dedication of our students, that by developing these attributes, that our
graduates will acquire the skills and knowledge to embark on a successful and rewarding
career.
2.21 GRADUATION
Students who complete all requirements for their degree are eligible to graduate at the next
graduation ceremony. The University of Wollongong in Dubai holds a graduation ceremony, in
November/December each year.
All Students who believe they are eligible to graduate are required to lodge a Graduate
Application Form, so that their graduate eligibility can be determined and accepted by the
Academic Board.
Upon the Academic Council accepting, verifying and approving that a student has met the
criteria, to be eligible to graduate and receive their Testamur, the University of Wollongong in
Dubai will confirm with the student that they are indeed eligible to graduate.
Each approved graduate will receive a UOWD testamur and an official Academic Transcript.
Factors affecting Eligibility
a) Graduands in Debt to the University:
Graduands who are in debt to the University will not be permitted to graduate until the debt
has been cleared. Unpaid fees or fines must be cleared 3 weeks prior to the commencement
of the graduation ceremonies. If a debt is cleared later than this, the University cannot
guarantee that the graduand's name will appear in the Graduation Program.
For further information in relation to Graduation issues and procedural requirements to attend
the Graduation Ceremony, please contact - The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor,
Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village.
2. 22 TRANSFER TO UOW AUSTRALIA
The University of Wollongong in Dubai enables students to transfer to the University of
Wollongong in Australia to continue and/or complete their undergraduate or postgraduate
degree. Credit points, for subjects students have completed in their program of study whilst at
the University of Wollongong in Dubai, are fully transferable to the University of Wollongong in
Australia.
Undergraduates
Undergraduate students are required to have a minimum of one session of studies remaining
to be eligible to transfer to the University of Wollongong in Australia.
53
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Postgraduates
Postgraduate students studying a Master of Business Administration or Master of
International Business are required to have a minimum of 3 subjects remaining to be eligible
to transfer to the University of Wollongong in Australia.
Postgraduate students studying a Master of Quality Management are not able to transfer
the University of Wollongong in Australia to complete their degree, as the University
Wollongong in Australia does not offer this program.
Students must meet the minimum rate of progress criteria in order to be eligible to transfer
Australia.
There are two categories of students who can apply to study with the University
Wollongong in Australia.
to
of
to
of
Dubai Students Continuing in Australia
Requirements to Transfer to UOW Australia:
1. Complete an Application Form
2. Complete their IELTS – UOWD is an approved IELTS test centre (contact the Centre
for Language and Culture or visit the UOWD website for further information
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ps/details.php?sec=2,1,3
• All courses except MBA - score of 6.0 is required
• MBA - score of 6.5 is required
1. Copy of the student’s Enrolment Record
New Students NOT enrolled in Dubai
New students who have not studied at the University of Wollongong in Dubai but would like to
study at the University of Wollongong in Australia must fulfill the following requirements:
(a)
(b)
Complete an Application Form
Draft of AUS $75 as payment for application (for postgraduate coursework students) (c)
Obtain Transcripts of studies completed including high school results, when relevant (d)
Complete their IELTS – level required depends on course
When the above requirements have been completed, the following procedure has to be
undertaken:
1. The application is sent to the Registrar UOW for consideration.
2. If approved, the letter of offer is issued to the student.
3. Student presents his/her letter of offer to the Australian Consulate office together with
their visa application, academic transcripts, IELTS test results where relevant and the
most recent six (6) months of bank statements of the student’s sponsor.
4. If these documents are accepted, the student will be given a medical form to undergo
his/her medical. The student will also be advised to pay the fees in full for the first session
of a course of study in Australia.
5. A bank draft is needed in the amount written in the Letter of Offer, payable to the
University of Wollongong. This bank draft will be submitted to the University of
Wollongong in Dubai.
6. After the Medical has been completed and medical clearance is received, the student will
get a ‘Certificate of Enrolment’ from the University.
54
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
7. Upon receipt of the Bank Draft from the student, the university will issue a Certificate of
Enrolment (COE) to the student as a requirement for Visa Approval.
8. The bank draft is then sent to the respective staff at UOW Australia
9. When the visa is approved, the student informs the Registrar UOW of the details of
his/her flight to Australia.
Please Note
• It is the student’s responsibility to apply for his/her student visa for Australia.
Students must make their own bookings/reservations for student accommodation at the
University or elsewhere at Wollongong in Australia.
55
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 3: SESSION DATES AND KEY DATES FOR THE 2008/9 CALENDAR
YEAR
3.1 UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR DATES - Academic Year 2008/2009
Spring Session 2008
December 9, 2007
January 27, 2008
January 31, 2008
February 3, 2008
February 14, 2008
March 13, 2008
May 1, 2008
May 6, 2008
May 17, 2008
Pre-Enrolment period
Orientation and Enrolment Day (New students)
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
Classes Commence
Last day for enrolment in subjects
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
Last day of session/start of study break
Examinations commence
Examinations End
Make up classes for Holidays in Spring Session 2008
February 17, 2008 for Hijri Holiday
April 28, 2008 for Prophet Birthday
Summer Session 2008
March 23, 2008
Pre-Enrolment period
May 26, 2008
Orientation and Enrolment Day (New students)
May 29, 2008
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
June 1, 2008
Classes Commence
June 12, 2008
Last day for enrolment in subjects
June 26, 2008
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
July 19, 2008
Last day of session/start of study break
July 24, 2008
Examinations commence
July 30, 2008
Examinations End
Autumn Session 2008
August 3, 2008
Pre-Enrolment period
September 1 & 2, 2008
Orientation and Enrolment Day (New students)
September 4, 2008
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
September 7, 2008
Classes Commence
September 18, 2008
Last day for enrolment in subjects
September 28, 2008*
Eid Al Fitr break (one week)
October 23, 2008
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
December 11, 2008
Last day of session/start of study break
December 16, 2008
Examinations commence
December 29, 2008
Examinations End
* Eid Break: The dates are subject to the sighting of the moon and are therefore not final.
56
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
3.2
POST GRADUATE CALENDAR DATES - Academic Year 2008/9
Spring Session 2008
December 2, 2007
Pre-Enrolment period
January 6 and 7 2008
Academic Advising and Enrolment Days for new
students
January 10, 2008
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
January 13, 2008
Classes Commence
January 24, 2008
Last day for enrolment in subjects
February 21, 2008
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
March 20, 2008
Last day of session/start of study break
March 26, 2008
Examinations commence
April 5, 2008
Examinations End
*Make up classes for Holidays:
February 17, 2008 for Hijri Holiday
Summer Session 2008
March 09, 2008
April 28, 2008
May 1, 2008
May 4, 2008
May 15, 2008
June 12, 2008
July 10, 2008
July 16, 2008
July 27, 2008
Pre-Enrolment period
Academic Advising and Enrolment for new students
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
Classes Commence
Last day for enrolment in subjects
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
Last day of session/start of study break
Examinations commence
Examinations End
Autumn Session 2008
June 29, 2008
Pre-Enrolment period
September 2-3, 2008
Academic Advising and Enrolment for new students
September 4, 2008
Last day for payment of fees for subjects
September 7, 2008
Classes Commence
September 18, 2008
Last day for enrolment in subjects
September 28, 2008*
Mid-term break (Eid Al Fitter included)
October 23, 2008
Last day for withdrawal from subjects without fail
November 20, 2008
Last day of session/start of study break
November 25, 2008
Examinations commence
December 6, 2008
Examinations End
* Eid Break: The dates are subject to the sighting of the moon and are therefore not
final.
INTAKES
Master of Business Administration:
Master of International Business:
Master of Strategic Marketing:
Master of Strategic Human Resources Management:
Master of Information Technology Management
Master of Engineering Management
Master of Applied Finance & Banking
Master of Science (Logistics)
Master of Quality Management:
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
All Sessions
Autumn and Spring Sessions
57
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 4: PROGRAM INFORMATION
PART A: UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM INFORMATION
4.1 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND THE COLLEGE OF
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
The University of Wollongong in Dubai offers undergraduate programs of study in the College
of Business (Bachelor of Business Administration and Bachelor of Commerce Degrees) and
in the College of Information Technology (Bachelor of Computer Science and Bachelor of
Internet Science and Technology).
This Section of the Student Catalogue details the following information in relation to the
Undergraduate Programs offered by the University of Wollongong in Dubai:
•
General Information relating to UOWD Undergraduate Programs of Study:
- Attestation Requirements
•
College of Business
- Welcome to the College of Business
- Course Information
- College of Business Subject Descriptions
•
College of Information Technology
- Welcome to the College of Information Technology
- Course Information
- College of Information Technology Subject Descriptions
4.2
4.2.1
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR UOWD UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Attestation Requirements of the UAE Ministry of Education
The U.A.E. Ministry of Education requires that all students must have their Certificate(s) of
Completion, verifying their secondary school results, attested.
The Attestation of Transcripts process is detailed herein and is dependant upon whether the
student completed their secondary schooling within the U.A.E. or outside of the U.A.E.
Category A: Students who completed secondary school within the U.A.E.
Students must obtain an equivalency certificate, if graduated from a private High School,
which is issued by the Ministry of Education (in Abu Dhabi) in the U.A.E., for each Certificate
of Completion which verifies their secondary school results.
A student who is unable to secure the equivalency certificate(s) as outlined above will be
given a max of 1 semester to get the equivalency. If the student fails to do the same for any
reason, the University of Wollongong in Dubai will have the right to take any action/decision
against the student. The students will be asked to sign a consent letter to secure the above
and be permitted to continue their studies at UOWD for one semester only.
Category B: Students who completed secondary school outside the U.A.E. (International
Students).
International Students, who completed secondary school outside of the U.A.E., must have
their secondary school and Certificates of Completion attested/certified by:
58
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The issuing Board of Secondary Education or a recognized authority for secondary education
in the (host) country that the student completed their education in; and The Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in that host country; and The UAE Embassy in that host country.
Additionally, the Ministry of Education must certify all secondary school certificates and
transcripts issued outside the UAE.
In special cases where complying with conditions (1) and (2) are not feasible, the certificates
may be verified against originals using embassies in the UAE and the UAE Ministry of
Foreign Affairs.
Students are allowed one semester within which to secure attestation of their documents.
A student who is unable to secure the attested document(s), within the one semester
timeframe, will not be allowed to continue their studies with the University of Wollongong in
Dubai.
For further information on attestation of documents, students are encouraged to contact:
The Registrar’s Office on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village.
4.2.2
Entry Requirements for Undergraduate Students
Recognized and official secondary school certificate or its equivalent showing successful
completion of secondary education. The following international qualifications are recognized
for undergraduate entry:
Country
Qualification
Australia
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Canada
India
Australian Year 12 TER
Bahrain High School Certificate
Bangladesh High School Diploma
Canadian High School Diploma
All India Senior Secondary Certificate (CBSE, New Delhi)
Indian school Certificate (ISC)
State Board Examinations
Iranian Year 12 (Pre-University)
Kenyan Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE)
GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
Kuwait High School Certificate
GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
Oman High School Certificate
Pakistani Year 12
Qatar High School Certificate
Saudi Arabian High School Certificate
GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
UAE High School Certificate
GCE/IGCSE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
American High school Diploma
International Baccalaureate
Iran
Kenya
Kuwait
Mauritius
Oman
Pakistan
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Sri Lanka
UAE
UK
USA
Worldwide
59
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Detailed Entry Requirements
The following table shows the academic programs at UOWD and the minimum entry
requirements for students completing these qualifications.
QUALIFICATION
SCORE
Australian Year 12 UAI
British O-Levels (Minimum of 11 years
schooling - School Leaving Certificate must
provided).
British A-Level (Minimum of 11 years
schooling – School Leaving Certificate must
provided).
75
of Minimum of 7 subjects with: 3B's + 4C's All
be O-Level subjects
of Minimum of 7 subjects with: (2 A level
be subjects with Min D grade or 4 As level
subjects with Min C grade) + 5 O-Level
subjects with Min of C grades.
IB
24
Pakistani Year 12
60%
ISC & CBSE
55%
Indian State Board Exams
65%
Iranian Year 12 (Pre-University)
13
Arab High School Certificate Year 12 Minimum of 70% in final year or 70% or
(Thanaweya Amaa) Art, Science, Technical more as an average of last three years.
and Vocational (i.e. Industrial, Agriculture and
Trading)
Kenyan Certificate of Secondary Education
C or higher
Students with qualifications other than the ones listed above are advised to contact
UniContact at UOWD.
4.2.3
English Language Proficiency Requirement
All applicants must demonstrate English Language Proficiency for the purpose of admission.
For students who have not completed their studies in the English Language, one of the
following certificates of proficiency s required:
IELTS: Academic Module – An overall band score or 5.5, with a minimum band score or 5.0
in each module: Reading, Writing, Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 195 (for computer exam) or 525 (for paper exam)
A-Level and O-Level English: C grade
CBSE Year 12 English: 60%
UOWD Centre for Language and Culture English Test
All applicants for the Undergraduate programs who do not meet the required standard of
English language proficiency may take the English Test. The test is conducted on a regular
basis and applicants may register for the test at the same time as they lodge their application
for Admission. This English Test is offered free of charge. The result of the test will assist the
respective Colleges to advise new students as to the best course of study for their needs.
60
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
However, students who have difficulties in writing this test, may participate in the English
language workshops and tutorials conducted by the Centre for Language and Culture.
Consult the UOWD Centre for Language and Culture website for further information at
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/programs/details.php?sec=5
4.2.4
Advanced Standing
Eligibility for Advanced Standing (Transfer credits) from previous post secondary institutions
(i.e., college, university, technical school, etc.) will be assessed at the time an offer is made.
Students seeking advanced standing must submit an official academic transcript. The
transcript should reflect all courses studied and the grades obtained syllabus details
(including information on course content) of the courses they have successfully completed
and an explanation of the grading system.
4.3 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS
4.3.1
Welcome to the College of Business
The College of Business of the University of Wollongong in Dubai is dedicated to excellence
in teaching, research and service. All College of Business undergraduate programs, Bachelor
of Business Administration and Bachelor of Commerce are accredited by the UAE Ministry of
Education.
The College of Business is proud of the reputation it has gained in the region for the quality of
its teaching and research. It is highly regarded for producing graduates with well-developed
analytical and interpersonal skills, high levels of literacy, numeracy and computer proficiency,
together with a thorough grounding in the theory and practical applications of their chosen
fields.
We are preparing tomorrow's leaders today by offering top quality undergraduate programs
including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bachelor of Business Administration
Bachelor of Commerce: Accountancy
Bachelor of Commerce: Finance
Bachelor of Commerce: Human Resource Management
Bachelor of Commerce: Management
Bachelor of Commerce: Marketing
The Bachelor of Business Administration undergraduate degree program seeks to educate
students in the science of Business Administration. All courses within the program are
designed for a rapidly changing world with innovation, market-relevance, flexibility and an
international focus at their core. The program builds a bridge between the academic
environment and the world outside.
The Bachelor of Commerce program is intended to prepare students with a good grounding in
various fields of business studies such as economics, accounting, management, and
marketing. The program equips graduates with the ability to identify, analyse, and solve
complex business problems.
61
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Faculty staff at the College use innovative, student-centered teaching styles and a range of
methods, including face-to-face teaching, interactive group work and flexible delivery, to
enhance the learning experience.
The College of Business provides and delivers teaching and research programs which are at
the leading edge of our disciplines. Business graduates will have a reputation for critical
evaluation and the ability to integrate the diverse disciplines of Business at the undergraduate
levels which will benefit the wider community.
4.3.2
Program Information – College Of Business
4.3.2.1 Bachelor of Business Administration
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Bachelor of Business Administration
BBA
College of Business
4 years full time or part time equivalent.
204 credit points
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring and Summer).
Face to Face
Total Course Cost AED 125,000** (Plan A)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
08:30am – 05:30pm Sunday to Thursday.
1783
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Fee specified is expected course cost given single major degree only and based on
achievement of credit point requirement passing subjects at the first attempt.
Overview
The Bachelor of Business Administration degree program is to provide students with a broad
general education and the necessary business knowledge and skills, to prepare them for
entry-level positions in organizations, and to stimulate in students a desire for life-long
learning.
Course Completion Requirements
To qualify for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (General) a
candidate shall accrue an aggregate of 60 credit points (CP) of General Education
subjects and at least 144 credit points (CP) of required core subjects and electives.
• A maximum of 72 credit points of 100-level subjects can be taken
• A pass conceded grade at 300-level in any required subject within the program of study
does not satisfy degree requirements
• A maximum of 24 credit points are permitted at the pass conceded grade
62
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
General Education Subjects
Of the 204 credit points required to graduate, 60 credit points are from General Education
(GED) subjects. These subjects are compulsory for all undergraduate students, regardless of
their degree program, and include the following*:
1. ARTS 015 Introduction to University Life
2. ARTS 017 Islamic Culture
3. ARTS 025 Literary Skills
4. ARTS 035 Introduction to Philosophy
5. MATH 015* Foundation Mathematics A
6. CSCI 015* Computer Applications
7. STAT 015* Introduction to Statistics
8. LAW 100 Law in Society
9. IACT 201 Information Technology &
Citizen’s Rights
10. PSYC015 Introduction to Psychology
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
* Challenge Tests are available in MATH 015, CSCI 015 and STAT 015. The tests will be held
in the 2nd week of each session. A pass mark of a minimum of 60% in a test will entitle a
student to be granted an exception from that subject.
However in order to be eligible to sit for the Challenge Tests a student must have the
following qualifications:
MATH015
• CBSE – Above 75 % in
Math
• A Levels – A or B in Math
• Iranian Board – 17 in Math
UAE Education Board –
85% in Math
CSCI015
STAT015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board –
85%
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board –
85%
Course Requirements
Students are required to complete thirty four (34) subjects (204 cps) according to the
sequence of study shown below.
There are thirty (30) compulsory subjects that are required, and four (4) elective subjects to
be selected from the approved subjects provided each session by the College of Business.
Required Courses :
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
ECON 101
ECON 111
COMM 121
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information Systems
Macroeconomic Essentials for Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Quantitative Methods I
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
63
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 102
MARK 101
MGMT 110
MGMT 314
MARK 217
or
FIN 226
FIN 241
or
FIN 221
MARK 270
MARK 343
MARK 344
MGMT 201
Or
MGMT 206
ECON 332
MGMT 389
ECON 216
ACCY 211
Business Communications
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Strategic Management
Consumer Behaviour
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Financial Markets and Institutions
International Financial Management
6cp
6cp
Introductory Business Finance
Services Marketing
International Marketing
Marketing Strategy
Organisational Behaviour
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Managing Human Resources
Managerial Economics & Ops
International Business Management
Consumer Behaviour
Management Accounting II
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Electives :
Any 4, of which only 18 credit points can be from 100-level subjects.
4.3.2.2 Bachelor of Commerce (BCOM)
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Bachelor of Commerce
BCOM
College of Business
4 years full time or part time equivalent
204 credit points
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer)
Face to Face
Total Course Cost: AED 125,000** (Plan A)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village
08:30am – 05:30pm Sunday to Thursday
1710
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Fee specified is expected course cost given single major degree only and based on
achievement of credit point requirement passing subjects at the first attempt.
Overview
The Bachelor of Commerce undergraduate degree program, offers majors in Finance,
Management, Marketing and Accountancy. All courses within the program are designed for a
rapidly changing world with innovation, market-relevance, flexibility and an international focus
64
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
at their core. The program builds a bridge between the academic environment and the world
outside.
The program is intended to prepare students with a good grounding in various fields of
business studies such as economics, accounting, management, and marketing. The program
equips graduates with the ability to identify, analyse, and solve complex business problems.
Course Completion Requirements
To qualify for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce (General) a candidate shall
accrue an aggregate of 60 credit points (CP) of General Education subjects and at least
144 credit points (CP) of required courses and electives.
• A maximum of 72 credit points of 100-level subjects can be taken
•
A pass conceded grade at 300-level in any required subject within the program of study
does not satisfy degree requirements
•
A maximum of 24 credit points are permitted at the pass conceded grade
General Education Subjects
Of the 204 credit points required to graduate, 60 credit points are from General Education
(GED) subjects. These subjects are compulsory for all undergraduate students, regardless of
their degree program, and include the following*:
1. ARTS 015 Introduction to University Life
2. ARTS 017 Islamic Culture
3. ARTS 025 Literary Skills
4. ARTS 035 Introduction to Philosophy
5. MATH 015* Foundation Mathematics A
6. CSCI 015* Computer Applications
7. STAT 015* Introduction to Statistics
8. LAW 100 Law in Society
9. IACT 201 Information Technology &
Citizen’s Rights
10. PSYC015 Introduction to Psychology
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
* Challenge Tests are available in MATH 015, CSCI 015 and STAT 015. The tests will be held
in the 2nd week of each session. A pass mark of a minimum of 60% in a test will entitle a
student to be granted an exception from that subject.
However in order to be eligible to sit for the Challenge Tests a student must have the
following qualifications:
MATH015
•
•
•
•
CSCI015
Overall
CBSE – Above 75 % in Math • CBSE – Above 75 %
A Levels – A or B in Math
• A Levels – A or B
Iranian Board – 17 in Math
• Iranian Board – 17
UAE Education Board – 85% • UAE Education Board – 85%
in Math
STAT015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board –
85%
65
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Commerce Core Subjects
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
COMM 121
ECON 101
ECON 111
FIN 221
MARK 101
MGMT 110
MGMT 316
COMM 351
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information Systems
Quantitative Methods 1
Macroeconomic Essentials for Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Introductory Business Finance
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Operations Management
Business Ethics and Governance
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Major Study Areas
Students taking a Major in a degree offered by the College of Business are required to
complete the core subjects in the Bachelor of Commerce except where those subjects are
prerequisites to subjects in the major. All students must satisfy subject prerequisites except
where advanced standing waivers have been granted.
BCOM – Marketing
A Marketing Major provides the skills to generate products and services for which there is a
defined customer need and to position the product or service in the market with effective
promotion, pricing and distribution strategies.
The Marketing major is geared toward problem-solving and management decision-making.
Emphasis is given to how to analyse, plan, organise, motivate and control the marketing
process. Communication skills and creative thinking are essential to successful marketing.
MARK 217
MARK 201
MARK 202
MARK 270
MARK 301
MARK 333
MARK 343
MARK 344
Consumer Behaviour
Applied Marketing Research A
Applied Marketing Research B
Services Marketing
Internet Applications for Marketing
Marketing Communications
International Marketing
Marketing Strategy
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 pc
6 cp
6 cp
BCOM – Management
Management is the art and science of planning, coordinating and leading group efforts. It is
the mobilizing of human and material resources to achieve organizational goals. Managerial
skills include the ability to make sound judgments on all issues that arise at work and to
achieve objectives though organizational skills.
MGMT 102
MGMT 201
MGMT 206
MGMT 220
MGMT 309
Business Communications
Organizational Behaviour
Managing Human Resources
Organizational Studies
Supply Chain Management
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
66
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 311
MGMT 314
MGMT 350
Management of Change
Strategic Management
Total Quality Management
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
BCOM – Finance *
Finance is about money and investments. People on their own and in partnerships,
companies and other entities, including state and federal governments, have a common
objective of profitable investment. How do companies choose between possible investments
and how do they raise the capital? How does hedging with options and futures reduce risk of
an investment portfolio? What is the role of capital markets, and how do they value assets
such as stocks, options and futures? These are the questions answered within the theory and
practice of finance.
ACCY 200
FIN 223
FIN 322
FIN 323
FIN 226
FIN 325
FIN 324
FIN 351
Financial Accounting 2A
Investment Analysis
Advanced Business Finance
Portfolio Management
Financial Markets & Institutions
Bank Management
Financial Statement Analysis
International Finance
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
* Proposal to review Finance core subjects underway at the time of printing
BCOM – Accountancy
Whether they work in a large multinational corporation, a government agency or a small
company, accountants play a pivotal role in advising senior management on the financial
direction of the enterprise.
ACCY 201
ACCY 200
ACCY 211
ACCY 231
ACCY 328
ACCY 302
ACCY 312
ACCY 342
Financial Accounting IIB
Financial Accounting IIA
Management Accounting II
Information Systems in Accounting
International Taxation
Financial Accounting III
Management Accounting III
Advanced Auditing
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
BCOM – Human Resource Management
The Bachelor of Commerce in Human Resource Management is structured so as to develop
HR professionals to be career ready and able to effectively apply and implement core
competencies and strategies in human resource management. The program strives to
provide students with a thorough grounding in the areas of business commerce and human
resource management required to excel in today’s increasingly competitive and global
environment.
MGMT 201
MGMT 206
MGMT 205
Organisational Behaviour
Managing Human Resources
Recruitment and Selection
6 cp
6cp
6cp
67
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 220
MGMT 321
MGMT 314
MGMT 311
MGMT 322
Organisational Studies
6cp
Occupational Health and Safety Management 6cp
Strategic Management
6cp
Management of Change
6cp
Training and Development
6cp
Electives for Majors
Any 4 or 5 subjects, of which, only 18 credit points can be from 100-level subjects. COMM
399 is highly recommended.
4.3.3
College Of Business Subject Descriptions
ARTS 015 Introduction to University Life
Pre-requisite: None
This subject is designed to help students in the transition between secondary and tertiary
education and to prepare them for university life. It aims to ensure students’ success at
university by helping them to acquire the necessary life skills, and by encouraging them
ultimately to become independent learners. The subject also teaches the skills involved in
writing an academic essay and introduces students to the research skills necessary for a
successful academic life. This may entail a completely different approach to learning than
many students have been familiar with in their secondary education. However, this subject is
specifically designed to facilitate the transition. A key element in this endeavour is willingness
on the part of students to take responsibility for their own learning and to strive consistently to
improve their work. The emphasis is on establishing good study habits which will serve
students throughout their academic life.
ARTS 017 Islamic Culture
Pre-requisite: None
This subject aims to provide general education about the contributions of Islam throughout
history. The interaction of Islam with various civilizations and its impact in many fields of
knowledge will be highlighted. Also, students will gain understanding about the virtues of
Islam as reflected through the practices and accomplishments of its scholars and scientists.
Further, students will be encouraged to learn about how Islamic concepts overlap with other
faiths’ principles and teachings.
ARTS 025 Literary Skills
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
This subject concentrates on the literary skills critical to university success. The course
content is largely focused on developing research skills, analysing and presenting data, and
writing university level compositions. Students will also engage in an original primary research
project which will culminate in a formal oral presentation. This subject gives students the
necessary skills needed to engage in independent research and produce quality written and
oral academic presentations.
ARTS 035 Introduction to Philosophy
Pre-requisite: None
This subject focuses on critical thinking, independent research, and appropriate oral
presentation of a reasoned and informed argument. It is vital to a successful university life
68
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
that students develop their own informed opinions on a range of subjects. The ideal medium
to develop an appropriate approach to the art of reasoning is via a study of philosophy. An
awareness of the major thrusts of philosophy from the principal regions of the world will
provide students with the foundations, framework and confidence to be able to express their
opinions articulately, knowledgeably and logically. This subject gives students the skills and
the opportunity to do this, both individually and as part of a team. It also develops their critical
evaluation of research material and allows them to make judgements on published sources.
The subject is designed to ensure students’ academic success by helping them to become
independent thinkers and learners. A key element in this endeavour is willingness on the part
of the students to take responsibility for their own learning and to strive consistently to
improve their work. The basic, fundamental goal of this course is to broaden student’s
horizons via the ‘great philosophical debate’; to question and challenge our accepted wisdom
of ourselves and the world around us.
COMM 110 Introduction to Business Information Systems
Pre-requisites: ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
This subject examines the roles of information systems in a modern organization. Topics
covered include: computer hardware, systems software and networks, operating
systems/productivity tools, standard business systems, file/data management, processes and
modelling techniques used in computer systems development, information systems for
management and decision support, security and privacy issues. The practical component
includes using the Internet, word processing, spreadsheets and database systems.
COMM 121 Quantitative Methods 1
Pre-requisites: ARTS 015 & STAT 015
This subject is an introduction to quantitative techniques and their application to business
economics. Emphasis will be on statistics and topics will include descriptive statistics,
probability, sampling, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, elementary correlation and
regression analysis and the use of computer programs for estimation and analysis.
COMM 351 Business Ethics & Governance
Pre-requisites: 72 credit points
An examination of the central issues in business ethics covering topics such as the social
responsibility, individual and corporate values, models for making ethical decisions, ethics for
the employee, the customer, the environment, the community, the government and the
multinational context. Class consists primarily of student-centered discussion and experiential
activities. Semester is arranged to take students through a reflective, unlearning process.
COMM 399 Special Topics in Commerce
Pre-requisite: 12 credit points at 300 level
This subject will allow students to carry out study in a practical or applied manner into a
selected issue in business. This may include, but is not limited to an individual case study,
business project, industry or corporate analysis. Students will have the opportunity to look at
a contemporary practical issue in a business environment. The specific issues explored will
vary from year to year and discipline to discipline. This subject will encourage students to
undertake study and analyze on issues of relevance to a business environment.
69
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ECON 101 Macroeconomics Essentials for Business
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
This subject analyses relevant macroeconomic concepts and principles in an integrated
macroeconomic environment. Simple macroeconomic models will be developed to
characterise the interdependencies of the more important components parts of a macro
economy. This will allow students to analyse some real world problems and to start identifying
and formulating appropriate macroeconomic policies.
ECON 111 Introductory Microeconomics
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
An introduction to microeconomics and its application to contemporary social and economic
problems. Elementary economic theory and the necessary institutional framework will be
developed.
ECON 216 International Trade Theory & Policy
Pre-requisite: ECON 111
This subject is designed to provide an introduction to international trade theory and
international trade policy. It will examine the theory, policies, practices and institutions of
relevance to a country's trade with other nations. The following broad questions will be
addressed: Why do nations trade with each other? What are the gains and losses from free
trade to the nations involved? What determines the pattern of international trade and
production? What are the effects of various commercial policies on the nations involved and
on the welfare of various groups within those nations? How does the foreign exchange
market work and in what ways does it facilitate or impede international trade? What are the
possible effects of exchange-rate policies on a country's production, employment and price
level? How is a country's trade performance linked to its external debt and economic growth?
How can trade affect the local and global environment?
ECON 332 Managerial Economics & Operations Research
Pre-requisites: FIN 221 & ECON 111
This subject develops and applies a variety of quantitative techniques to economic and
managerial decision-making. It covers a wide range of quantitative analyses such as
forecasting techniques, Markov process models, PERT, CPM and specialized network
algorithms, risk preference analysis, transportation and assignment models and quadratic and
nonlinear programming.
FIN 221 Introductory Business Finance
Pre-requisites: ACCY 102 & ECON 111
This subject provides an introduction to business finance. It includes a critical examination of
the theory and practice of corporate financial management, including the capital structure
decision, the capital acquisition/disbursement decision, and the investment decision for both
current and long term assets. The main focus is on financial decision making, with
consideration of risk and returns a fundamental consideration.
70
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 223 Investment Analysis
Pre-requisite: FIN 221
This subject deals with security analysis and portfolio management. The subject is both
descriptive, dealing with a range of securities and the market they operate in, and theoretical,
considering theories of the market and the equilibrium prices of securities. Topics covered
include portfolio theory and the capital asset pricing model, portfolio management, company,
industry and market analysis, investment strategies and the evaluation of portfolio
performance.
FIN 226 Financial Markets & Institutions
Pre-requisites: ACCY 102 & ECON 111
This subject examines the history and development of financial institutions and financial
markets in Australia and elsewhere. Topics covered include: the role of the financial system;
functions of financial markets; money markets and capital markets; the banking and
payments system; financial systems regulation; the operations of the stock exchange;
corporate and government debt markets; the euromarket; and, derivative markets.
FIN 241 International Financial Management
Pre-requisite: ACCY 102
This subject introduces students to the use of financial tools in an international context. The
subject covers the basic techniques of finance and these are then related to international
financial markets, institutions and practice. Students learn to evaluate the relationship
between risk and expected return from international investments and develop an
understanding of short and long-term international debt and equity capital markets.
FIN 322 Advanced Business Finance
Pre-requisite: 12 credit points of FIN subjects
This subject examines advanced aspects of the financial management of corporate resources
with an emphasis on issues in financial planning and strategy. Topics include firm governance
and the role of shareholders and stakeholders, the management of corporate debt and equity,
mergers and acquisitions, financial distress and restructuring, and financial architecture and
strategies. Special attention is given to the increasing complexity of the business environment
and departure from the assumptions of an ideal capital markets.
FIN 323 Portfolio Management
Pre-requisite: FIN 223
This subject undertakes the advanced analysis of investment theory with an emphasis on the
integration of derivative use and strategies with other portfolio management skills. Individual
topics include, binomial decision theory, trading strategies using complex derivative
structures, interest rate futures and swaps, the ‘Greeks’, futures options, value at risk, credit
derivatives, and weather, energy, and insurance derivatives.
FIN 324 Financial Statement Analysis
Pre-requisite: FIN 221
This subject introduces the language, concepts and principles of corporate financial
information analysis, and critically evaluates financial statements as data sources for
71
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
business analysis and valuation. A four step business evaluation framework guides extraction
of decision useful information from publicly available accounting information sources within
the context of business strategies. Analytical principles and techniques are applied to four
commonly met areas of business decisions about corporate financial performance and
evaluation.
FIN 325 Bank Management
Pre-requisite: 12 credit points of FIN subjects
This subject examines and deals with information on the bank management practices and
operation of banks. The subject involves in depth discussions and analysis of bank
management issues such as bank lending, banking interest rate models, off-balance sheet
activities, operating costs & technology, foreign exchange, sovereign, liability & liquidity risks
management and capital adequacy within both the Australian and international banking
framework.
FIN 351 International Finance
Pre-requisite: 12 credit points of FIN subjects
This subject analyses financial markets in the international sphere, concentrating on the
Australasian region. It explores the concepts and relationships linking international financial
markets within the region and the operation of Australian firms in those markets. It covers
such issues as the de-regulation of Australian banking and the Eurofinance market, the
pricing of foreign exchange, the international financing decision, foreign exchange and
interest rate risk management.
LAW 100 Law in Society
Pre-requisite: None
Effective participation in the business world, and in society in general, requires some
understanding of the law and of legal processes. Law in Society aims to provide the
knowledge and skills to achieve these goals. The subject introduces students to the various
stages of setting up and operating a small business and the areas of law most relevant to
each stage. The consideration of the law focuses on its practical implications for achieving
business objectives and preventing legal problems arising.
MARK 101 Marketing Principles
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
The subject examines basic marketing concepts to build up a sound understanding. The
material assists those who want to be specialist marketers and those interested in
undertaking other business or professional studies. What you learn in this subject will be of
value to you for the rest of your lives as consumers and as members of the business
community.
MARK 201 Applied Marketing Research A
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
In an increasingly dynamic environment where market data and computers are easily
available, marketing research is not a field of competitive advantage. However failure to
engage in marketing research activity leads to disadvantages in the strong competitive
market place. Mastering marketing research is necessary for successful marketing. This
72
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
subject will focus on the practice of marketing research by integrating theory and application.
Applied Marketing Research includes the research process from the problem definition to the
fieldwork design. The remaining components are covered in Applied Marketing Research B.
MARK 202 Applied Marketing Research B
Pre-requisites: MARK 101 & MARK 201
In an increasingly dynamic environment where market data and computers are easily
available, marketing research is not a field of competitive advantage. However, failure to
engage in marketing research activity leads to disadvantages in the strong competitive
market place. Mastering marketing research is necessary for successful marketing. This
subject will focus on the practice of marketing research by integrating theory and application.
Applied Marketing Research B (MARK202) continues where Applied Marketing Research A
(MARK201) ends and encompasses the entire marketing research process starting with the
fieldwork phase: organising, supervising and conducting fieldwork, entering data, analysing
data, drawing conclusions and reporting the findings.
MARK 217 Consumer Behaviour
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
Consumer behaviour involves gaining a greater understanding of the consumers as
individuals by studying perception learning and memory, motivation and values, personality,
lifestyles, attitudes change. Additionally the content of this subject focuses upon consumers
as decision makers, involving an examination of the entire purchase process. Other areas of
interest include household and organizational decision-making, and the influence of culture
on consumption.
MARK 270 Services Marketing
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
This subject covers the practice of marketing of services. Significantly, this incorporates both
conceptual and practical issues not always evident in the existing marketing literature
covering the marketing of products. As well, the global growth of the service sector has
focused attention on the marketing function for organisations serving this sector. This subject
is designed to equip practitioners to function effectively in the expanding world of services
marketing.
MARK 301 Internet Application for Marketing
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
This subject deals with the issues facing internet users to establish the distinctly different
environment in which people operate online. This grounding is then used as a basis to build
an understanding of the internet to key applications in marketing such as research, adding
value in the areas of product, distribution, pricing and promotion. It is a consumer focused
perspective that most students will be able to relate to from their own experience and
therefore suitable for a 2nd or 3rd year undergraduate subject.
MARK 333 Marketing Communications
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
Marketing communications (marcoms) come in many forms. Examples include, but are far
from limited to, mass media advertising, promotions, celebrity endorsements, and after-sales
73
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
support. This subject aims to develop students' appreciation of the role that marcoms play in
the company's marketing efforts as well as how prospective customers process and are
influenced by marcoms. The subject has a managerial perspective and by the end of the
subject students will be able to both manage and critically evaluate marcoms campaigns.
MARK 343 International Marketing
Pre-requisite: MARK 101
The principal aim of the subject is to analyze the global marketing environment and develop
appropriate international marketing strategies. The content will include: socio-economic, legal,
political, financial and cultural factors affecting international marketing operations; analyzing
the profiles of selected regional markets and strategic options for entry and expansion in
those markets; international Applied Marketing Research methods and data analysis
techniques; international marketing mix decisions; and contemporary issues in multinational
marketing.
MARK 344 Marketing Strategy
Pre-requisites: MARK 101 & 12 credit points from 200 level MARK Subjects
This is the ‘capstone’ unit in the marketing major. As such it is designed to integrate skills and
knowledge in a number of other business disciplines. It will draw knowledge in a number of
other business disciplines. It will draw heavily on the areas of not only marketing theory and
market heavily on the areas of not only marketing theory and research methods but also
economics, finance, managerial accounting and management theory. It is designed to
develop analytical skills and diagnostic ability for the proposal, implementation and control of
alternative marketing strategies and plans.
MGMT 102 Business Communications
Pre-requisites: ARTS 015 & ARTS 025
This subject introduces the theory and practice of communication in business and in
workplaces. It offers knowledge and information on how students can become more effective,
culturally sensitive and humane communicators personally and professionally. It examines
and discusses the cultural, organisational and personal contexts and processes of
communication in groups, meetings, interviews, public speaking, presentations and writing.
Other issues discussed include interpersonal skills, understanding non-verbal messages,
listening and building relationships in business and workplaces.
MGMT 110 Introduction to Management
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
This subject introduces students to key management theories and concepts including
organizational culture, social responsibility, ethics, managing groups, motivating employees,
planning, managing human resources and employee relations, strategic management,
decision-making, managing operations, leadership and management control systems. The
subject is designed to provide an opportunity for students to acquire understanding through a
series of lectures supported by student participation in simulation activities. The subject is
presented from the point of view of managers, but students will learn how the different
interests between organizational stakeholders affect various management processes.
74
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 201 Organizational Behaviour
Pre-requisite: MGMT 110
The subject examines aspects of the social and behavioural sciences that are relevant to
understanding human behaviour in work organisations. The focus of the subject ranges from
the behaviour and activities of individuals and groups in organisational settings, to
understanding complex organisations as a whole.
MGMT 205 Recruitment & Selection
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
This subject examines the environment and process of recruitment and selection.
Recruitment strategies are described and assessed from the perspective of the organisation
and the individual. In particular, a range of personnel selection techniques are examined in
relation to reliability, validity, fairness and applicability. Also a range of practical skills in
designing personnel selection techniques are developed.
MGMT 206 Managing Human Resources
Pre-requisite: MGMT 110
This subject is concerned with the concepts, techniques and activities involved in managing
the flow of people through work organisations. Emphasis is placed on understanding the
techniques of contemporary HRM that can be applied in organisations to facilitate the
acquisition and development of staff, to influence positively their job performance, and to
manage the processes of staff turnover and retention.
MGMT 218 Competitive Analysis
Pre-requisite: ECON 111
This subject develops models and techniques for measuring and understanding the
complexity of competition. Case studies and empirical analysis are used to show how firms
can analyze its industry, understand its competitors and its own position, and how this might
influence its business strategy. Topics include: Structural analysis of industries; Competitive
strategies/framework for analysis; Development of generic strategies; Strategy in different
industrial environments; Strategic decisions/competitor analysis; Strategy in a multinational
competitive environment.
MGMT 220 Organizational Analysis
Pre-requisite: MGMT 110
This subject examines different perspectives from which organisational can be analysed.
Students are provided with an understanding of the main theoretical frameworks used to
explain how organisational members are affected by organisational structures, environments,
political processes and cultural aspects of organizations.
MGMT 309 Supply Chain Strategies
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & COMM 121 or ECON 101
This subject focuses on supply chain strategies that are customer focused and market driven.
It distinguishes between operational or supply-based approaches and strategic approaches to
supply chain management, exploring the latter in depth. This subject highlights and provides
75
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
solutions to the main challenges facing organisations wanting to select design and implement
successful supply chain strategies in an increasingly global and competitive environment.
MGMT 311 Management of Change
Pre-requisite: MGMT 110
This subject deals with management of change in organisations. Topics include: sources of
change, resistance to change, coping with change, organisational values, creation of
organisational visions and missions, leading organisational change, models of organisational
change, creation and change of organisational cultures. Emphasis is placed on the
application of theory to case study examples.
MGMT 314 Strategic Management
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & MARK 101 or MGMT 218
The subject deals with the strategic management process and planning functions in the
business enterprise. Emphasis will be placed on the process by which opportunities and
threats to the business enterprise are recognised and evaluated, and on the strategies
required to meet these challenges. Topics include: business mission; customer and
competitor analysis; industry analysis; environmental analysis; strategy and organisation;
alternative business strategies.
MGMT 316 Operations Management
Pre-requisites: COMM 121 & ECON 111
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with a broad understanding of the key
issues in modern operations management in both manufacturing and service organisations,
and to allow the student to develop some basic skills in the methodologies of operations
management. It is an introductory subject designed for undergraduate students with no
previous study in operations management. The subject content and assessment components
reflect quantitative procedures associated with operations management and also qualitatively
explore the relevant strategic, managerial and ethical issues associated with operations
management.
MGMT 321 Occupational Health & Safety Management
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
This subject aims to give students a critical introduction to the broad subject of Occupational
Health and Safety Management (OHSM) and to examine in detail some of the specific
theoretical and practical issues related to the topic. Under the broad rubric of OHSM, there
are a number of competing perspectives, views and voices. This subject will not privilege one
model over another. Rather, it will present some of these competing views in a manner that
will require individual students to exercise their critical faculties and develop their own,
theoretically informed approach to the practical management of OH&S.
MGMT 322 Training & Development
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
This subject provides students with an understanding of key concepts and practical
approaches to the development of people in organisations. Topics include: theories and
models of learning; job analysis; identification of training needs; training delivery forms and
their selection; skills development and training; multi-skilling and flexibility; management
76
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
development; succession planning; national and international frameworks of training;
organisational learning and the learning organisation; organisational development; evaluation
of training and development.
MGMT 350 Total Quality Management
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & COMM 121
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with an introduction to the principles and
tools associated with the management philosphy and technique called 'Quality Management'.
It is an introductory subject designed for undergraduate students with no previous study in
this field. The subject engages both qualitative and quantitative approaches to help students
to identify, analyse and understand the impacts of quality management systems in any
organisation.
MGMT 389 International Business Management
Pre-requisites: MGMT 110 & MARK 101 or MGMT 218
This subject deals with the international business environment and the key issues involved in
operating in international and global markets. The international and global business
environment, entry modes, global strategies, functional strategies and the management and
control of international/global operations are covered. On completion of this subject, students
will have an understanding of international business and be able to apply key concepts in
analyzing and developing international business strategies.
PSYC 015 Introduction to Psychology
Pre-requisite: ARTS 015
This subject introduces students to the discipline of psychology and its scientific nature. It
seeks to present an overview of the main areas of psychology including behavioral
psychology, developmental psychology, personality, social psychology, and clinical
psychology. Students will be exposed to the main theories in the different areas of
psychology as well as their practical application in real life situations such as personal
development, family life, business, and interpersonal relations.
STAT 015 Introduction to Statistics
Pre-requisite: None
This subject provides an introduction to the study of statistics. The aim of the subject is to
provide students the statistical tools necessary for analyzing data for taking business
decisions. Students should be able to learn to think about data by working with data. This
subject is designed to:
1. Show the relevance of statistics to a wide range of disciplines and everyday life.
2. Provide the student with fundamental concepts of statistical methods.
3. Give the student ample opportunity to apply statistical methods through problem solving
and discussion.
4. Provide the student with the fundamental concepts of statistical reasoning.
5. Give the student ample opportunity to apply statistical reasoning through examples and
discussion.
6. Enable to student to improve communication skills.
7. Develop analysis and problem solving skills.
8. Familiarize the student with statistical terminology.
9. Develop skills required to deal critically with numerical arguments.
10. Prepare the student to undertake statistical subjects at university.
77
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.3.4 College Of Business – Undergraduate Degree Planner
4.3.4.1 How To Use The Degree Planner
A. Choose the degree you wish to study towards (For example Bachelor of Commerce
Specialization: Marketing). The subjects required for completing the degree are listed
B. Subject descriptions are available on our website
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/programs/ug/cbs/details.php?sec=1
C. Subjects on offer in each semester are listed under subjects on offer in this document
D. Complete the Degree Planner based on the degree you have chosen and the session
in which the subjects are on offer.
E. If you experience any difficulty in planning your degree, you must consult our
Academic Advisors – Mrs.Asima Shirazi,
Mrs. Nandini Kaul
Mrs. Ritu Sehgal
•
IMPORTANT All New Students in their First Semester must enroll in zero level
subjects only
•
Only after passing ARTS 015 you will be permitted to do 100 level subjects
•
In addition to the ARTS 015 you need to pass in :
a) CSCI 015
to do COMM 110
b) STAT 015 to do COMM 121
c) ARTS 015 & ARTS025
to do
MGMT 102
78
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.3.4.2 Degree Planner For Undergraduate Students - Commerce
Bachelor of Business Administration (General)
Code
Title
CP
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 015
Introduction to University Life
6
ARTS 001
ARTS 017
Islamic Culture
6
MATH 015
Foundation Mathematics A
6
MATH 001
CSCI 015
Computer Applications
6
CSCI 001
STAT 015
Introduction to Statistics
6
STAT 001
ARTS 025
Literary Skills
6
ARTS 015
ARTS 003
ARTS 035
Introduction to Philosophy
6
or
MATH 020
Foundation Mathematics B
6
MATH 015
PSYC 015
Introduction to Psychology
6
ARTS 015
LAW 100
Law in Society
6
IACT 201
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
6
24CP@100-level
ACCY 100
Accounting A
6
ARTS 015
ACCY 102
Accounting B
6
ACCY 100
COMM 110
Introduction to Business Information
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI015
Systems
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
Quantitative Methods I
6
STAT 015
STAT 131
ECON 101
Macroeco Essentials for Business
6
ARTS 015
ECON 111
Introductory Microeconomics
6
ARTS 015
MGMT102
Business Communications
6
ARTS 015 & ARTS025
MARK 101
Marketing Principles
6
ARTS 015
MGMT 110
Introduction to Management
6
ARTS 015
FIN 241
International Fin. Management
ACCY 102
6
or FIN 221
Introductory Business Finance
ACCY102 & ECON111
ECON 216
International Trade Theory & Policy
6
ECON 111
ACCY 211
Management Accounting II
6
ACCY 102
MARK 101
MARK 217
Consumer Behavior
6
or FIN 226
Financial Markets & Institutions
ACCY102 & ECON 111
MARK 270
Services Marketing
6
MARK 101
MARK 343
International Marketing
6
MARK 101
MARK 101 & 3 MARK
MARK 344
Marketing Strategy
6
subjects*
MGMT 201
Organizational Behaviour
6
MGMT 110
or MGMT 206 Managing Human Resources
ECON 332
Managerial Economics & Ops
6
FIN 221 & ECON 111
MGMT 110 & MARK 101 or
MGMT 314
Strategic Management
6
MGMT 218
MGMT110 & MARK 101 or
MGMT 389
International Business Management
6
MGMT 218
Electives minimum value:
Of which only 18CP may
Plus
24
COMM 399 recommended
be from 100-level subjects.
60 60CP from GED subjects
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BBA Degree
144 144CP from non-GED required subjects
79
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Bachelor of Commerce - Major: Marketing
Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015
CSCI 015
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
or
MATH020
PSYC 015
LAW 100
IACT 201
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
Title
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
CP
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ECON 111
MARK 101
MGMT 110
FIN 221
MGMT 316
COMM 351
MARK 201
MARK 202
MARK 217
MARK 270
MARK 301
MARK 333
MARK 343
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Law in Society
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information
Systems
Quantitative Methods I
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Introductory Business Finance
Operations Management
Business Ethics and Governance
Applied Marketing Research A
Applied Marketing Research B
Consumer Behaviour
Services Marketing
Internet Application for Marketing
Marketing Communications
International Marketing
MARK 344
Marketing Strategy
6
Plus
Electives minimum value:
COMM 399 Recommended
30
ECON 101
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BCOM Degree
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 001
MATH 001
CSCI 001
STAT 001
ARTS 003
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
MATH 015
ARTS 015
24CP@100-level
ARTS 015
ACCY 100
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
6
ARTS 015 & STAT 015
6
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
60
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ACCY 102 & ECON 111
COMM 121 & ECON 111
72 credit points
MARK 101
MARK 101 & MARK 201
MARK 101
MARK 101
MARK 101
MARK 101
MARK 101
MARK 101 & 12 CP from
200-level MARK subjects
Of which only 18CP may
be from 100-level subjects.
60CP from GED subjects
144
144CP from non-GED required subjects
STAT 131
80
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Bachelor of Commerce - Major: Management
Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015
CSCI 015
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
or
MATH 020
PSYC 015
LAW 100
IACT 201
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
Title
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
CP
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ECON 111
MARK 101
MGMT 110
FIN 221
MGMT 316
COMM 351
MGMT 102
MGMT 201
MGMT 206
MGMT 220
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Law in Society
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information
Systems
Quantitative Methods I
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Introductory Business Finance
Operations Management
Business Ethics and Governance
Business Communications
Organizational Behavior
Managing human Resources
Organizational Studies
MGMT 309
Supply Chain Strategies
6
MGMT 311
Management of Change
6
MGMT 314
Strategic Management
6
MGMT 350
Total Quality Management
Electives minimum value:
COMM399 Recommended
6
ECON 101
Plus
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BCOM Degree
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 001
MATH 001
CSCI 001
STAT 001
ARTS 003
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
24CP@100level
ARTS 015
ACCY 100
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
6
ARTS 015 & STAT 015
6
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ACCY 102 & ECON 111
COMM 121 & ECON 111
72 credit points
ARTS 015 & ARTS 025
MGMT 110
MGMT 110
MGMT 110
MGMT 110 & COMM121 or
ECON 121
MGMT 110
MGMT 110 & MARK 101 or
MGMT 218
MGMT 110 & COM 121
Of which only 18CP may
be from 100-level subjects.
30
MATH 015
ARTS 015
STAT 131
60
60CP from GED subjects
144
144CP from non-GED required subjects
81
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Bachelor of Commerce - Major: Finance
Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015*
CSCI 015*
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
or
MATH 020
PSYC 015
LAW 100
IACT 201
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
Title
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
CP
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ECON 111
MARK 101
MGMT 110
FIN 221
MGMT 316
COMM 351
ACCY 200
FIN 223
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Law in Society
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information
Systems
Quantitative Methods I
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Introductory Business Finance
Operations Management
Business Ethics and Governance
Financial Accounting 2A
Investment Analysis
FIN 322
Advanced Business Finance
6
FIN 323
Portfolio Management
6
FIN 324
Financial Statement Analysis
6
FIN 226
Financial Markets & Institutions
6
FIN 325
Bank Management
6
FIN 351
International Finance
6
Plus
Electives minimum value:
COMM399 Recommended
30
ECON 101
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BCOM Degree
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 001
MATH 001
CSCI 001
STAT 001
ARTS 003
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
MATH 015
ARTS 015
24CP@100-level
ARTS 015
ACCY 100
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
6
ARTS 015 & STAT 015
6
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ACCY 102 & ECON 111
COMM 121 & ECON 111
72 credit points
ACCY 102
FIN 221
12 credit points of FIN
subjects
FIN 223
12 credit points of FIN
subjects
ACCY102 & ECON 111
12 credit points of FIN
subjects
12 credit points of FIN
subjects
Of which only 18CP may
be from 100-level subjects.
STAT 131
60
60CP from GED subjects
144
144CP from non-GED required subjects
82
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Bachelor of Commerce - Major: Accountancy
Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015
CSCI 015
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
or
MATH 020
PSYC 015
LAW 100
IACT 201
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
ECON 101
ECON 111
MARK 101
MGMT 110
FIN 221
MGMT 316
COMM 351
ACCY 201
ACCY 200
ACCY 211
ACCY 231
ACCY 302
ACCY 312
ACCY 342
ACCY 328
Plus
Title
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Law in Society
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information
Systems
Quantitative Methods I
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Introductory Business Finance
Operations Management
Business Ethics and Governance
Financial Accounting IIB
Financial Accounting IIA
Management Accounting II
Info Systems in Accounting
Financial Accounting III
Management Accounting III
Auditing & Assurance Services
International Taxation
Electives minimum value:
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BCOM Degree
CP
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 001
MATH 001
CSCI 001
STAT 001
ARTS 003
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
24CP@100level
ARTS 015
ACCY 100
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
6
ARTS 015 & STAT 015
6
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
12
6
6
6
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ACCY 102 & ECON 111
COMM 121 & ECON 111
72 credit points
ACCY 200
ACCY 102
ACCY 100 & ACCY 102
ACCY 100 & ACCY 102
ACCY 201
ACCY 211
ACCY 201 or ACCY 200
FIN 221 & ACCY 201
Of which only 18CP may
be from 100-level subjects.
24
MATH 015
ARTS 015
STAT 131
60
60CP from GED subjects
144
144CP from non-GED required subjects
83
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Bachelor of Commerce - Major: Human Resource Management
Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015
CSCI 015
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
or
MATH 020
PSYC 015
LAW 100
IACT 201
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
Title
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
CP
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ECON 111
MARK 101
MGMT 110
FIN 221
MGMT 205
COMM 351
MGMT 201
MGMT 206
MGMT 220
MGMT 321
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Law in Society
Info. Tech. & Citizen’s Rights
Accounting A
Accounting B
Introduction to Business Information
Systems
Quantitative Methods I
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Marketing Principles
Introduction to Management
Introductory Business Finance
Recruitment and Selection
Business Ethics and Governance
Organizational Behaviour
Managing Human Resources
Organizational Studies
Occupational Health & Safety Mgmt
MGMT 314
Strategic Management
6
MGMT 311
MGMT 316
MGMT 322
Management of Change
Operations Management
Training & Development
Electives minimum value:
COMM 399 recommended
6
6
6
ECON 101
Plus
Minimum Credit Points required to qualify for this
BCOM Degree
Pre-requisites
Exclusions
ARTS 001
MATH 001
CSCI 001
STAT 001
ARTS 003
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
24CP@100level
ARTS 015
ACCY 100
6
ARTS 015 & CSCI 015
6
ARTS 015 & STAT 015
6
ARTS 015
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ARTS 015
ACCY 102 & ECON 111
MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
72 credit points
MGMT 110
MGMT 110
MGMT 110
MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
MGMT 110 & MARK101 or
MGMT218
MGMT 110
COMM 121 & ECON 111
MGMT 110 & MGMT 206
Of which only 18CP may
be from 100-level subjects.
30
MATH 015
ARTS 015
STAT 131
60
60CP from GED subjects
144
144CP from non-GED required subjects
84
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.3.4.3 Commerce Faculty Subjects on Offer in 2007/08
Subject Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015 +
CSCI 015 +
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
PSYC 015
MATH 020 +
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
ACCY 201
ACCY 200
ACCY 211
ACCY 231
ACCY 302
ACCY 312
ACCY 328
ACCY 342
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
COMM 351
COMM 399
Subject Title
Autumn
‘07
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Spring
‘08
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Autumn
‘08
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FIN 221
FIN 223
FIN 226
FIN 241
FIN 322
FIN 323
FIN 324
FIN 325
FIN 351
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
Introduction to Psychology
Foundation Mathematics B
Accounting 1A
Accounting 1B
Financial Accounting 2 B
Financial Accounting 2 A
Management Accounting 2
Information systems in Accounting
Financial Accounting 3
Management Accounting 3
International Taxation
Auditing & Assurance Services
Introduction to Business
Information Systems
Quantitative Methods 1
Business Ethics & Governance
Special Topic in Commerce
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
International Trade Theory & Policy
Managerial Economics &
Operations Research
Introductory Business Finance
Investment Analysis
Financial Markets & Institutions
International Financial Management
Advanced Business Finance
Portfolio Management
Financial Statement Analysis
Bank Management
International Finance
IACT 201+
Info Tech and Citizen’s Rights
3
3
3
LAW 100
MARK 101
Law in Society
Marketing Principles
Applied Marketing Research A
Replaces with MARK 319
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
ECON 101
ECON 111
ECON 216
ECON 332
MARK 201
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
85
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Applied Marketing Research B
Replaces with MARK 239
MARK 217
Consumer Behavior
MARK 270
Services Marketing
MARK 301
Internet Applications for Marketing
MARK 333
Marketing Communications
MARK 343
International Marketing
MARK 344
Marketing Strategy
MGMT 102
Business Communications
MGMT 110
Introduction to Management
MGMT 201
Organizational Behavior
MGMT 205
Recruitment & Selection
MGMT 206
Managing Human Resources
MGMT 218
Competitive Analysis
MGMT 220
Organizational Analysis
MGMT 309
Supply Chain Strategies
MGMT 311
Management of Change
MGMT 314
Strategic Management
MGMT 316
Operations Management
Occupational Health & Safety
MGMT 321
Management
MGMT 322
Training and Development
MGMT 350
Total Quality Management
MGMT 389
International Bus. Management
+ College of IT subject
3
MARK 202
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Note: Schedule subject to change as per management decision
86
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.3.4.4 Personal Degree Planner
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
To ensure quality in your degree and a
proper distribution of subjects over all
sessions, it is of UTMOST importance that
you plan your subjects well in advance!
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
Here are a few Guidelines that you should
follow in preparing your Degree Plan:
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
CP
•
ARTS 015 must be done before any
100-level subject.
•
Certain subjects have pre-requisites.
Try your best to complete these prerequisite subjects as soon as feasible.
•
Most importantly, 100-level subjects
must be completed BEFORE 200-level
subjects; 200-level subjects must be
completed BEFORE 300-level subjects!
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
degree and specialisation must be
paid special attention to.
•
If you need any assistance in planning
your degree feel free to consult our
extremely helpful Academic Advisors.
CP
Year:…….
CP
Year:…….
CP
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your degree is planned
smoothly, you should not have any
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
difficulty with individual sessions. Good
luck and get cracking on your Degree
Plan!
87
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.4 COLLEGE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
4.4.1
Welcome to the College of Information Technology
Information Technology is an exciting and rewarding profession that is rising to new levels of
importance in the new century. Information Technology permeates all aspects of our lives and
is becoming a basic force for economic development that cuts across government and
cultural boundaries.
The faculty of the University of Wollongong in Dubai is dedicated to excellence in teaching,
research and service. We are preparing tomorrow's leaders today by offering top quality
educational programs. We accomplish this with a curriculum designed to provide breadth as
well as Department in the technical and practical topics of this profession.
The College offers two degrees: The Bachelor of Computer Science (BCSc) and the
Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology (BInternetSc) degree. Both degrees are fully
accredited by the UAE Ministry of Education.
The Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc) degree provides a general education in many
aspects of Computer Science and Software Development, and attempts to prepare graduates
for wide ranging career opportunities in the computer industry. Graduates in Computer
Science will be able to take jobs as systems analysts, programmers, and designers of
business systems, database programmers and network managers, among others.
The Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology (BInternetSc) degree seeks to create
professionals who can work in all the many service areas provided by the Internet. The
Internet has revolutionised the way business is conducted and has made a great contribution
to the delivery of services in the fields of information, education and entertainment. This has
led to tremendous public interest in the Internet, which is expected to become a major
motivator for new software products and services and business reform over the next five to
ten years. Graduates in BInternetSc can take jobs as web designers, E-business analysts,
database designers, multimedia specialists and network systems integrators, amongst others.
Students studying in BInternetSc will specialize in Internet Commerce.
Graduates in both Bachelor of Computer Science and Bachelor of Internet Science and
Technology can look forward to a variety of opportunities leading to worthwhile careers in the
rapidly evolving IT industry. Past graduates of these courses can be found working in many
fields, including banking, online marketing, advertising and the computer business itself.
We prepare our graduates to work in a wide variety of industries located throughout the GCC
and the world. Our graduates are well known for their exceptional ability to communicate
clearly with others, their ability to work through and solve complex problems and design
creatively.
4.4.2
4.4.2.1
Course Information – College Of Information Technology
Bachelor of Computer Science (BCompSc)
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Bachelor of Computer Science
BCompSc
College of Information Technology
4 years full time or part time equivalent.
88
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
144 credit points + 10 GEC subjects
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring & Summer).
Face to Face
** Total Course Cost: AED 125,000
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
08:30am – 05:30pm Sunday to Thursday.
1766
00102E
**Fees are correct at the time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Fee specified is expected course cost given single major degree only and based on
achievement of credit point requirement passing subjects at the first attempt.
Overview
The degree of Bachelor of Computer Science provides a general education in many aspects
of Computer Science and Software Development, and attempts to prepare graduates for wide
ranging career opportunities in the computer industry. Graduates in Computer Science will be
able to take jobs as systems analysts, programmers, and designers of business systems,
database programmers and network managers, among others.
Course Completion Requirements
To qualify for the award of Bachelor of Computer Science, candidates must have:
•
•
•
•
At least 36 credit points (cp) of 300 level subjects of which 24 cp must be CSCI subjects
including CSCI321.
A minimum of 24 cp of 300 level subjects at “Pass Grade” or better, including CSCI321;
maximum of 24 cp on total at “Pass Conceded Grade”.
A total of 144 cp is required of which no more that 60 cp (or ten subjects) of 100 level
subjects.
All students must successfully complete ten additional 60 cp General Education subjects
from the General Education Course (GEC) list.
*Proposal to have no PC at 300 level is under review
General Education (GEC) Requirements
ARTS015
ARTS 017
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
MATH 015*
MATH 020
PSY015
CSCI 015*
STAT 015*
LAW 100
IACT 201
MGMT 102
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
Foundation Mathematics A
Foundation Mathematics B
Introduction to Psychology
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Law in Society
Information Technology and Citizens Rights
Business Communication
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
89
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
* Challenge Tests are available in MATH 015, CSCI 015 and STAT 015. The tests will be held
in the 1st week of each session. A pass mark of a minimum of 60% in a test will entitle a
student to be granted an exception from that subject.
However in order to be eligible to sit for the Challenge Tests a student must have the
following qualifications:
MATH015
CSCI015
STAT015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 % in Math
• A Levels – A or B in Math
• Iranian Board – 17 in Math
• UAE Education Board – 85%
in Math
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board – 85%
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board –
85%
Required Core Subjects
CSCI 103
CSCI 114
MATH121
CSCI 102
CSCI 124
STAT 131
CSCI 131
CSCI 204
CSCI 212
CSCI 222
CSCI 203
CSCI 205
CSCI 235
CSCI 321
CSCI 311
CSCI 325
Algorithms and Problem Solving
Procedural Programming
Discrete Mathematics
Systems
Applied Programming
Understanding Variation and Uncertainty
Introduction to Computer Systems
Object Programming and Frameworks
Interacting Systems
Systems Development
Algorithms and Data Structure
Development Methods and Tools
Databases
Software Project
Software Process Management
Software Engineering Formal Methods
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
12 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Electives for BCompSc
ECTE 182
MARK 101
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
MGMT 110
ECON 101
ECON 111
LAW 100*
MGMT 102*
CSCI 213
IACT 201*
BUSS 211
MGMT 201
IACT 202
Internet Technology 1
Marketing Principles
Accounting 1A
Accounting 1B
Introduction to Management and Employ. Relations
Macroeconomic Essentials for Business
Introductory Microeconomics
Law in Society
Business Communication
Java Programming & Object Oriented
Design
IT and Citizens Rights
Requirement Determination &Systems Analysis
Organizational Behaviour
Structure and Organization of Telecommunications
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
90
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
CSCI 315
IACT 303
MGMT 206
CSCI 323
CSCI 324
CSCI 336
IACT 301
IACT 304
BUSS 312
MARK 343
COMM 351
Database Design and Implementation
World-wide Networking
Human Resource Management
Artificial Intelligence
HCI – Human Computer Interface
Computer Graphics
Information/Communication Security Issues
e Business Fundamentals
Business Data Commuication
International Marketing
Business Ethics and Governance
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Please consult with your academic advisor for subjects outside this list
* Subjects cannot count as both GEC and Degree Electives
4.4.2.2 Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology (BInternetSc)
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology
BInternetSc
College of Information Technology
4 years full time or part time equivalent.
144 credit points + 10 GEC subjects
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring & Summer).
Face to Face
** Total Course Cost: AED 125,000
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
08:30am – 05:30pm Sunday to Thursday.
1785
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Fee specified is expected course cost given single major degree only and based on
achievement of credit point requirement passing subjects at the first attempt.
Overview
The Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology (BInternetSc) degree seeks to create
professionals who can work in all the many service areas provided by the Internet. The
Internet has revolutionized the way business is conducted and has made a great contribution
to the delivery of services in the fields of information, education and entertainment. This has
led to tremendous public interest in the Internet, which is expected to become a major
motivator for new software products and services and business reform over the next five to
ten years. Graduates in BInternetSc can take jobs as web designers, E-business analysts,
database designers, multimedia specialists and network systems integrators, amongst others.
Students studying in BInternetSc will specialize in Internet Commerce.
Course Completion Requirements
To qualify a Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology (BInternetSc) award, candidates
must have:
•
At least 48 credit points (cp) of 300 level subjects
91
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
•
A minimum of 24 cp of 300 level subjects at “Pass Grade” or better,
maximum of 24 cp on total at “Pass Conceded Grade”
A total of 144 cp is required of which no more that 60 cp (or ten subjects) of 100 level
subjects
All students must successfully complete ten additional General Education subjects fro the
General Education Course (GEC) list.
*Proposal to have no PC at 300 level is under review
General Education (GEC) Requirements
ARTS015
ARTS 017
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
PSYC 015
MATH 015*
MATH 020
CSCI 015*
STAT 015*
LAW 100
MGMT 102
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
Introduction to Psychology
Foundation Mathematics A
Foundation Mathematics B
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Law in Society
Business Communication
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Challenge Tests are available in MATH 015, CSCI 015 and STAT 015. Tests will be held in
the 1st week of each session. A pass mark of a minimum of 60% in a test will entitle a student
to be granted an exception from that subject.
In order to be eligible for the Challenge Tests a student must have the following qualifications:
MATH015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 % in Math
• A Levels – A or B in Math
• Iranian Board – 17 in Math
UAE Education Board - 85% in
Math
CSCI015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board85%
STAT015
Overall
• CBSE – Above 75 %
• A Levels – A or B
• Iranian Board – 17
• UAE Education Board85%
Required Core Subjects
CSCI 103
CSCI 114
MGMT 110
MARK 101
CSCI 102
CSCI 124
STAT 131
ECTE182
ECTE 282
IACT 201
CSCI 213
INFO 202
IACT 202
Algorithms and Problem Solving
Procedural Programming
Organizational Management
Introduction to Marketing
Systems
Applied Programming
Understanding Variation and Uncertainty
Internet Technology I
Internet Systems
IT & Citizen’s Rights
Java Programming and Object Oriented Design
Project
Structure & Organisation of Telecom
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
92
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
IACT 303
MARK 301
IACT 301
IACT 304
World Wide Networking
Internet Applications for Marketing
Info & Comm Security issues
Principles of eBusiness
Electives for BInternetSc
CSCI 204
Object Programming and Frameworks
BUSS 211
Requirement Determination & Systems
Analysis
MATH 121
Discrete Mathematics
ACCY 100
Accounting 1A
LAW 100*
Law in Society
ECON 101
Macroeconomic Essentials for Business
CSCI 205
Development Methods and Tools
CSCI 235
Databases
LAW 210
Contract Law
MGMT 102*
Business Communication
ECON 111
Microeconomics
INFO 303
Advanced Project
CSCI 311
Software Process Management
CSCI 315
Database Design and Implementation
CSCI 324
HCI – Human Computer Interface
BUSS 312
Business Data Communication
CSCI 336
Computer Graphics
MARK343
International Marketing
COMM351
Ethics and Governance
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
12 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Students cannot take any electives outside the approved list. Please consult with your
academic advisor before enrolling for your subjects
* Subjects cannot count as both GEC and Degree Electives
4.4.3
College Of Information Technology - Subject Descriptions
All College of Information Technology Subjects are 6 credit points, except INFO303
and CSCI321 which are 12 credit point subjects, split over two semesters
CSCI015 Computer Applications
Pre-requisite: Nil
Computer Applications provides information on basic computing concepts, theories and the
various applications of Information Technology in society. It also enables you to confidently
and competently use an operating system, a variety of application packages including word
processing, spreadsheets, and Power Point presentations.
The subject is designed to:
• Provide the student with a basic understanding of the operation of a computer.
• Provide the student with a basic understanding of computer networks.
• Give the student ample opportunity to use a computer in a wide variety of applications.
• Enable the student to gain self-confidence in the operation of a computer.
• Enable the student to gain skills in the operation of a computer.
• Demonstrate the wide application of computers in today's society.
• Enable the student to use computers as a tool in other subject areas.
93
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
Prepare the student to undertake more advanced computing subjects at university.
MATH015 Foundation Mathematics A
Pre-requisite: Nil
This is the first of two foundation mathematics subjects (the other MATH020 Foundation
Mathematics B) in the bachelor degree program. This subject is designed for students who
are entering degree courses for which a background in mathematics is desirable. It provides a
necessary basis for all students progressing to the second year of university degree courses
in the business area. Furthermore, it is the pre-requisite subject for Foundation Mathematics
B, which is undertaken by students in the Computer Science and Internet Science courses
where further study in Mathematics is essential.
MATH020 Foundation Mathematics B
Pre-requisite: MATH015
This subject is designed to:
• Consolidate the theory and concepts introduced in MATH015.
• Provide the student with mathematical background for further studies of mathematics
and mathematics related subjects.
• Develop skills necessary for using standard tables available to students of
Mathematics.
• Teach content including trigonometry and related calculus - standard identities,
common values of the trigonometric functions, radian measure, arc length, unlimited
angles, simple trigonometric equations, graphs of the trigonometric functions, sum of
angles, double angles, trigonometric limits, derivatives of trigonometric functions,
integrals of trigonometric functions, inverse trigonometric functions, integration using
trigonometric substitutions.
CSCI102 Systems
Pre-requisite: CSCI015
CSCI102 establishes the position of Computer Science and Information Technology in a nonprogramming context. Areas introduced include Human-Computer Interface, Information
Modelling, Intelligent Systems, Networks, Operating Systems, Software Design and
Development, and Professional Ethics, Rights and Responsibilities
CSCI103 Algorithms and Problem Solving
Pre-requisite: Nil
This subject introduces the basic concepts of algorithms and their relationship to data
structures and problem solving.
This subject emphasizes problem solving techniques leading to the development of
algorithms rather than their implementation or a formal mathematical treatment of algorithms.
Topics include sorting, searching and counting problems and the principal algorithms used in
their solution. Common approaches to algorithm development and analysis will be examined.
SCI114 Procedural Programming
Pre-requisite: Nil
On successful completion of this subject, students should be able to:
• Effectively use basic C++ functionality to code simple algorithms.
94
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
•
Analyze and explain the behaviour of simple programs.
Design, implement, test and debug simple programs.
Apply the techniques of structured decomposition to break a program into smaller
pieces
Display a working knowledge of good programming style.
CSCI124 Applied Programming
Pre-requisite: CSCI103 + CSCI114
CSCI124 develops skills in object-oriented program design and implementation. Covers
characterisation of abstract data types and their realisation as classes. Explores the
implementation of standard data types including lists, binary trees, queues. Investigates
implementation of standard searching and sorting algorithms. Provides experience in the use
of dynamic data structures.
CSCI131 Introduction to Computer Systems
Pre-requisite: CSCI103 + CSCI114
The subject focuses on the internal operation of the computer and provides an understanding
of how the computer, at a low level, carries out the task of processing data.
It deals with the machine language as determined by the architecture, addressing techniques,
assembly languages, assembler construction, linkers, loaders and related operating system
software and provides an introduction to the role of the operating system itself.
ECTE182 Internet Technology
Pre-requisite: Nil
This subject introduces students to the fundamentals of computer communications. These
fundamentals are then used to outline the Internet Architecture, and describe its key
components.
Following this, the operation of the World Wide Web (WWW) will be detailed. Topics covered
include packet switching, switched networks, layered protocols, Local and Wide Area
networks, WWW operation, network components (e.g., routers), access technologies (e.g.,
modems). Laboratory exercises will illustrate key computer communications concepts.
MATH121 Discrete Mathematics
Pre-requisite: MATH015
Students will be introduced to the spirit of mathematical inquiry and critical analysis, and
encouraged to develop the ability to apply mathematical principles to the formulation and
solution of problems. This is done through the use of non-calculus techniques, especially
those of logic and number theory. This subject is well suited to computer science students.
STAT131 Statistics
Pre-requisite: STAT015
Variation and uncertainty occur in most aspects of life. Topics covered include:
• Displaying variation and summarising data.
• Statistical computing and report writing.
• Probability Models: Markov Chains, binomial, Poisson.
• Modeling Uncertainty: Normal and other continuous distributions.
• Sampling Distributions - Central Limit Theorem.
95
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
Inference - Point and Interval Estimation, Hypothesis Testing.
BUSS211 Requirement Determination & System Analysis
Pre-requisite: 6 cp @ 100 level of CSCI
This subject aims to introduce the student to the techniques and technologies of structured
systems analysis and design. It examines the complementary roles of systems analysts,
clients and users in traditional Systems Development Life Cycle and Object Oriented
development methods and models are introduced and interface design examined. Program
design is placed in the context of systems analysis. The student will make use of a Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tool to document solutions to typical problems.
CSCI203 Algorithms and Data Structures
Pre-requisite: CSCI124
Approaches to analysing algorithm complexity, introduced in earlier subjects, will be
reviewed. The use of abstract data types as a design technique, and their implementation in
solutions to problems, will form a large part of the subject. The concept of efficient code and
ways to measure efficiency (both empirically, by timings, and theoretically) will be studied.
CSCI204 Object Programming & Frameworks
Pre-requisite: CSCI124
Students will be introduced to the C programming language and the UNIX operating system.
Particular attention will be paid to the differences that exist between C and C++ and ways in
which C++ constructs can be implemented in C. The tools available in the UNIX environment
for program development and maintenance will be covered plus the methods of interfacing
code to operating system functions, and libraries such as the C++ Standard Template Library.
CSCI205 Development Methods & Tools
Pre-requisite: CSCI124
To provide students with practical skills and knowledge of systems analysis and design
techniques. Students will be given instruction in a particular, standard analysis and design
method.
The techniques and phases of the selected method will be treated thoroughly and in detail.
The instruction will utilize case studies, and it will be supported by Computer Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) technology. In addition to individual learning, students will be introduced
to group analysis and design activities.
CSCI212 Interacting Systems
Pre-requisite: CSCI124 and CSCI102
The subject introduces main operating system concepts and explains the role of major
operating system components. In particular, the subject overviews computer system
structures, describes main process and storage management issues, and stresses the
importance of protection and security.
96
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
CSCI213 Java Programming and Object Oriented Design
Pre-requisite: CSCI124
This subject provides:
• An introduction to the Java language and some of its standard class libraries.
• Experience with object oriented design and implementation techniques.
• An understanding of the Internet and its importance to modern software systems.
• Topics will include: Java language, subset of Java class libraries (windowing,
graphics, networking, threads), object oriented design and implementation, Internet
issues, basics of TCP/IP protocols, Web technologies, HTML and Javascript, CGI
programming, introduction to security issues.
CSCI222 Systems Development
Pre-requisite: CSCI124 and CSCI102
This subject provides an introduction to the practical aspects of developing and managing a
software project. Students will be gain practical experience with tasks including: Project
Management; Requirements Analysis; Software Design; Source Control and Software
Testing. The subject will also include review of object-oriented design and implementation,
design patterns and provide an overview of technologies for re-use. CSCI222 provides a
framework for understanding and developing the necessary skills to successfully undertake
the major third year software project. The emphasis of this subject is on the design and
development process and its application to real world problems.
CSCI235 Databases
Pre-requisite: CSCI124
This subject investigates three major areas of modern database systems:
• Design of relational databases.
• Programming of relational databases.
• Concurrency control and data recovery in database systems.
• Topics will include: Introduction to conceptual database modelling; Principles of
relational database model; Structured Query Language (SQL) and its procedural
extensions (PL/SQL, Embedded SQL, JDBC); Database server programming;
Normalization of relational databases; and Transaction management and recovery in
database systems.
ECTE282 Internet Systems
Pre-requisite: ECTE182
This subject will examine Internet protocols, technologies and performance issues. In
particular, the link layer technologies that underpin the Internet will be considered.
Topics will include: TCP/IP, IP Addressing, Address Resolution Protocol (ARP),
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Frame Relay, and
Congestion Control/Flow Control.
The role of various standards bodies, e.g., Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and the
International Telecommunications Union (ITU), will be examined. Laboratory exercises will
illustrate the operation of key Internet protocols.
97
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
IACT201 Information Technology & Citizen’s Rights
Pre-requisite: 24 cp @ 100 level
IACT201 will examine the information technology industry which encompasses:
telecommunications; computing; broadcasting and publishing. It will analyze the
encroachment of industry activities that use electronic media on: citizens' rights in matters of
data surveillance; freedom of access to information and ownership of intellectual property.
The extent to which technical solutions to these problems can and cannot be provided will be
discussed and alternative non-technical (e.g. administrative or regulatory) solutions will also
be treated. An investigation of the current legal safeguards, their legislative histories and the
need for new legislation will be covered.
IACT202 Structure of Telecommunication
Pre-requisite: CSCI114 or CSCI102
The aim of the subject is to provide students with an introduction to the technologies and
regulatory structures which constitute the modern telecommunications system. Under
regulatory components, the variety of telecommunications services and related regulatory
concepts and structures are discussed. Under technological components, the following issues
are dealt with: telecommunications standards; new network services; and basic components
of the telecommunications system such as the public switched network, the radio frequency
spectrum, mobile telephony and satellites.
INFO202 Project
Pre-requisite: CSCI114
This subject is a multi-disciplinary group project in which students will form groups to design
and implement a project which is related to internet science and technology. The project will
be supervised by staff from the Faculty of Informatics.
BUSS312 Business Data Communication
Pre-requisite: 6 cp @ BUSS/CSCI 200 level
This subject examines distributed information systems and data communications technology
and their support of organisational objectives, the design of networked computer systems, the
selection of appropriate hardware and software platforms and the current and future trends in
data communications.
CSCI311 Software Process Management
Pre-requisite: CSCI205 or CSCI222
Software development is a difficult and challenging task. Apart from the most trivial of
problems, the software development process is generally a collaborative rather than an
individual effort. To manage the development of complex software artifacts, various principles
and practices of software engineering have been formulated. Acquainting students with the
principles and practices of managing the software development process is the primary aim of
this subject.
CSCI315 Database Design & Implementation
Pre-requisite: CSCI235
98
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
This subject investigates the process of relational database design starting from conceptual
database design, through logical database design up to and including physical database
design, database tuning and administration.
The topics will include conceptual database design based on Object Modeling Technique,
methodologies for conceptual design, view integration, logical database design, database
normalization and de-normalization, physical database design, generation of database
applications, database tuning, design of distributed database systems.
CSCI323 Artificial Intelligence
Pre-requisite: CSCI204 + 6 cp @ 200 level
CSCI323 reviews the main components of Artificial Intelligence research including knowledge
representation, reasoning, natural language understanding, and perception. Focuses on
Expert Systems and the computational models they embody. Introduces the programming
languages Lisp and Prolog.
CSCI324 Human Computer Interface
Pre-requisite: CSCI204 + 6 cp @ 200 level
This subject examines the design evaluation and implementation of interactive computing
systems for human use (HCI) and the major phenomena surrounding them.
Also considered are joint performance of tasks by humans and machines, structure of human
machine communication, social and organizational interactions with machine design, human
capabilities to use machines including their learnability as well as algorithms and
programming of the interface itself, engineering concerns that arise in designing interfaces,
the process of specification design and implementation of interfaces and design tradeoffs.
CSCI325 Software Engineering Formal Methods
Pre-requisite: CSCI204
This subject introduces students to formal methods for software specification. The role of
formal methods in the software development process is explained, and it is illustrated with
case studies of the industrial application of formal methods.
The subject uses the Z notation as an example of a formal specification technique, and
software tools for the manipulation of Z specifications are introduced. Case studies in the
application of formal methods to safety-critical and real-time software systems are
presented.
CSCI336 Computer Graphics
Pre-requisite: CSCI204
Introduction to computer representation of lines and points; mathematical models;
transformations in 2 and 3 dimensions; homogenous coordinate systems; fill algorithms; solid
modeling; hidden line and surface algorithms; lighting models; and current trends.
CSCI321/INFO303 Graduation Project
Pre-requisite: (CSCI222 +CSCI204) or (CSCI213 or CSCI222) or (CSCI213 + CSCI204) and
12 cp @ 200 level
Working in groups, students design, implement, and document a software system. Involves:
project planning and scheduling, seminars and individual presentations, group coordination,
research of proposed application domain, use of design methodologies, design
99
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
documentation, coding, module and system integration, testing, verification, and
implementation. A small number of project topics have been proposed. Students will form
teams, each of which will design, implement and document a solution to one of the proposed
projects. Teams will meet weekly with supervisors to discuss progress and problems.
IACT301 Information & Communication Security Issues
Pre-requisite: IACT201
This subject will examine current controls, both legislative and technical, aimed at maintaining
data integrity, ease of access to information, and protection of ownership, in the light of on
going developments in computer security, multimedia communications, international
electronic networks, and electronic publishing. The subject will cover communication security;
issues relating to the monitoring of international agreements; OECD guidelines for security of
information; maintaining privacy provisions; password security; and future IT developments
and their implications for monitoring intellectual property rights and communication security.
IACT303 World Wide Networking
Pre-requisite: CSCI114 or CSCI102
This subject investigates the issues listed in the schedule below within the context of world
wide networking. Emphasis will be placed on group work with students required to participate
in problem solving communications tasks. Web based activities will be an essential element in
the conduct of this subject. Other activities may include: the setting up and conduct of a
video-conference with students at another University, the running of a bulletin board or
Internet mailing list or the maintenance of a World Wide Web site. Contributions to this
subject have been made by several members of staff within the School.
IACT304 Principles of e-Business
Pre-requisite: 12 cp @ 200 level of IACT or CSCI
This subject aims to provide students with an understanding of e-Business fundamentals.
Today most businesses compete in a global environment and a sound strategy for online
business is essential to facilitate this. This subject covers key areas of e-Business, including:
business-to-consumer, business-to-business and business-to-government electronic
commerce (EC); online business models and electronic payment systems (EPS) and EC
technology basics. Standards, regulation and policy, security and social and economic issues
will also be considered in the contexts of business Intranets, Extranets and the Internet. The
subject also provides an introduction to the 'Patterns for e-Business' approach to e-Business
analysis and design.
4.4.4
College Of Information Technology – Undergraduate Degree Planner
4.4.4.1 How To Use This Degree Planner
Check important dates relevant to your program are listed in calendar of dates
9 Choose the degree you wish to study towards (For example Bachelor of Computer Science or
Bachelor of Internet Science & Technology). The subjects required for completing the degree
are listed
9 Subject descriptions and the course timetable are
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/programs/ug/cit/details.php?sec=2
available
on
our
100
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
web
9 Subjects on offer in each semester are listed under subjects on offer in this document
9 Complete the Degree Planner based on the degree you have chosen and the semester in
which the subjects are on offer.
9 If you experience any difficulty in planning your Degree, please consult with your academic
advisor.
4.4.4.2 Degree Planner for Undergraduate Students – College of IT
BCompSc Program - Degree Planner
Students undertaking the BCompSc degree program are required to follow the subject
sequence shown below. Failure to do so may result in a graduation delay. Not all subjects are
offered in all semesters; therefore students who do not follow the sequence may have to wait
a full semester before taking a subject they have “skipped”. The University is under no
obligation to offer a subject to meet the requirements of an individual student. If a student fails
in a subject, he/she will need to wait till it is on offer again.
The subject sequences below are based on students commencing in Autumn and Spring
semesters. Summer is an optional semester during which only certain subjects may be
offered. Students who commence their studies in the summer semester will be provided with
a separate recommended subject sequence by their Academic Advisors.
Guidelines for planning your degree
•
•
•
Subjects in Bolded Italics are core (mandatory) subjects. Electives are required to
satisfy degree conditions.
Correct Enrolments is the responsibility of the student.
Students taking a subject without fulfilling pre-requisites risk getting a ‘Fail’ grade for
that subject.
To qualify for the award of Bachelor of Computer Science, candidates must have:
•
•
•
•
A total of 204cp (34 subjects) out of which:
o 60cp (10 subjects) are GEC subjects
Students should not do more than 72cp (12 subjects) at 100 level. (This includes
MGMT102 and LAW100)
At least 36cp (6 subjects) should be at 300 level
No more than 24cp (4 subjects) with PC (Pass Conceded) grade
101
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Session
Subject Code
ARTS015
Session 1
CSCI015^
(GEC Subjects)
MATH015^
(Sept + Feb + Jun) STAT015^
ARTS017
CSCI103
Session 2
CSCI114
(Sept + Feb)
CSCI102
ARTS025
CSCI124
Session 3
MATH121
(Sept + Feb)
GEC^^
Elective
Session 4
(Sept + Feb)
Electives:*
STAT131
CSCI131
GEC^^
Elective
ECTE182
MARK101
ACCY100/ACC
Y102
MGMT110
Subject Name
Introduction to University Life
Computer Applications
Foundation Mathematics A
Introduction to Statistics
Islamic Culture
Algorithms and Problem Solving
Procedural Programming
Systems
Literary Skills
Applied Programming
Discrete Mathematics
General Education Course
Understanding variation and
uncertainty
Intro to Computer Systems
Internet Technology I
Marketing Principles
Accounting A
Pre- Requisite
CSCI015
ARTS015
CSCI114 + CSCI103
MATH015
STAT015
CSCI114 + CSCI103
ARTS015
ARTS015
ACCY100 is pre-requisite to ACCY102
ARTS015
Introduction to Management
Macroeconomics Essentials for
ECON101/ECO
ARTS015
Business/Introductory
N111
Microeconomics
LAW100^^^
Law in Society
MGMT102 ^^^ Business Communication
ARTS015 & ARTS025
* Your choice of electives may affect your 3rd/4th year subject selection
Note: Students can choose electives randomly unless a pre-requisite exists. All Subjects are 6 cp (credit
points) except CSCI321 = 12cp
CSCI204
Session 5
(Sept)
Electives:*
CSCI212
CSCI205
Elective
CSCI213
IACT201^^^
BUSS211
Session 6
CSCI203
Object Programming and
Frameworks
Interacting Systems
Development Methods & Tools
Java Programming & Object
Oriented Design
IT & Citizen’s rights
Requirement Determination and
Systems Analysis
Algorithms and Data Structure
CSCI124
CSCI124 and CSCI102
CSCI124
CSCI124
24cp@100 level
6cp@100 of CSCI
CSCI124
102
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
(Feb)
Systems Development
Databases
CSCI102 + CSCI124
CSCI124
MGMT110
CSCI213
Organization Behaviour
The structure and Organization of
Telecom
Information Technology and
Citizens'
Rights
Java Programming and Object
Oriented Design
CSCI321
Software Project
CSCI311
GEC^^
Elective
CSCI315
CSCI336
IACT303
MARK301
MARK343
MGMT206
Software Process Management
General Education Course
CSCI222
CSCI235
GEC^^
Elective
MGMT201
IACT202
Electives:*
Session 7
(Sept)
Electives:*
IACT 201
CSCI321
Session 8
(Sept)
CSCI325
CSCI102 or CSCI114
24cp @100 level
CSCI124
(CSCI222 + CSCI204) or (CSCI213 +
CSCI222) or (CSCI213 + CSCI204)
AND 12cp at 200 level
CSCI205 or CSCI222
Database Design & Implementation CSCI235
Computer Graphics
CSCI204 + 6cp@200 CSCI
World Wide Networking
CSCI102 or CSCI213
Internet Application for Marketing MARK101
International Marketing
MARK101
Managing Human Resources
MGMT110
(CSCI222 + CSCI204) or (CSCI213 +
Software Project
CSCI222) or (CSCI213 + CSCI204)
AND 12cp at 200 level
Software Engineering Formal
CSCI204
Methods.
Elective
Elective
CSCI323
CSCI324
Artificial Intelligence
CSCI204 + 6cp@200 CSCI
HCI – Human Computer Interface CSCI204 + 6cp@200 CSCI
Information & communication
IACT201
IACT301
Security issues
Electives:*
IACT304
Principles of eBusiness
12cp@200 of IACT or CSCI
BUSS312
Business Data Communication
6cp of BUSS/CSCI@200
COMM351
Business Ethics & Governance
72 credit points
^ Subject can be waived if challenge test is passed (These tests will be held in the 1st week of each
semester).
^^ In addition to the GEC subjects of session 1, the GEC electives are: ARTS035 (Introduction to Philosophy),
MATH020 (Foundation Mathematics B), PSYC015 (Introduction to Psychology), LAW100 (Law in Society),
MGMT102 (Business Communication), IACT201 (IT &Citizenship Rights)
^^^ Subjects cannot count as GEC and Degree electives
Electives offered each session are subject to staff availability. Please check notice
board at the start of each session to see subjects available
103
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
BInternetSc Program – Degree Planner
Students undertaking the BInternetSc degree program are required to follow the subject
sequence shown below. Failure to do so may result in a graduation delay. Not all subjects are
offered in all semesters; therefore students who do not follow the sequence may have to wait
a full semester before taking a subject they have “skipped”. The University is under no
obligation to offer a subject to meet the requirements of an individual student. If a student fails
in a subject, he/she will need to wait till it is on offer again.
The subject sequences below are based on students commencing in Autumn and Spring
semesters. Summer is an optional semester during which only certain subjects may be
offered. Students who commence their studies in the summer semester will be provided with
a separate recommended subject sequence by their Academic Advisors.
Guidelines for planning your degree
•
•
•
Subjects in Bolded Italics are core (mandatory) subjects. Electives are required to
satisfy degree conditions.
Correct Enrolments is the responsibility of the student.
Students taking a subject without fulfilling pre-requisites risk getting a ‘Fail’ grade for
that subject.
To qualify for the award for Bachelor of Computer Science, candidates must have:
•
•
•
•
A total of 204cp (34 subjects) out of which:
o 60cp (10 subjects) are GEC subjects
Should not do more than 66cp (11 subjects) at 100 level (This includes MGMT102
and LAW100)
At least 48cp (8 subjects) should be at 300 level
No more than 24cp (4 subjects) with PC (Pass Conceded) grade
104
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Note: Highly Recommended To Follow The Suggested Sequence In Order To Graduate On Time.
Session
Subject Code
Session 1 ARTS015
(GEC
CSCI015^
Subjects)
MATH015^
(Sept + Feb STAT015^
+ Jun)
ARTS017
CSCI103
Session 2
CSCI114
(Sept + Feb)
ARTS025
Elective
MARK101
Session 3
(Sept + Feb) MGMT110
Subject Name
Introduction to University Life
Computer Applications
Foundation Mathematics A
Introduction to Statistics
Islamic Culture
Algorithms and Problem Solving
Procedural Programming
Literary Skills
Marketing Principles (pre-req for
MARK301)
Introduction to Management &
Employment Relations
Object Programming
General Education Course
Systems
Statistics
Internet Technology I
Pre- Requisite
ARTS015
ARTS015
ARTS015
CSCI114 + CSCI103
CSCI124
GEC^^
CSCI015
CSCI102
STAT015
STAT131
Session 4
ECTE182
(Sept + Feb)
GEC^^
Elective
* Your choice of electives may affect your 3rd/4th year subject selection
Note: Students can choose electives randomly unless a pre-requisite exists
All Subjects are 6 cp (credit points) except INFO303 = 12cp
ECTE282
Session 5
(Sept)
IACT201
CSCI213
GEC ^^
CSCI204
BUSS211
Electives:*
MATH121
ACCY100
LAW100^^^
ECON101
INFO202
Session 6
(Feb)
Electives:*
IACT202
GEC^^
Elective
CSCI205
CSCI235
LAW210
Internet Systems
Information Technology & Citizens
Rights
Java Programming and the Internet
General Education Course
C Family & Unix
(pre-req for CSCI324/CSCI336)
Requirement Determination and
Systems Analysis
Discrete Math
Accounting A
Law in Society (pre-req for LAW210)
Macroeconomics Essentials for
Business
Project
Structure & org. of Telecom
General Education Course
ECTE182
24cp@100 Level
CSCI124
CSCI124
6cp@100 of CSCI
MATH015
ARTS015
ARTS015
CSCI114
CSCI102 or CSCI114
Development Methods & Tools (preCSCI124
req for CSCI311)
Databases (pre-req for CSCI315)
CSCI124
Contract Law
LAW100
105
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Session 7
(Sept)
MGMT102^^^
ECON111
IACT303
MARK301
Elective
Elective
Business Communication
Introductory Microeconomics
World Wide Networking
Marketing on the Internet
ARTS015& ARTS025
ARTS015
CSCI102 or CSCI114
MARK101
INFO202 + WAM>70
@200
CSCI311
Software Process Management
CSCI205
Electives:** CSCI315
Database Design & Implementation CSCI235
MARK343
International Marketing
Mark101
** Take one elective if INFO303 is chosen, else must take two electives
Info. & comm. security issues
IACT201
IACT301
12cp@200 of IACT or
Session 8 IACT304
Principles of e-Business
CS
(Feb)
Elective
Elective
INFO202 + WAM>70
INFO303
Advanced Project
@200
CSCI204 + 6cp@200
CSCI324
HCI – Human Computer Interface
CSCI
6cp of BUSS/cs@200
Electives:* BUSS312
Distributed Information Systems
CSCI
CSCI204 + 6cp@200
CSCI336
Computer Graphics
CSCI
COMM351
Business Ethics & Governance
72 credit points
INFO303
Advanced Project
Note : ^ Subject can be waived if challenge test is passed (These tests will be held in the 1st week of
each semester).
^^ In addition to the GEC subjects of session 1, the GEC electives are: ARTS035 (Introduction to
Philosophy), MATH020 (Foundation Mathematics B), PSYC015 (Introduction to Psychology),
LAW100 (Law in Society), MGMT102 (Business Communication)
^^^ Subjects cannot count as GEC and Degree electives
106
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.4.4.3 College of IT: Subjects on Offer in 2007/08
Subject
Code
MATH015
ARTS015 +
ARTS017 +
ARTS025 +
CSCI015
STAT015
CSCI102
CSCI103
CSCI114
CSCI124
CSCI131
ECTE182
MATH121
STAT131
BUSS211
CSCI203
CSCI204
CSCI205
CSCI212
CSCI213
CSCI222
CSCI235
ECTE282
IACT201
IACT202
INFO202
BUSS312
CSCI311
CSCI315
CSCI321
CSCI323
CSCI324
CSCI325
CSCI336
IACT301
IACT303
IACT304
INFO303
•
Subject Title
Foundation Mathematics A
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Literary Skills
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Systems
Algorithms and problem solving
Procedural Programming
Applied Programming
Introduction to Computer Systems
Internet technology 1
Discrete Mathematics
Statistics
Requirement Determination and Systems
Analysis
Algorithms and Data Structure
Object Programming and frameworks
Development methods and Tools
Interacting Systems
Java Programming and Object Oriented
Design
Systems Development
Databases
Internet Systems
Information Technology & Citizen’s Rights
Structure of Telecom
Internet Project
Business Data Communication
Software Process Management
Database Design & Implementation
Software Project
Artificial Intelligence
HCI – Human Computer Interface
Software Engineering Formal Methods
Computer graphics
Info & communication security issues
World-wide Networking
Principles of e-Business
Advanced Project
Autumn
07
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Spring 08
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
TBA
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
The above is subject to change. Please check notice board at the start of each
session to see subjects available.
107
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.4.4.4 College of Business: Subjects on Offer in 2007/08
Subject Code
ARTS 015
ARTS 017
MATH 015 +
CSCI 015 +
STAT 015
ARTS 025
ARTS 035
PSYC 015
MATH 020 +
ACCY 100
ACCY 102
ACCY 201
ACCY 200
ACCY 211
ACCY 231
ACCY 302
ACCY 312
ACCY 328
ACCY 342
COMM 110
(BUSS 110)
COMM 121
COMM 351
COMM 399
Subject Title
ECON 111
Introduction to University Life
Islamic Culture
Foundation Mathematics A
Computer Applications
Introduction to Statistics
Literary Skills
Introduction to Philosophy
Introduction to Psychology
Foundation Mathematics B
Accounting 1A
Accounting 1B
Financial Accounting 2 B
Financial Accounting 2 A
Management Accounting 2
Information systems in Accounting
Financial Accounting 3
Management Accounting 3
International Taxation
Auditing & Assurance Services
Introduction to Business
Information Systems
Quantitative Methods 1
Business Ethics & Governance
Special Topic in Commerce
Macroeconomic Essentials for
Business
Introductory Microeconomics
ECON 216
International Trade Theory & Policy
ECON 101
FIN 221
Managerial Economics &
Operations Research
Introductory Business Finance
FIN 223
Investment Analysis
FIN 226
FIN 241
FIN 322
FIN 323
FIN 324
FIN 325
FIN 351
IACT 201+
LAW 100
MARK 101
Financial Markets & Institutions
International Financial Management
Advanced Business Finance
Portfolio Management
Financial Statement Analysis
Bank Management
International Finance
Info Tech and Citizen’s Rights
Law in Society
Marketing Principles
Applied Marketing Research A
Replaces with MARK 319
ECON 332
MARK 201
Autumn
‘07
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Spring
‘08
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Autumn
‘08
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
108
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 202
MARK 217
MARK 270
MARK 301
MARK 333
MARK 343
MARK 344
MGMT 102
MGMT 110
MGMT 201
MGMT 205
MGMT 206
MGMT 218
MGMT 220
MGMT 309
MGMT 311
MGMT 314
MGMT 316
MGMT 321
MGMT 322
MGMT 350
MGMT 389
Applied Marketing Research B
Replaces with MARK 239
Consumer Behavior
Services Marketing
Internet Applications for Marketing
Marketing Communications
International Marketing
Marketing Strategy
Business Communications
Introduction to Management
Organizational Behavior
Recruitment & Selection
Managing Human Resources
Competitive Analysis
Organizational Analysis
Supply Chain Strategies
Management of Change
Strategic Management
Operations Management
Occupational Health & Safety
Management
Training and Development
Total Quality Management
International Bus. Management
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
+ College of IT subject
Note: Schedule subject to change as per management decisions
109
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.4.4.5 Personal Degree Planner
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
To ensure quality in your degree and a
proper distribution of subjects over all
sessions, it is of UTMOST importance that
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
you plan your subjects well in advance!
Here are a few Guidelines that you should
follow in preparing your Degree Plan:
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
ARTS 015 must be done before any
100-level subject.
•
Certain subjects have pre-requisites.
Try your best to complete these prerequisite subjects as soon as feasible.
•
Most importantly, 100-level subjects
must be completed BEFORE 200-level
subjects; 200-level subjects must be
completed BEFORE 300-level subjects!
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
degree and specialisation must be
paid special attention to.
•
If you need any assistance in planning
your degree feel free to consult our
extremely helpful Academic Advisors.
CP
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
•
CP
CP
Year:…….
CP
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your degree is planned
Session:……………………………
Code
Subject Title
Year:…….
CP
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual sessions. Good
luck and get cracking on your Degree
Plan!
110
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 4 PART B:
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS
4.5 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
The University of Wollongong in Dubai offers postgraduate programs of study in the College
of Graduate Studies in a Master of Business Administration, Master of International Business,
Master of Quality Management, Master of Strategic Marketing, Master of Strategic Human
Resource Management, Master of Engineering Management, Master of Information
Technology Management, Master of Applied Finance and Banking and Master of Science
(Logistics).
This Section of the Student Catalogue details the following information in relation to
Postgraduate Programs offered by the University of Wollongong in Dubai:
•
Welcome to the College of Graduate Studies
•
College of Graduate Studies
- Course Information
- College of Graduate Studies Subject Descriptions
- College of Graduate Studies Academic Information
- College of Graduate Studies Degree Planner
4.5.1
Welcome to the College of Graduate Studies
The College of Graduate Studies of the University of Wollongong in Dubai is dedicated to
excellence in teaching, research and service. We are preparing tomorrow's leaders today by
offering top quality postgraduate programs including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Master of International Business (MIB
Master of Quality Management (MQM)
Master of Strategic Marketing (MSM)
Master of Strategic Human Resource Development (MSHRM)
Master of Engineering Management (MEM)
Master of Information Technology Management (MITM)
Master of Applied Finance and Banking (MAFB)
Master of Science Logistics MSC (LOGISTICS)
The Master of Business Administration is intended for working professionals with at least four
years of work experience after graduation. The UOWD MBA is designed to equip students
with the strategic and operational knowledge and skills to enable students to ace the
challenges of the ever changing business world.The MBA is an interdisciplinary and practical
course that allows participants to apply knowledge gained from their study to bridge the gap
between classroom learning and the business world. The program of study requires a
commitment to teamwork and enthusiasm to achieve.
The Master of International Business (MIB) is intended for both new graduates about to
embark on their first line managerial position, and as well for experienced managers with
relevant professional experience who wish to enhance their knowledge and expertise in
global management issues. The MIB attempts to provide candidates with the necessary
111
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
skills and competencies to manage effectively in a challenging and changing global
environment, and attempts to prepare graduates for careers in management positions in both
the public and private sectors.
The Master of Quality Management (MQM) was introduced in Dubai in 1996 in association
with the Dubai Quality Group, which is sponsored by the Dubai Department for Economic
Development. It is the study of modern management and productivity improvement concepts
and techniques. A drive for improved quality requires a change in the whole company culture,
including increased quality control from both internal and external sources. This degree is
designed to equip decision-makers and managers with the tools necessary to implement and
manage quality systems within organisations.
The Master of Strategic Marketing (MSM) Program provides students with the advanced skills
to generate products and services for which there is a defined customer need, and to
strategically position the product or service in the market with effective promotion, pricing and
distribution strategies. The program strives to provide students with a thorough grounding in
the strategic marketing techniques required to excel in today’s increasingly competitive global
marketplace.
The Master of Strategic Human Resource Management (MSHRM) is designed to prepare
students and professionals with advanced human resource management skills. The program
presents powerful tools for analysing strategic alignment, managing employment relationships
and identifying leadership and team dynamic skills essential to orchestrate organizational
change. The program will provide critical perspectives on the role and functions of HR
executives and change agents. All courses in the MSHRM degree program are designed to
equip individuals with the management expertise to identify and provide solutions to human
resource issues that are complex and evolving. Strategic human resource management will
provide graduates with the opportunity to obtain proficiency in human resource management
concepts, skills and activities in order to help develop human resource systems that will
support an organization’s strategic objectives.
The Master of Engineering Management degree program (MEM) is designed to prepare
engineers in better management of company resources towards successful completion of
engineering projects. Basic management principles are of relevant interest for all engineers
as management responsibility is an inevitable component of most engineering careers. The
knowledge and skills of integrating engineering and management techniques in designing,
operating, evaluating, implementing and managing continuous improvements of systems are
highly valued in today’s industrial environment.
The Master of Information Technology Management (MITM) degree program is designed to
equip and prepare IT professionals working in various industries for the increasing
complexities of the digital economy. Small business enterprises and large corporations are
operating in a global and competitive environment, hence, the rising demand for IT experts
who can automate organizational processes by utilizing the latest innovations in technology
and business. Managing the growing pervasiveness of information and communication
technologies in today’s business has become a mandatory requirement for current technology
professionals and IT managers.
The Master of Applied Finance and Banking (MAFB) is designed to prepare students and
professionals with advanced financial management and banking skills. This program
incorporates finance strategy with banking theory and aligns its application to practice, with
the aim of equipping students with the knowledge and skills required to successfully compete
112
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
in the job market in the areas of accounting, finance and banking. The curriculum has been
specifically developed with an international focus, allowing graduates to seek careers in this
sector in any part of the world.
The Master of Science (Logistics) program is designed to provide professionals working
within the logistics and operations management area with the skills to manage the flow of
materials and information within and between organizations and their business environment.
It incorporates both practical and theoretical aspects of logistics and supply chain
management to assist managers in increasing business efficiency and advancing their
individual careers. This course will provide managers with the tools to effectively implement
supply chain management, enhancing the competitive success and profitability of their
organizations. Professionals and managers working within the logistics and operations
management area will acquire the skills required to manage the flow of materials and
information within and between organizations.
Our dedicated and qualified faculty provides our graduate students with the complex skills
and competencies demanded in today's global economy in order to be able to serve the
rapidly changing demands of the young GCC countries in the new century.
Through a convenient schedule of evening classes, students are able to complete their
degree programs in a timely manner.
4.6 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS
4.6.1 Entry Requirements for Postgraduate Students
For Postgraduate programs generally, applicants must complete a Bachelor degree or its
equivalent from an accredited institution of higher education with an overall GPA of at least
3.00 (on a 4.0 scale) or its equivalent.
Academic
Program
MBA
MIB
MQM
MSM
MSHRM
MEM
MITM
MAFB
MSc.
(Logistics)
Admission requirements
Bachelor's degree (with an overall GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 scale) or its equivalent
plus 4 years of work experience.
Bachelor's degree (with an overall GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent.
Bachelor's degree (with an overall GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent.
Bachelor's degree (with an overall GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent.
Bachelor's degree (with an overall GPA of 3.0 out of 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent.
A recognized Bachelors Degree in Engineering with a minimum GPA of 3.0 on
a 4.0 scale or equivalent.
A recognized Bachelors Degree in an IT related field (e.g. IT, MIS, Computer
Science, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering and
Telecommunications) with a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent.
A recognized Bachelors Degree in Business with a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a
4.0 scale or equivalent.
A recognized Bachelors Degree with a minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4 average or its
equivalent.
113
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
In addition to the above requirements, applicants may also be granted admission with the
following:
−
Probationary Admission: A student with a recognized Bachelors Degree and a CGPA
between 2.5 and 2.99 on a 4.0 scale may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and
must achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects
taken to continue in the program.
−
Graduation Foundation Course Requirements (For all PG programs except MAFB):
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or
Probationary Admission Requirements above, but who have not successfully
completed the following subjects as part of their undergraduate degree will need to
successfully complete the applicable subject(s):
o
Accountancy
o
Finance
o
Marketing
o
Statistics
4.6.2 English Language Proficiency Requirement
All applicants must demonstrate English Language Proficiency for the purpose of admission.
For students who have not completed their studies in the English Language, one of the
following certificates of proficiency s required:
Program
MIB
MQM
MSM
MSHRM
MAFB
MEM
MITM
MSC
(LOGISTICS)
MBA
CoP
Academic IELTS
International
Internet-based
TOEFL
International
Computerbased TOEFL
International
Paper-based
TOEFL
6.0 over all
6.0 in Reading &
Writing
5.0 in Listening &
Speaking
79 – 80
213
550
6.5 over all
6.0 in 4 modules
89 - 91
231
575
114
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
UOWD Centre for Language and Culture English Test
All applicants for Postgraduate programs who do not have the required evidence of English
language proficiency (e.g. IELTS or TOEFL) may take the English Test to find out their
language level. The test is conducted on a regular basis and applicants may register for the
test at the same time as they lodge their application for Admission.
Students without the appropriate level of English language proficiency will be required to
satisfactorily complete a program of English language and take an IELTS or TOEFL test
before being admitted to UOWD.
English language programs for University studies and IELTS preparation are available at the
University’s Centre for Language & Culture.
4.6.3
Advanced Standing
In some cases students may be credited with advanced standing (status/exemptions) on the
basis of work they have already completed at another recognized higher education institution.
Students seeking advanced standing must submit an official academic transcript showing all
courses studied and the grades obtained syllabus details (including information on course
content) of the courses they have successfully completed and an explanation of the grading
system.
Eligibility for Advanced Standing (Transfer Credits) from previous institutions (i.e., college,
university, technical school) will be assessed when an application is processed. Please read
the guidelines on the Application for Admission form. All applications for Advanced Standing
must be submitted on the Application for Advanced Standing Form and will be assessed by
the Academic Advisor or the Chair of College.
4.7 COURSE INFORMATION
4.7.1
Master of Business Administration
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Business Administration
MBA
College of Graduate Studies
2 years (6 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
72
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 74,400 for 12 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB547
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Overview
The Master of Business Administration (MBA) is intended for people who require the
knowledge, competencies and managerial skills necessary to operate in a challenging and
115
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
global environment. The compulsory subjects of the program have a strategic focus that
tackle practical issues and concepts and develop skills required by a modern manager. At the
completion of the MBA program, graduates should be able to analyse any problem they
encounter within an organization by identifying the key factors, generating a range of
solutions and make strong managerial decisions. The compulsory subjects offer an
introduction to key managerial concepts and the skills required by managers, providing a
foundation for the elective subjects that follow.
The MBA is an interdisciplinary and practical course that allows participants to apply
knowledge gained from their study to bridge the gap between classroom learning and the
business world. The program of study requires a commitment to teamwork and enthusiasm to
achieve.
The University of Wollongong in Dubai has received Accreditation from the UAE Ministry of
Education for all the postgraduate programs offered at the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete twelve (12) subjects (72cps) according to the sequence
of study listed below. There are eight (8) compulsory subjects that are required to be
completed along with four (4) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects
provided each session by the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
TBS901
TBS903
TBS904
TBS905
TBS906
TBS907
TBS920
TBS921
Credit Points
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy #
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making *
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
# TBS 901 is a pre-requisite for this subject
* These capstone subjects should be taken only after all other compulsory subjects have
been taken.
Electives
The following elective subject is strongly recommended to students because of the vital
management skills it provides:
TBS908
Supply Chain Management
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Business Administration Program must meet
the academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
116
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in any field from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4.0 average or equivalent.
2. Candidates for MBA must have four (4) years of full time work experience after
graduation.
Probationary Admission Requirements
3. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy,
•
Finance,
•
Marketing
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
117
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Business Administration
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.5 with a minimum score of 6.0 in all 4 modules.
TOEFL: 231 (computer exam) or 575 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Business Administration, a candidate must:
• Accrue an aggregate of at least 72 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• Achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates with a minimum of three (3) subjects remaining may transfer to the main
campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia, subject to meeting Australian
Government visa requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village OR the Chair of the College Graduate Studies or
their College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at
Knowledge Village.
4.7.2
Master of International Business
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Master of International Business.
MIB
College of Graduate Studies
1.5 years (4 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
48
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 49,600 for 8 subjects)
118
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB597
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Overview
The Master of International Business (MIB) is intended for both new graduates about to
embark on their first line managerial position, and as well for experienced managers with
relevant professional experience who wish to enhance their knowledge and expertise in
global management issues
The MIB attempts to provide candidates with the necessary skills and competencies to
manage effectively in a challenging and changing global environment, and attempts to
prepare graduates for careers in management positions in both the public and private
sectors.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete eight (8) subjects (72cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below. There are five (5) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed
along with three (3) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided
each session by the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
TBS980
International Financial Management
TBS981
Managing in Multi-National Companies
TBS982
Marketing in a Global Economy
TBS983
International Business Economic Environment
TBS984
International Business *
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
* This capstone subject should be taken only after a minimum of three (3) core subjects have
been successfully completed.
Electives
The following elective subjects are strongly recommended to students because of the vital
management skills they provide:
TBS908
MGMT978
Supply Chain Management
Cross Cultural Management
6cp
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of International Business Program must meet
the academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
119
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in any field from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4.0 average or equivalent.
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy
•
Finance
•
Marketing
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
120
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of International Business
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Business Administration, a candidate must:
• Accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia at
any stage of their course, subject to meeting Australian Government visa requirements. All
marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: The Chair of the College Graduate Studies or
their College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at
Knowledge Village.
4.7.3
Master of Quality Management
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Quality Management.
MQM
College of Graduate Studies
1.5 years (4 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
48
Intake is in the Autumn session only.
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 49,600 for 8 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB596
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
121
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Overview
The Master of Quality Management (MQM) was introduced in Dubai in 1996 in association
with the Dubai Quality Group, which is sponsored by the Dubai Department for Economic
Development.
It is the study of modern management and productivity improvement concepts and
techniques. A drive for improved quality requires a change in the whole company culture,
including increased quality control from both internal and external sources. This degree is
designed to equip decision-makers and managers with the tools necessary to implement and
manage quality systems within organisations.
Course Requirements
Students are required to complete eight (8) subjects (48cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below. There are five (5) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed
along with three (3) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided
each session by the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
TBS951
TBS950
TBS952
TBS953
TBS955
Credit Points
Statistics for Quality Management
Quality in Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality #
Quality Assurance # *
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
# TBS 950 is a pre-requisite for these subjects.
* This capstone subjects should be taken only after all other compulsory subjects have been
taken.
Electives
The following elective subjects are strongly recommended to students because of the vital
management skills they provide:
TBS908
MGMT978
Supply Chain Management
Cross Cultural Management
6cp
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Quality Management Program must meet the
academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in any field from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4.0 average or equivalent.
122
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Probationary Admission Requirements
−
Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy,
•
Finance,
•
Marketing, and
•
Statistics
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
123
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Quality Management
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Business Administration, a candidate must:
• accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Students are not able transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in
Australia to complete their Master of Quality Management degree as this program is not
offered at the University of Wollongong in Australia.
II. Further Information
To ensure all students have the most current, accurate and correct information, candidates
are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Office on the Ground Floor, Room G-06,
Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: The Chair of the College Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.4 Master of Strategic Marketing
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Strategic Marketing.
MSM
College of Graduate Studies
1.5 years (4 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
48
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 49,600 for 8 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB538
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
124
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Overview
The MSM Program provides students with the advanced skills to generate products and
services for which there is a defined customer need, and to strategically position the product
or service in the market with effective promotion, pricing and distribution strategies. The
program strives to provide students with a thorough grounding in the strategic marketing
techniques required to excel in today’s increasingly competitive global marketplace.
The MSM is for marketing practitioners, with the ambition to become effective marketing
strategists, who will apply contemporary marketing theory and practice, incorporating
international and global perspectives, to their current and future roles. The knowledge,
competencies and skills required in modern day marketing are developed through applied
research and critical synthesis of alternate marketing perspectives. The MSM provides
opportunities for students to build a solid base for continuous self-development as a
marketing expert in their field of specialization.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete eight (8) subjects (48cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below.
There are six (6) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed along with two (2)
elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session by the
College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
MARK 922 Marketing Management (1st Subject)
MARK 936 Consumer Behaviour (2nd Subject)
MARK 940 Marketing Communications #
MARK 977 Research for Marketing Decisions
MARK 997 Retail Marketing Management
MARK 935 Marketing Strategy *
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
# MARK 936 Pre-Requisite
* Capstone Subject to be taken last
Electives
The students can choose any two (2) elective subjects from the list updated every semester.
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Strategic Marketing Program must meet the
academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
Academic Requirements
−
Have completed a Bachelors Degree in any field from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4.0 average or equivalent.
125
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Probationary Admission Requirements
−
Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy,
•
Finance,
•
Marketing, and
•
Statistics
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
126
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Strategic Marketing
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Business Administration, a candidate must:
• Accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.5
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management.
MSHRM
College of Graduate Studies
1.5 years (4 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
48
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 49,600 for 8 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB517
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
127
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Overview
The Master of Strategic Human Resource Management (MSHRM) is designed to prepare
students and professionals with advanced human resource management skills. The program
presents powerful tools for analysing strategic alignment, managing employment relationships
and identifying leadership and team dynamic skills essential to orchestrate organizational
change. The program will provide critical perspectives on the role and functions of HR
executives and change agents.
All courses in the MSHRM degree program are designed to equip individuals with the
management expertise to identify and provide solutions to human resource issues that are
complex and evolving. Strategic human resource management will provide graduates with
the opportunity to obtain proficiency in human resource management concepts, skills and
activities in order to help develop human resource systems that will support an organization’s
strategic objectives.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete eight (8) subjects (48cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below.
There are six (6) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed along with two (2)
elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session by the
College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
TBS 903
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Credit Points
Managing People in Organizations
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Electives
The students can choose any two (2) elective subjects from the list updated every semester.
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
Program must meet the academic and English language requirements as per the following
conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in any field from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4.0 average or equivalent.
128
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountanc,
•
Finance
•
Marketing
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3. Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Strategic Human Resource
Management Program.
129
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Business Administration, a candidate must:
• Accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.6
Master of Engineering Management
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Engineering Management
MEM
College of Graduate Studies
1.6 years (5 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
60
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 62,000 for 10 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB536
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Overview
The Master of Engineering Management degree program (MEM) is designed to prepare
engineers in better management of company resources towards successful completion of
engineering projects. Basic management principles are of valid interest for all engineers as
involvement in some level of management responsibility is an inevitable component of most
130
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
engineering careers. The knowledge and skills of integrating engineering and management
techniques in designing, operating, evaluating, implementing and managing continuous
improvements of systems is highly valued in today’s industrial environment.
The Master of Engineering Management is structured so as to enable engineering
practitioner’s to advance into positions of greater managerial responsibility, to advance their
careers and to develop core competencies in engineering management. The MEM focuses
on the need for students to acquire and demonstrate a command of creative, analytical and
conceptual skills. It challenges the student to analyse, diagnose and execute strategic
judgements across all engineering functions.
Engineering management prepares individuals to successfully integrate engineering and
management knowledge while optimising the use of people, money, equipment and
information. MEM is a strategically designed program that will provide graduates the
opportunity to improve their management skills and their understanding of business practises
which is very much necessary in today’s highly competitive environment. Graduates of this
program will become empowered to work in teams and understand managers from other
disciplines including finance, human resources and marketing.
*The University of Wollongong in Dubai has received Accreditation from the UAE Ministry of
Education for all the postgraduate programs offered at the College of Graduate Studies.
(*will be included upon receiving accreditation eligibility status)
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete ten (10) subjects (60cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below. There are eight (8) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed
along with two (2) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each
session by the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 905
Credit Points
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Electives
Candidates are required to complete two (2) electives from an elective stream; Management,
Operations or Total Quality Management.
Management Stream:
MGMT915
MGMT978
MGMT920
Credit Points
Management of Change
Cross Cultural Management
Organizational Analysis
6cp
6cp
6cp
131
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Operations Stream
ENGG961
TBS908
TBS930
Credit Points
Systems Reliability Engineering
Supply Chain Management
Operations Management
Total Quality Management Stream
TBS950
TBS952
TBS953
Quality in Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
6cp
6cp
6cp
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Engineering Management Program must
meet the academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in Engineering from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 / 4 average or equivalent.
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy,
•
Finance,
•
Marketing, and
•
Statistics
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
132
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Engineering Management
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Engineering Management a candidate must:
•
Accrue an aggregate of at least 60 credit points by completing and passing the
required core and elective subjects, and
•
achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
133
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.7
Master of Information Technology Management
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Information Technology Management
MITM
College of Graduate Studies
1.6 years (5 Sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
60
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 62,000 for 10 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB571
00102E
**Fees are correct at time of printing but are subject to change without notice.
Overview
The Master of Information Technology Management (MITM) degree program is designed to
equip and prepare IT professionals working in various industries for the increasing
complexities of the digital economy. Small business enterprises and large corporations are
operating in a global and competitive environment, hence, the rising demand for IT experts
who can automate organizational processes by utilizing the latest innovations in technology
and business. Managing the growing pervasiveness of information and communication
technologies in today’s business has become a mandatory requirement for current technology
professionals and IT managers.
Computer technologies, including hardware, software, networking, security, e-commerce and
others are now integrated into the infrastructure of every organization. Competent IT
managers are sought not only by companies engaged in the production or engineering of IT
products but equally by existing and new service companies. The knowledge and skills
necessary to anticipate, manage and implement business and technological advances that
are critical to future business success are always highly in demand.
The core and elective subjects within this degree are designed keeping in mind the rapidly
growing and dynamic IT industry of tomorrow. The program is intended to broaden the
students’ knowledge by providing them with a bridge connecting the academic environment
and the outside world. MITM aims at making its graduates adept at coping up with the
perpetually advancing industry of Information Technology and its application in business.
Further, MITM allows students to make the appropriate business-technology decisions
appropriate for today’s changing business environment, and prepares them to become
tomorrow's information leaders; thereby, enabling graduates to effectively plan and execute
strategic information technology initiatives.
134
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete ten (10) subjects (60cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below. There are eight (8) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed
along with two (2) elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each
session by the College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
CSCI 925
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
ITCS 937
TBS 903
TBS 905
IACT 999
Credit Points
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
Emerging Topics in Information Technology *
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
* This capstone subject should be taken only after all other compulsory and elective subjects
have been taken.
Electives
Candidates are required to complete two (2) electives from an elective stream; Management
and Marketing, Operations or Finance.
Management Stream:
MGMT915
MGMT978
TBS 904
MARK938
Credit Points
Management of Change
Cross Cultural Management
Marketing Management
Managing Services Marketing
Operations Stream
TBS901
TBS908
TBS930
TBS950
Credit Points
Accounting for Managers
Supply Chain Management
Operations Management
Quality in Management
Finance Stream
TBS901
TBS907
TBS983
FIN928
FIN955
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
Credit Points
Accounting for Managers
Financial Strategy
International Business Economic Environment
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
6 cp
135
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Information Technology Management
Program must meet the academic and English language requirements as per the following
conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in an IT related field (e.g. IT, MIS, Computer
Science, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering and Telecommunications) from
a recognized University with a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent.
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Admission with Graduate Foundation Course Requirements
Students who meet the GPA requirements in the Admission Requirements or Probationary
Admission Requirements above but who have not successfully completed the following
subjects (see list below) as part of their undergraduate degree will need to take (and
successfully complete) the applicable foundation course subject(s) covering:
•
Accountancy,
•
Finance,
•
Marketing, and
•
Statistics
as designed by UOWD and approved by the Commission for Academic Accreditation for
the UAE Ministry of Higher Education and Scientific Research.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must
be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
136
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Information Technology
Management Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Information Technology Management, a
candidate must:
•
Accrue an aggregate of at least 60 credit points by completing and passing the
required core and elective subjects, and
•
achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.8
Master of Applied Finance & Banking
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Master of Applied Finance & Banking
MAFB
College of Graduate Studies
2 years (5 sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
60
137
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 62,000 for 10 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB570
00102E
Overview
The Master of Applied Finance and Banking (MAFB) is designed to prepare students and
professionals with advanced financial management and banking skills. This program
incorporates finance strategy with banking theory and aligns its application to practice, with
the aim of equipping students with the knowledge and skills required to successfully compete
in the job market in the areas of accounting, finance and banking. The curriculum has been
specifically developed with an international focus, allowing graduates to seek careers in this
sector in any part of the world.
The Master of Applied Finance (Banking) offers a detailed examination of banks and related
financial intermediaries. It provides an in-depth understanding of banking and finance issues
such as investment management, analysis and strategy, international banking management
(practice, lending and securities), quantitative economic analysis financial management, and
risk assessment. The degree prepares students to develop and enhance professional
careers in the finance and banking sectors in a contemporary globalized economy.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete ten (10) subjects (60cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below.
There are eight (8) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed along with two (2)
elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session by the
College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
FIN 923
Credit Points
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
Advanced Portfolio Management *
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
* Capstone Subject to be taken last.
Electives
Electives can be chosen from the following:
138
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 921
FIN 924
FIN 926
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 920
Managerial Finance
Advanced Financial Statement Analysis
Advanced Corporate Finance
Managing People in Organisations
Marketing Management
International Business Strategy
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Applied Finance and Banking Program must
meet the academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in Business from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent.
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
1. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
2. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
3. Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which
must be in the relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
139
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Applied Finance and
Banking Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Applied Finance and Banking, a candidate
must:
• Accrue an aggregate of at least 60 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD.
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
4.7.9
Master of Science in Logistics
Testamur Title of Degree:
Abbreviation:
Home Faculty:
Duration:
Total Credit Points:
Starting Session(s):
Delivery Mode:
Standard Course Fee:
Location:
Timing/Attendance:
UOWD Course Code:
UOWD CRICOS Code:
Master of Science in Logistics
MSc. Logistics
College of Graduate Studies
2 years (5 sessions) full time or part time equivalent.
48
Intakes each session (Autumn, Spring, Summer).
Face to Face
**AED 6,200 per subject. (AED 62,000 for 10 subjects)
University of Wollongong in Dubai, Knowledge Village.
6:00pm – 10:00pm Sunday to Thursday.
DB570
00102E
140
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Overview
The Master of Science (Logistics) program is designed to provide professionals working
within the logistics and operations management area with the skills to manage the flow of
materials and information within and between organizations and their business environment.
It incorporates both practical and theoretical aspects of logistics and supply chain
management to assist managers in increasing business efficiency and advancing their
individual careers.
This course will provide managers with the tools to effectively implement supply chain
management, enhancing the competitive success and profitability of their organizations.
Professionals and managers working within the logistics and operations management area
will acquire the skills required to manage the flow of materials and information within and
between organizations. In today’s globalised business environment, the ability to develop and
institutionalise supply chain and logistics systems competence is vital, to any organisations
vision to maximise its competitive advantage through cost optimisation and customer
satisfaction.
The introduction of the MSc (Logistics) program at UOWD is timely, particularly within the
Emirate of Dubai, as it seeks to establish an integrated multi-modal logistics hub as
evidenced by the Jebel Ali Airport Project and the Dubai Logistics City (DLC) developments.
The Master of Science (Logistics) program enables students to demonstrate a command of
wide-ranging, logistics related creative and conceptual skills. It allows the student an
opportunity to analyze, diagnose and execute judgment across a broad range of logistics
management functions.
The MSc (Logistics) program is structured so as to enable professionals in logistics to
advance into positions of greater management responsibility and for those who have met the
admission requirements to develop core competencies. The MSc (Logistics) program
provides supply chain and operations related electives enabling practitioners to focus on key
issues relevant to their field or working life.
Course Requirements
Candidates are required to complete eight (8) subjects (48cps) according to the sequence of
study listed below.
There are six (6) compulsory subjects that are required to be completed along with two (2)
elective subjects to be selected from the approved subjects provided each session by the
College of Graduate Studies.
Course Program
Compulsory Subjects
TBS908
Supply Chain Management
TBS912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS928
Logistics System Management
TBS925
Inventory Management
TBS934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS918*
Strategic Supply Chain Management
* Capstone Subject to be taken last.
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
141
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Electives
Candidates are required to complete two (2) electives from an elective stream: Supply Chain
Management or Operations.
Supply Chain Management Stream
TBS927
TBS933
Process and Change Management
Procurement Management
Operations Management Stream
TBS931
TBS932
Manufacturing and Operations Strategy
Service Operations Management
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
Credit Points
6cp
6cp
Admission Requirements
Candidates seeking admission to the Master of Science in Logistics Program must meet the
academic and English language requirements as per the following conditions:
Academic Requirements
1. Have completed a Bachelors Degree in Business from a recognized University with a
minimum GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent.
Probationary Admission Requirements
2. Students with a Bachelors Degree from a recognized University and a CGPA between
2.5 and 2.99 may be granted probationary admission.
Students on probation should take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of “B” (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program. If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60%
at UOWD) in the two subjects the student will be dismissed and not allowed to enrol again
in this program.
Mature Age Entry Requirement (Probationary Admission)
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a
student must:
2. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0
scale or its equivalent; and
4. Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to
lodging their application for admission; and
5. Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which
must be in the relevant field of study
142
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must
satisfy the following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to
continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two
subjects, the student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
English Language Requirements
In addition to the above academic admission requirements, candidates must satisfy the
English Language Requirements to be admitted to the Master of Science in Logistics
Program.
English Language requirements are as follows:
IELTS: An overall band score 6.0 with a minimum score of 6.0 in Reading and Writing and
5.0 for each of Listening and Speaking.
TOEFL: 213 (computer exam) or 550 (paper exam).
Completion Requirements
To qualify for award of the degree of Master of Science in Logistics, a candidate must:
• accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by completing and passing the required
core and elective subjects, and
• achieve an overall Weighted Average Mark (WAM) of 60% average at UOWD
Other Information
I. Transfer to University of Wollongong in Australia
Candidates may transfer to the main campus of the University of Wollongong in Australia
with a minimum of 3 subjects remaining, subject to meeting Australian Government visa
requirements. All marks and grades are fully transferable.
II. Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information,
candidates are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room
G-06, Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their
College Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge
Village.
143
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.8 COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
CSCI 925 – Human Computer Interaction
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Suitable for Current Students in MITM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject is designed to help managers of information technology projects understand and
appreciate issues that affect the usability and utility of software, from a user point of view, and
how to ensure that introducing new software to the organization will improve work processes
and increase productivity. The subject examines the design, evaluation and implementation
of interactive computing systems for human use and the major phenomena surrounding them.
Students will be introduced to methods and techniques used in evaluating user needs and the
usability of the interactive system. They will be given the essential theoretical background to
HCI approaches, methods and techniques followed by practical experience in conducting
deferent types of usability evaluations.
ECON 939 – Quantitative Economic Analysis
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for New and Current Students.
Elective for MBA, MIB and MQM Students
Not available for MITM, MEM, MSM, MSHRM or MSc. (Logistics)
Students
This subject develops the fundamental concepts of econometrics used in applied economic
work in the academic, business and government sectors. The subject covers the standard
and non-standard econometric models based on time series, cross-section and qualitative
data. Emphasis will be on applications of the econometric methodologies to empirical
research.
ENGG 938 – Engineering Economics
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
Engineers today are not limited to the core of their activities in the technical area but also the
strategic and operational decision making processes. The aim of this course is to familiarize
engineering students to the field of economics and its relevance and importance to the field of
engineering. Initially, the course looks at a broad definition of economics and the basic
elements of microeconomics such as concepts of supply and demand, market equilibrium and
price elasticity. Macroeconomic issues are covered next with focus on GDP, inflation,
unemployment, phenomenon of business cycles, and the financial markets.
The core of the course examines the time value of money and how engineers use this
concept for making crucial economic decisions. Future values of capital investments and their
links to interest rates and compounding periods is investigated. Future values and present
value of annuities, bond and mortgages are also explored. Using the tools developed, the
144
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
course then applies them in the determination of net present values, internal rates of return
and payback periods of diverse investment opportunities. Replacement analysis of capital
equipment is examined as well. The implications of taxes, inflation and depreciation for capital
budgeting are explored.
ENGG 939 – Engineering Logistics
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
Logistics in this course focuses on the design, development, production, distribution, and
sustaining support of "systems" throughout their planned life-cycle(s). This course will
concentrate on logistics from a systems engineering perspective; i.e., the design of systems
for supportability and serviceability, the production and effective distribution of systems for
customer use, and the sustaining maintenance and support of systems throughout their
period of utilization. Logistics is one of the key elements in sustaining a system and it is
important that to successfully accomplish its mission logistics design must be tailored on a
total life cycle basis.
ENGG 951 – Engineering Project Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
The work environment is driven by projects of all sorts. Engineering industries are extremely
project intensive and usually work for years on long-term contracts or develop projects that
will eventually bring forth new buildings, electronics, aircrafts etc. All engineers are involved in
project management at some point in their careers. This course aims to provide graduates
with direction in various project management issues, assess related risks and formulate
strategies and contingency plans.
The course covers topics such as Scope Management, Time Management, Human Resource
Management, Risk Management, Financial Management, Project Plans, Project Quality
Management and Procurement and Contract Management.
ENGG 952 – Engineering Computing
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject identifies and examines the framework of understanding from which the role of
computer software can be seen as an essential tool in engineering management. It provides
an introduction and a holistic view of information systems leading to a review of a range of
engineering software selected from: computer aided drawing, design and manufacture;
engineering analysis – finite element and difference methods; specific packages for common
engineering applications; engineering business – project planning, maintenance etc; systems
and software for data collection and analysis.
145
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ENGG 954 – Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject is theory and case based and will provide a study of the development of strategic
decision-making and its application to corporate strategy. The subject consists of three main
sections; strategic analysis, strategic choice and strategy implementation. However, it is more
realistic to consider these from an integrated point of view and students will be strongly
encouraged to develop holistic view of strategic decision-making, with emphasis on solutions
to actual business challenges. Students should also realize that much strategic thinking that
will be covered in this subject is also relevant to not-for-profit organizations. The theme
throughout the subject will be to assess strategic capability and determine appropriate
strategic actions, by developing a sound understanding of the mechanisms behind industry
opportunities and threats. That is not to say that a purely mechanistic view is appropriate.
Creativity, divergent lateral thinking and some understanding of risk management are
essential requirements. The ability to find company information and develop a sophisticated
understanding of case information are also skills that will be developed to encourage an
educated approach to strategic decision making.
ENGG961 – Systems Reliability Engineering
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MEM
Suitable for Current Students in MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
RAM studies, requirements flow down, cost estimation, analysis on design, probabilistic
design, logistic support, maintainability, availability, interface control, system integration,
reliability grown modelling, cost estimation, sparings. Testing and performance evaluation,
system safety modelling, installation procedures, asset management, disposal, asset
purchase/replacement policies and decision-making.
FIN 921 – Managerial Finance
Recommendation:
Availability:
Suitable for Current Students in MAFB
Elective for MAFB Students only
Exclusion:
TBS 907: Financial Strategy
6cp
This subject introduces students to the finance and investment decisions facing the investor,
executive, and manager. It explores the fundamental basis of investing and decision-making
within the various market structures. An emphasis upon a practical approach to capital
investment decisions and financial management in the real world will assist students to
understand the decisions facing investors, fund managers, and corporate executives who
must use financial information in a complex financial environment. The skills from this class
are indispensable to any professional who must utilize financial information in the real world.
146
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 922 – Advanced Investment Analysis
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for new and current students in MAFB
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject examines the concepts and techniques of investment analysis as applied to
equity, debt, and derivatives. The subject introduces candidates to the philosophical basis of
investment analysis and the analytical frameworks and methodologies used by industry
practitioners to value investments within various markets and asset classes.
The theory presented in this subject is reinforced through an examination of contemporary
investment analysis practices, and the practical challenges that are faced by investment
analysts within the contemporary financial services industry.
FIN 923 – Advanced Portfolio Management
Core & Capstone Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Capstone subject for MAFB. To be taken in final semester.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM
or MSc. (Logistics) Students
This is a capstone module which seeks to integrate the knowledge acquired in the prerequisite subject. As a capstone module it seeks to develop skills & techniques which will
allow students to device advanced portfolio management strategies in a world of uncertainty.
The course will focus on creating optimal asset allocation strategies using a diverse range of
asset classes and cost basis. In doing so, students will assess alternative assets and the
evidence relating to their use in investment portfolio strategies. An important aspect of the
course is to structure tax efficient as well as socially responsible portfolio strategies while
seeking to achieve above average performance.
FIN 924 – Advanced Financial Statement Analysis
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MAFB
Elective for MAFB Students only
The primary goal of this subject is to learn how to create managers’ “inside information” from
analyzing publicly available financial statement data. The subject is designed to equip the
students with the skills of effective financial statement analysis to meet the challenge of the
competitive business world. The subject is aimed at students with broad business career
interests as well as those specializing in the accounting and finance field. While not a
prerequisite, students should have completed basic courses in financial accounting, finance,
and either business strategy or business economics in order to extract the most benefit from
this class. The subject will commence with the introduction of the framework for financial
statement analysis involving discussions on the roles of accounting information and
intermediaries in the economy, and how financial analysis can create value in well functioning
markets. Afterwards, the subject topics will mainly cover the areas of how those business
analyses and valuation frameworks can be applied to a variety of analyses and decisions
contexts. Cases and problems will be introduced gradually, and will provoke analytical and
creative thinking of the subject participants.
147
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 925 – Banking Theory and Practice
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for new and current students in MAFB
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject focuses on aspects of practices and operations of banks within the banking
sector. The subject integrates with both the Finance and Accounting specializations offered
by the School of Accounting & Finance. It entails comprehensive discussions on issues that
are commonly involved within the banking environment such as the regulatory structure, risk
management, commercial and consumer lending, capital adequacy analysis, banking
financial futures and forwards, the cheque clearing system and the latest information
technology within the banking world.
FIN 926 – Advanced Corporate Finance
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MAFB
Elective for MAFB Students only.
This subject examines advanced aspects of financial controllership and corporate finance
which are encountered within the contemporary business environment. The broad scope of
topics presented in this subject reflects the practical challenges facing financial managers.
This subject emphasizes areas receiving increased scrutiny from market participants and firm
stakeholders (including shareholders and regulators) including: balance sheet management,
corporate restructuring, corporate governance, risk management, alternative funding sources,
and pension finance.
This subject aims to introduce candidates to the theoretical and research literature underlying
financial management practices. This is intended to provide candidates with a critical
appreciation of the precepts of business finance theory, and a context for the behavior of
firms and participants within the capital markets.
FIN 928 – Multinational Financial Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for Current Students in MAFB
Elective for MBA, MIB & MITM Students
Not Available for MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM & MSc. (Logistics)
Students
The role of multinationals in international investment; aspects of the international monetary
system; Euromarkets; foreign exchange markets; internal and external exposure
management techniques; currency futures and options; swaps; financing MNC investment;
MNC investment decision making; political risk analysis; international taxation.
148
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 955 – International Banking
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for New and Current Students.
Elective for MBA, MIB, MQM & MITM Students only.
The global impact of banking is the focus of this subject. The subject entails comprehensive
discussions on issues that are commonly involved within the international banking
environment such as the development of the international monetary system, deregulation of
banks, methods of payment in international trade, the foreign markets, international lending
and developments of new technology and its impact on the international banking sector.
FIN 956 – Bank Lending and Securities
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MAFB
Suitable for new and current students in MAFB
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
Banking lending and securities focuses on the criteria involved in the bank’s lending and
securities process. The subject entails comprehensive discussions on issues of lending within
the banking environment such as regulations of security offerings, principles of good lending,
documents involved in lending, lending and the consumer credit code and new developments
in lending and securities.
IACT 901 – Information Technology Strategic Planning
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Suitable for Current Students in MITM. To be taken in either of last two
semesters of the program.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
The subject is essentially about the application of technology for competitive advantage.
Throughout the subject, the spotlight will be trained on techniques and frameworks for
"thinking strategically about a company's technological orientation”. A wide spectrum of
business and technology issues will be covered that address the problems and issues
surrounding the analysis and development of an IT strategic plan. Also, students are
expected to research the current magazines, journals and electronic media for latest findings
and examples on the appropriate strategies used to manage technology and innovation.
IACT 906 – Business On-Line
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MITM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject aims to provide students with an understanding of e-business in the context of
to-day’s global business environment. Today most businesses compete in a global
environment and a sound business strategy for on-line business is essential to facilitate this.
This subject covers key areas of e-business, including: Strategy formulation and
149
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
implementation; e-branding; service leadership; economics and industry impacts of ebusiness and Internet effectiveness. Students are also expected to be familiar with the latest
developments in online business in order to determine their impact on e-business strategies.
IACT 918 – Corporate Network Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Suitable for Current Students in MITM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
The subject investigates the documentation and management of telecommunications
networks. The critical areas of focus include; categories of network management (fault,
configuration, performance, security and accounting), network documentation (requirements,
functionality and design), network management and optimization (architecture, performance,
disaster change and cost minimization), corporate and regulatory requirements and network
management protocols.
IACT 999 – Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Capstone subject for MITM. To be taken in final semester.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject is concerned with the emerging issues involved in the analysis, design,
development and implementation of a corporate-wide information system. Students will
complete an individual project/business case related to the strategic use of IT in an
organization. Students are required to apply their experience and knowledge from previous
subjects, as well as a set of research methods to prepare a report and presentation. Projects
will be undertaken individually and specific topics will be selected based on the student’s
chosen elective stream and interests. The subject also provides students with enhanced
communication and project management skills.
ITCS 937 – Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MITM
Suitable for Current Students in MITM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the security, risk
management and regulatory aspects of e-commerce facing businesses in the on-line
business environment. Today most businesses compete in a global business environment; a
sound business strategy that addresses these issues is essential. This subject covers key
issues in e-commerce, including: security options, trusted authorities, secure payment
systems for the Internet, the regulatory environment and Government policy; risk
management and control.
150
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 917 – Business to Business Marketing
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
Business-to-Business (B2B) Marketing covers the study of the interaction and communication
between businesses in the marketplace. B2B marketing accounts for the majority of
marketing activity in the global marketplace. Purchases by governments such as military
hardware, and consumables purchased for the range of government agencies from prisons to
universities, and capital items from buildings to airports all come under the purview of B2B
marketing.
The goals of this course are to examine relevant conceptual and strategic approaches to B2B
marketing and to examine their application in a range of marketplace contexts. It highlights
salient differences between B2B marketing and consumer marketing, both in conceptual
approach and in day-to-day practice. As such, it will equip students with skills to make a
meaningful contribution to marketing management when they take up employment.
MARK 922 – Marketing Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Elective:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MSM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSM
Elective for MSHRM Students
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
TBS 904: Marketing Management
This subject introduces the key marketing concepts to graduate students who may have no
prior marketing experience or education. A broad generalist approach is taken, to give
students an integrated contextual framework within which to position the variety of marketing
ideas they may encounter in their day-to-day work environments. The course will facilitate
their understanding of the relevance of marketing concepts to their prior tertiary studies,
whatever the discipline.
MARK 935 – Marketing Strategy
Core Subject:
Pre-Requisite:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM
Capstone subject for MSM. To be taken in final semester.
Suitable for Current Students in MSM.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This course will enable students to actively make use of their marketing knowledge in a
simulated market setting. In groups, participants will simulate an eight-year period of time as
a strategic management team of a company. Each team (company) will receive market
information for analysis and will make managerial marketing decisions based on the analysis
of that information on a weekly (simulated yearly) basis. The results achieved by the teams
(companies) will be measured in unit and dollar sales as well as market shares and share
price index.
151
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 936 – Consumer Behavior
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject explores psychological concepts and the models that explain and predict the
behavior of consumers. An analytic perspective of consumer behavior will be developed by;
highlighting the usefulness of consumer behavioral concepts, incorporating practical
applications of consumer behaviors and conducting secondary research to support consumer
behavior applications.
MARK 938 – Managing Services and Relationship Marketing
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM & MITM
Suitable for Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
The goal of this course is to analyze key issues in the marketing of services, focusing on the
factors that differentiate the tasks of a services marketer from someone involved in marketing
goods. After defining and conceptualizing the diversity of services, the nature and
consequences of core concepts such as intangibility, inseparability, perishability and
variability, are all addressed within the context of a revised services marketing mix. Particular
emphasis is placed on analyzing the service encounter and understanding service quality.
MARK 940 – Marketing Communications
Core Subject:
Pre-Requisite:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MSM
MARK 936
Suitable for Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
TBS 982: Marketing in a Global Economy
This course provides students with skills and concepts in order that s/he may understand and
develop effective advertising and promotion strategies that can be applied in practice. The
perspective adopted in this course is that of the product manager or marketing manager. The
focus is on customers.
MARK 959 – Sales Management
6cp
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
MSM
Suitable for Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
The goal of this course is to provide students with a framework, working tools, and facility with
which to apply their knowledge to the problems of everyday sales management. The course
will involve the development of a conceptual background in which to study relationships
between sales management and other strategic leadership roles. Through its introduction to
the current practice of sales management as a weapon in the marketing armory, the course
152
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
will equip students with the ability to make meaningful sales management decisions.
MARK 977 – Research for Marketing Decisions
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM
Suitable for Current Students.
Elective for MBA, MIB and MQM Students only.
This subject is concerned with examining the techniques and principles for systematically
collecting, recording, analyzing and interpreting data that can aid decision-makers who are
involved with marketing products, services or ideas.
Topics include: the structure and function of research information, problem definition and
research design, the measurement of consumer attitudes and preferences, design of
sampling plans, collecting primary and secondary data, analyzing and interpreting statistical
research results.
MARK 997 – Retail Marketing Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSM
Suitable for Current Students in MSM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. (Logistics) Students
This course provides an overview of strategic retail marketing management. Students will
study retail institutions by ownership, review nontraditional and contemporary retailing issues,
and review the relationship between retailing and customer satisfaction.
The course will assist students in adopting the perspective of the retail-marketing manager
and, therefore, particular emphasis is placed on case analyses and a practical assignment.
The use of retail marketing cases is designed to illustrate the application of marketing
concepts and tools in real world retail marketing issues.
MGMT 908 – Human Resources Development
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSHRM
Suitable for Current Students in MSHRM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject provides an advanced perspective on the use of HRD in enhancing the
competitive advantage of organizations by building up their intellectual and learning system
capacities in ways that enable them to cope with an environment that involves rapid change
and customer focus. The concept of the learning organization will be developed through the
perspective of the HRD policies and actions required to develop and change organizations
through their human capital and capabilities.
153
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 910 – Strategic Management
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSHRM
Suitable for Current Students in MSHRM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject examines concepts and practical issues in strategic management. Topics
covered include strategy formulation, choice and implementation; environmental and industry
analysis; competitive advantage; resources and capability analysis, strategy and
organizational contexts.
Strategic Management integrates all the functional components and their management from
the perspective of the Chief Executive Officer or the top management team. Organizations
are faced with a number of key strategic questions: What is the best way to respond to or to
change environmental challenges? How can competitive advantage be built up? How to
resolve strategic dilemmas? How can capabilities be developed? What form of organization
is most effective for the firm? How can change be introduced and entrepreneurial spirit
fostered? These are some of the issues covered within the process of strategy formation and
execution.
MGMT 915 – Management of Change
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for New and Current Students.
Elective for Current MBA, MIB, MSHRM, MITM, MEM and MQM
Students only
This subject examines the process of change within an organization. Issues under discussion
will be: change models; characteristics of innovative organizations; acceptance / resistance of
change; factors of change; reasons for change; intervention strategies; planning and
monitoring change; sustaining change.
MGMT 920 – Organizational Analysis
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSHRM
MEM
Suitable for Current Students in MSHRM & MEM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MITM, MAFB & MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This course is designed to provide students with an understanding of the main theoretical
frameworks and conceptual tools used to analyze complex organizations. The subject is
based on the premise that ‘The ability to “read” and understand what is happening in one’s
organization is a key managerial competence’ (Morgan, 1997: 355). The subject will give
students skill in organizational analysis using four perspectives: bureaucratic, contingency,
political, and cultural. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basis in theory and
metaphorical roots of each perspective, as the foundation for using a multiple perspectives
approach to identify the key dynamics of organizations.
154
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 930 – Strategic Human Resource Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSHRM
Capstone subject for MSHRM. To be taken in final semester.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject examines strategic management concepts and frameworks, and explores the
links between strategic management and human resource management. The strategic
dimensions of human resource management for competitive advantage are emphasized and
examined, including the linkages among external forces, organizational strategy, human
resources strategy, and performance. A number of models of strategic human resource
management are considered in terms of their theoretical foundations and practical utility. The
overall focus is on using the conceptual and analytical frameworks of strategic HRM to
develop and implement effective human resource strategies.
MGMT 949 – Performance Management
6cp
Core Subject:
MSHRM
Recommendation: Suitable for Current Students in MSHRM.
Availability:
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject examines the area of performance management, a strategic and integrated
process that delivers sustained success to organizations by improving the performance of
people who work in them and by developing the capabilities of individual contributors and
teams (Armstrong, 2000, 1). Performance management involves both the manager and
employee in identifying and describing essential job functions and relating them to the
mission and goals of the organization; developing realistic and appropriate performance
standards; giving and receiving feedback about performance; writing and communicating
constructive performance evaluations and planning education and development opportunities
to sustain, improve or build on employee work performance.
MGMT 953 – Human Resource Management
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA, MIB & MQM
Suitable for New and Current Students.
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject addresses key areas associated with the functional specialization of human
resource management, and expects these to broaden the organizational context. It focuses
on major functional policies and programs such as human resource planning, strategic HRM,
job analysis, employment law, recruitment and selection, performance management,
compensation, human resource development, occupational health and safety and
international HRM. Students are encouraged to draw upon their work experiences in classes
and assignments to enhance learning.
155
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 969 – Job Analysis, Recruitment & Selection
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSHRM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSHRM
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or MSc.
(Logistics) Students
This subject examines contemporary issues and theory related to the environment and
processes of organisational entry, involving the key phases of job analysis, recruitment,
selection and socialisation.
Traditional recruitment strategies are assessed from the perspective of the organisation and
the individual in the light of contemporary theoretical developments. A range of personnel
selection techniques is examined in relation to issues of reliability, validity, fairness and
applicability. In addition, there will be a focus on major challenges faced in these processes in
the light of rapidly changing technologies and globalisation.
Organisational entry processes will be critically evaluated in the context of differing cultural
expectations and practices. A range of practical skills in recruitment and selection processes
will also be developed.
MGMT 978 – Cross Cultural Management
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA, MIB, MQM, MITM & MEM
Suitable for New and Current Students.
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MAFB or MSc. (Logistics) Students
The subject explores management practices, issues and theory across cultures in
international business. It seeks to engage students with problems associated with
management practices in a context of increasing global contact. Topics include the
communication, technology, comparative management practices, managing with multicultural
policies and the implications of culture for international/global managers. On successful
completion of this course, students will have an appreciation and knowledge of managing
across cultural boundaries in international business.
TBS 901 – Accounting for Managers
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MBA & MEM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MBA
Elective for MSM, MITM and MQM only.
TBS 980: International Financial Management
A conceptual introduction to accounting, focusing on accounting from the viewpoint of the
manager's specific needs for financial information. Key areas to be covered include: decisionmaking (short- and long-term), internal performance evaluation, legal and quasi-legal
background to financial reporting, analysis of financial statements, and strategic business
accounting.
156
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 903 – Managing People in Organizations
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA, MSHRM, MEM & MITM
MSM & MAFB
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSHRM, MITM, MEM & MBA
Not available for MIB, MQM or MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject analyses central organizational challenges for those who manage people in
organizations and a variety of the proposed solutions. To do this, it uses discussion of the
employment relationship as a platform for examining central areas of organizational behavior.
It thus starts with the employment relationship, its place within the labor market and its
implications for managerial decision-making. Subsequent topics analyze organizational types
and the role of managers and managing in organizations. These provide a basis for
understanding theories of motivation, group behavior and teams, organizational culture and
the local cultural context, leadership in organizations, power and politics in organizations,
consent and control in organizations, and decision-making in organizations.
TBS 904 – Marketing Management
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MBA
MIB, MQM, MITM & MAFB
Suitable for Current Students in MBA
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MEM & MSc. (Logistics) Students
MARK 922: Marketing Management
This subject examines the contemporary view of marketing and focuses on the following
areas: international marketing, advertising, consumer behavior, product development and
pricing, sales management, services and relationship marketing, distribution / retailing,
marketing research, business-to-business, and contemporary issues in marketing, e.g.
Internet, ethics, etc.
TBS 905 – Economic Analysis of Business
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA, MEM, MITM & MAFB
MIB, MQM, MSM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MBA
Not available for MSHRM or MSc. (Logistics) Students
This subject provides an introduction to the macro- and microeconomic environment of
business and organizations. It provides an analysis of the logic underlying the operation of a
market-based economic system. The processes which lead to the internationalization of
business and globalization of economies are studied, as well as macroeconomic and
microeconomic policies which affect the business environment.
157
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 906 – Information Systems for Managers
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA
MIB, MQM, MSM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MBA
Not available to MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB & MSc. (Logistics)
Students
This subject provides an understanding of the use and impact of information technology in
organizations; in particular, it provides an analysis of the structures and functions of the range
of typical computer-based business information systems. The applications of information
systems and issues facing managers will be examined. Other issues considered are the
integration of discrete applications into the total information system and organizational
implications of such integration and automation.
TBS 907 – Financial Strategy
Core Subject:
Pre – Requisite:
Elective Subject:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MBA
TBS 901
MITM
Not available for MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB & MSc.
(Logistics) students
FIN 921: Managerial Finance
The introduction to this unit will start with a review of corporate goals as they relate to
financial strategy. This will be followed by an introduction to key financing decisions such as
capital structure and re-structure, dividend policy, company valuation, and sourcing finance.
The second half of this unit comprises case studies that stress key elements of financial
strategy.
TBS 908 – Supply Chain Management
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSc. (Logistics)
MBA, MIB, MQM, MITM, MEM
Suitable for New students in the MSc. (Logistics) program and current
students as an elective in later sessions of their Program.
Not available for MSM, MSHRM & MAFB Students
Supply Chain Management extends the study of logistics beyond the boundaries of a single
organization, and places particular emphasis on the interfaces between the 'chain' or
'network' of enterprises engaged in moving products, services, and information, from
suppliers through intermediaries to end users/ consumers. The overarching framework
around which the course content is organized is the Supply Chain Management
Performance/ Capability Continuum which has three critical components: operational
excellence; supply chain integration and collaboration and virtual supply chains. The subject
focuses on developing a supply chain strategy, something which many organizations still do
not have in place even today. Channel relationships between processors, manufacturers, and
distributors is also reviewed, particularly as leading organizations are now openly embracing
more collaborative behavior for mutual benefit. Supply Chain infrastructure and operations
topics are reviewed, but more emphasis is given to information technology and systems, as
these are the lifeblood of top-performing supply chain.
158
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
E-Commerce and the new supply chain business models it facilitates also receive significant
attention, because this is where so much potential is still to be realized. Transformational
change in supply chains is studied from two perspectives, i.e. realignment inside the supply
chain itself, and new advanced forms of ‘outsourcing’. Living in the Asia-Pacific it is important
to understand the regionalization of supply chains which is well underway, and in some
cases, globalization.
TBS 912 – Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSc. Logistics
Suitable for New and Current Students in MSc. Logistics
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
This subject focuses on the quantitative techniques available to managers in problem solving
and decision making in businesses. The subject aims to develop in students the skills
necessary for data analysis, model building and analysis for business decision-making. To
this end the subject covers areas such as decision making under certainty and uncertainty,
linear programming, transportation and transhipment techniques, project scheduling with
certainty and uncertainty, waiting line models, goal programming, Analytic Hierarchy Process
and simulations. In this subject, the emphasis will be on the analysis and interpretation of the
results provided by the models.
TBS 918 – Strategic Supply Chain Management
Capstone Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSc. Logistics
Suitable for Students in last semester of MSc. Logistics
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
This subject extends the study of Supply Chain Management from the introductory study
covered in TBS908. This subject examines the development of Organizational Strategy in the
context of Supply Chain Management and the Supply Chain Management Performance/
Capability Continuum, which consists of three critical components - operational excellence,
supply chain integration and, collaboration and virtual supply chains. The subject is aimed at
providing an in-depth understanding of the latest practices to diagnose supply chain
performance and develop supply chain strategies to support the overall business strategy.
TBS 920 – International Business Strategy
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MBA
MSM & MAFB
Suitable for New and Current Students in MBA
Not Available for MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MITM, MEM or MSc. Logistics
students.
TBS 984: International Business
This subject provides a detailed introduction to management within an international business
perspective. Business is becoming increasingly global and firms require managers who
understand and can resolve the challenges faced in surviving and succeeding in this
competitive, diverse and dynamic environment. The subject seeks to integrate a range of
disciplines including economics, management, global finance, marketing, operations
159
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
management, and sociocultural and political sciences, into a program focused on the
application of such disciplines to real business challenges.
The subject therefore intends to build the students awareness of the complexity and dynamic
nature of international business, and build their capacity to think and respond strategically.
Managers capable of operating effectively in this environment will have truly global skills and
will enhance their career prospects in today’s exciting international business context.
TBS 921 – Strategic Decision Making
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA
Capstone subject for MBA. To be taken in last (2) sessions only
Not available for MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB or
MSc. Logistics Students
This capstone unit brings together much of what students have discussed in other units,
including finance, marketing and HRM.
An integrated approach is taken to developing the strategic direction of organizations. This
occurs in three main areas of Strategic Analysis, Strategic Choice and Strategy
Implementation. The competitive forces that emanate from inside and outside the
organization are considered and hence strategic choices are identified.
The unit is taught largely by case analysis and can involve a substantial mini-project based on
an analysis of the strategic decisions that may be taken in the participants’ workplace.
TBS 925 – Inventory Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSc. Logistics
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
This subject aims to provide the student with state-of-the-art knowledge on inventory
management theory and practice. Topics included will be as follows: materials management;
management of storage and retrieval facilities; types of inventory problems; measuring
inventory performance; inventory management systems for independent demand items;
influence of forecasts and uncertainties in demand and lead time; dependent demand
inventory systems; multi-echelon inventory management; decision models for inventory
management; simulation models of inventory management systems, and case studies of
world-class inventory management.
TBS 927 – Process And Change Management
Recommendation:
Elective:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
MSc. Logistics Students only
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
This course combines the process reengineering and change management. The topics
covered in this context include mass customization, business process reengineering, and
change management for process change. Cases are studied to provide a unifying theme in
terms of organizational change, supply chain reengineering and integration aspects.
160
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 928 – Logistics Systems
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MSc. Logistics
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
Logistics Systems is an advanced course in logistics and supply chain management. It
involves design and management of supply chain systems. It prepares students for logistics
management positions in manufacturing, transportation and distribution firms. The application
of analytical techniques and computer software to selected aspects of distribution
management is explored in the course. Attention will be given to areas of network planning,
inventory control, facility location, vehicle routing and scheduling of logistics systems.
Mathematical models in these areas will be discussed in terms of their ability to represent the
problem and usefulness to managers. Cases will be used to demonstrate the nature of
decision making problems manager’s face in logistics and supply chain management in
contemporary business and class discussion will take place about the repercussions of
alternative decisions.
TBS 930 – Operations Management
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MBA, MIB, MQM, MITM & MEM
Suitable for New and Current Students
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MAFB & MSc. Logistics Students
This subject is a study of the design and operations activities for the production of goods and
services. Topics include qualitative and quantitative forecasting, production planning,
scheduling, management of quality and productivity, project management and flexible
manufacturing systems (FMS). Emphasis will be placed on a comparison of Japanese
production and quality management methods with traditional Western methods, total quality
management (TQM), computer-aided manufacturing (CAM), and implications for human
resource management.
TBS 931 – Manufacturing & Operations Strategy
Recommendation:
Elective:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
MSc. Logistics Students only
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
This course combines manufacturing and operations strategies in matching the
characteristics of the operations function with the requirements of the manufacturing in order
to fulfill the needs of the customer. A proper appreciation of this process requires not merely
an understanding of the ideas and methods used to develop an operations strategy but also
knowledge of the techniques and principles involved in its implementation.
161
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 932 – Service Operations
Recommendation:
Elective:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
MSc. Logistics Students only
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
The purpose of this subject is to provide the student with an understanding of the basic
issues, concepts, methods, tools and some quantitative models in Service Operations
Management (SOM). The subject is designed for students with no previous study in Service
Operations Management but aims to develop an understanding and level of skill
commensurate with postgraduate study, though at an introductory level rather than that
required by a professional service operations manager. Students will develop an
understanding of the significance of SOM to the success or failure of a business, analyse the
key activities involved in SOM and apply the different tools and techniques used by Service
Operations Managers.
TBS 933 – Procurement and Inventory Management
Recommendation:
Elective:
Availability:
6cp
Suitable for Current Students in MSc. Logistics
MSc. Logistics Students only
Not available for MBA, MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM &
MAFB Students
The primary aim of this course is to get students interested in and acquainted with the
fundamental concepts, models and instruments in purchasing management. Key areas like
buying supplies, logistics, contracts, stock and inventory control will be covered. Some
insights into the current developments and biggest problem areas in this field are provided. A
combination of informative and interactive lectures and case assignments will be used for the
pedagogy and considerable attention is devoted to the discussion of practical / managerial
issues.
TBS 950 – Quality in Management
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
6cp
MQM
MITM & MEM only
Suitable for New and Current Students in MQM.
This subject provides an introduction to Quality Management in organizations undergoing
rapid change. It provides frameworks of understanding for the development of the quality
movement in post-industrial society and as a coherent field of intellectual study; an overview
of quality tools and their purposes; the critical roles of people and change in quality
organizations; and an understanding of services marketing with particular focus on service
quality and customer satisfaction.
162
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 951 – Statistics for Quality Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MQM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MQM.
Not available for MBA, MIB, MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MITM, MAFB &
MSc. Logistics Students
This unit will provide an in-depth introduction to probability, decision theory, and statistical
inference with emphasis on solutions to actual business problems. After developing a
foundation in probability theory, the subject will extend this foundation to a set of
methodologies for the analysis of decision problems. The unit examines structures for
managerial decision making under conditions of partial information and uncertainty.
The examination of the use of statistical techniques in managerial decision making
processes, including, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, quality control, simple and
multiple regression and factor analysis should be applied in realistic case situations.
TBS 952 – Implementing Quality Systems
Core Subject:
Pre-requisite:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
6cp
MQM
TBS 950
MEM only
Suitable for Current Students in MQM.
This subject addresses the systems employed for ongoing quality management, including
quality control and quality assurance, as well as improvement of quality. Included is an
examination of systems thinking as it applies to quality management; the scope of modern
quality systems; ISO quality system certification; continuous improvement methodologies,
quality system implementation; various practical high impact methodologies and tools; the
financial systems to support quality management endeavors; and case studies.
TBS 953 – Management of Service Quality
Core Subject:
Pre-Requisite:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
6cp
MQM
TBS 950
MEM only
Suitable for Current Students in MQM.
This course identifies and examines the framework of understanding from which the
Management of Service Quality can be analyzed and improved, as a contribution to the long
term competitive advantage of organizations in rapid change economies. The course will
review the main theories and approaches to service management.
The course will develop case studies and exemplars of best practice service management for
a range of industries and organizations.
This subject is based on a framework of service issues that allows common principles of both
manufacturing and service organizations to be studied. Similarities, contrasts and unique
topics in each industry are pointed out so that the widest variety of students will feel
comfortable with the subject material. The combination of text, short cases and readings
make this subject suitable for an introductory subject in service quality. The assignments
allow for in-depth analysis for students with prior service experience.
163
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 955 – Quality Assurance
Core Subject:
Pre-Requisites:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MQM
TBS 950 and TBS 952
Suitable for Current Students in MQM.
Not available as an elective for any other programs
This course provides an opportunity for specialized interest study within the Quality
Management program, by developing the following frameworks of understanding:
terminologies and purpose of Quality Assurance; studies of selected methodologies of Quality
Assurance; a case study in Quality Assurance: preparing an organization for a selected QA
award or accreditation.
TBS 980 – International Financial Management
Core Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MIB
Suitable for New and Current Students in MIB
Not available for any other programs
TBS 901: Accounting for Managers
This subject introduces students to financial management in an international context. In any
one intake, the topics will be selected from the following: financial environment of international
corporate activity; foreign exchange and derivatives markets; methods of foreign exchange
risk measurement and management; overview of international financial markets and
instruments; financing of foreign trade and foreign direct investments; international working
capital management; investment decision making in an international context, including
country risk analysis; international aspects of controlling, reporting and performance analysis;
effects of government regulation on management decision making.
TBS 981 – Managing in Multi-National Companies
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
6cp
MIB
MBA, MQM, MSHRM
Suitable for Current Students in MIB
Not available for MSM, MITM, MEM, MAFB & MSc. Logistics Students
This subject, while useful for all students, is particularly relevant for those working or seeking
work in multinational corporations. It combines the literature on comparative international
industrial relations and human resource management in multinational corporations. It begins
by examining the major structural and regulatory factors facing human resource managers of
multinational corporations: labor markets, national and international regulatory frameworks,
union movements and employer organizations. The rest of the subject examines important
areas of human resource management with a particular emphasis on cross-national and
cross-cultural aspects.
164
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 982 – Marketing in a Global Economy
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
Exclusion:
6cp
MIB
MBA & MQM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MIB.
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MITM, MEM, MAFB & MSc. Logistics
Students
MARK 940: Marketing Communications
This subject will include the following:
•
Introduction to global marketing; the global economic environment; international
organizations / regional groupings; social, cultural, political, legal and regulatory
environments;
•
the impact of the global financial environment and foreign exchange decisions on
marketing; global marketing information systems and research; market entry mode
strategies; exporting, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances and wholly-owned
subsidiaries; global segmentation, targeting, product and pricing decisions; international
logistics planning; global marketing communications decisions and the global marketing
plan.
TBS 983 – International Business Economic Environment
6cp
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Availability:
MIB
MBA, MQM & MITM
Suitable for New and Current Students in MIB.
Not available for MSM, MSHRM, MEM, MAFB & MSc. Logistics
Students
This subject examines the national and international factors which shape the business
environment. The inter-play between macro and microeconomic is examined as well as the
impact of national economic policies on business. The role of international trade and foreign
investment is discussed along with protectionism, foreign direct investment, payments
between the nations, exchange rates and globalization. A framework for evaluating the costs
and benefits of government policies will be developed.
TBS 984 – International Business
Core Subject:
Elective Subject:
Recommendation:
Exclusion:
6cp
MIB
MQM only
Capstone subject for MIB. To be taken in final semester.
TBS 920: International Business Strategy
This subject provides an introduction to management within an international business
perspective. Business is becoming increasingly global and firms require managers who
understand and can resolve the challenges faced in surviving and succeeding in this
competitive environment. Greater internationalisation of business requires firms to be more
competitive, dynamic and, interdependent. Managers must understand the complexities of
global cultural, political, economic, organisational, and financial forces and recognise how
they affect their firm.
Management challenges include dealing with the uncertain external environment, handling
the increased risk of international operations, and developing appropriate international
165
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
strategies. Managers capable of operating in this environment will have truly global skills and
will enhance their career prospects in today’s exciting international business context.
4.9 COLLEGE OF GRADUATE STUDIES ACADEMIC INFORMATION
4.9.1 Academic Responsibilities of the College of Graduate Studies
All Masters’ Programs are offered under the College of Graduate Studies at the University of
Wollongong in Dubai. The College deals with all academic matters which are as follows:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Academic Advice on Subjects
Approvals for Enrolment and Withdrawal of subjects after due dates.
Advanced Standing for Credits
Request for Revaluation of Final Exams.
Supplementary Exam Requests / Special Consideration.
Academic issues regarding delivery of subjects
4. 9. 2 Contacting the College of Graduate Studies
1) Students are requested to contact the College for all matters listed above. They may
contact Mrs. Joice Priya for all issues that need to be referred to the Chair of the College.
2) Students should make an appointment to meet the Chair through Neha Nayeem/Joice
Priya.
3) The Academic Advisor - The University of Wollongong in Dubai recognizes that advising
is an integral part of a University education. The advising process establishes a
collaborative relationship between student and advisor in which the student feels a sense
of connection, support, and guidance. Ultimately, advising allows each student to achieve
a meaningful and successful educational experience.
Ms. Pallavi Kishore - deals with all matters relating to advice on choice of subjects,
degree planning and authorization for enrolment in subjects. The Academic Advisor is
available during the office hours. Students are not required to make an appointment to
meet with her.
4) For general course advice, students can meet the Academic Advisor, Dr. Lien Els or Dr.
Gwendolyn Rodrigues during their stated office hours after making an appointment.
5) In addition, the following faculty members have been assigned as Program Coordinators
for the different degree programs. Current Students are requested to contact them to
seek general subject and academic advice regarding the programs. Students are
requested to meet with them by appointment only.
Postgraduate Program Coordinators
Master of Business Administration
DR. CEDWYN FERNANDES
Room No 2-25, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2461
166
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Master of Quality Management
ALAA GARAD
Room No 1-09, Block 14, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2426
Master of International Business
DR. GWENDOLYN RODRIGUES
Room No 1-16, Block 14, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2431
Master of Strategic Marketing
DR. PRAKASH VEL
Room No 1-20, Block 14, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2433
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
DR. LIEN ELS
Room No 2-06, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2427
Master of Engineering Management
DR. ARIJIT SIKDAR
Room No 2-02, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 390 0408
Master of Information Technology Management
DR. LEJLA VRAZALIC
Room No 2-26, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2452
Master of Applied Finance & Banking
PROF. T.P. GHOSH
Room No 1-09, Block 5, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 375 3064
Master of Science in Logistics
DR. ALBERT TAN
Room No 2-04, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 3753063
4.9.3
College Of Graduate Studies – General Information
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
•
•
•
Manual enrolment forms MUST be submitted to the Registrar’s department for
processing
Please check EXAM timetable for clashes before enrolling in your subjects
Enrolment is the students’ responsibility
Students should refer to the UOWD Student Calendar and Catalogue available at the UOWD
main website for detailed information on dates and policies.
167
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Websites
The main website for students is http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae. Students will need to register
themselves and log in with their Student ID and password. Once students have entered the
student intranet, the following information is available to them:
1.
Subject Folders:
Each subject folder will contain lecture notes, slides and additional material that the
lecturer believes will be needed by the students for the subject during the course of the
semester. Each individual subject folder has a username and password which will be
provided by the lecturer during the first lecture of the semester. Students can download
material posted on the website by the lecturer during the course of the semester.
Students are advised to regularly check the folders for updated material, notices and
other information provided by the lecturer on a daily basis.
2.
Timetables:
Please click on this link (Timetables) on the left-hand side of the webpage to access all
the Course and Exam Schedules for a particular semester. Courses timetables are
posted on this site at least 2 months before the start of the concerned semester and
students are strongly advised to check this link to enable them to verify exam
schedules and make decisions of subjects to enrol for the next semester.
3.
Consultation Hours:
Consultations hours for the lecturers for the current semester are also posted on this
website under the link “Consultation Hours”. Students should check on these hours to
enable them to meet with their lecturer outside of lecture timings.
4.
Notices:
Regular notices are posted on this website to inform students of upcoming changes and
information that could be relevant to them. Students should constantly check these
notices for any information that could be important and relevant to them. Any
information about rescheduling of classes due to holidays, start of enrolments,
unscheduled public holidays are also posted as a notice on this website.
5.
Policies
The website provides a comprehensive list of all the policies that govern our conduct
and as well as those of our students. All students are encouraged to access this link
and check on policies such as:
a. Assessment Policy
b. Plagiarism Policy
c. Ethical Code of Conduct- Students
d. Special Consideration and Supplementary Examinations
e. Grievance Policy
6.
Forms
The website provides a comprehensive list of all the forms that are required by the
students for enrolments, Variation to Enrolment or Degree Programs, Fees Transfer
168
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
forms, etc. Please check this link to download the form that will be required by the
University.
7.
Contacting Faculty:
All lecturers have their offices on campus. Adjunct faculty have a common office.
Students are welcome to contact the lecturers during the consultation hours which are
advised by the lecturers during their first lecture and also updated on the CGS website.
Students can also meet with the lecturers outside consultation hours by appointment.
The contact details for the lecturers are provided on the Subject Outline given to the
students during their first lecture.
8.
Adjunct Faculty (Part-Time Lecturers)
The adjunct faculty will update students about the contact details for themselves.
However, students may e-mail the faculty if they require contact with Adjunct faculty
outside of their consultation hours and lecture times.
9.
Expert Lecture Series (ELS)
CGS organizes the ELS which provides an opportunity for students to interact with top
professionals form the industry, policy makers and experts. Check the CGS website
ELS section for upcoming events.
In addition to this website all general information is also posted on Notice Boards around the
campus. Students are strongly encouraged to check Notice Boards on a regular basis to
ensure that they are aware of any changes and information that is relevant to them. It is the
students’ responsibility to ensure they contact the University in respect of any problems and
information that they require.
4.9.4 UOWD Postgraduate Programs – Specific Information
1. Credit Point System
Credit points are a basic measure of workload. All subjects are given a credit point value.
The academic year is divided into three sessions, Autumn, Spring and Summer.
Postgraduate degrees have the following credit point values:
DEGREE
CORE
ELECTIVES
TOTAL CREDIT POINTS
MBA
8 cores at 6 cp each
4 electives at 6 cp each
12 subjects with a total of 72 cp
MIB
5 cores at 6 cp each
3 electives at 6 cp each
8 subjects with a total of 48 cp
MQM
5 cores at 6 cp each
3 electives at 6 cp each
8 subjects with a total of 48 cp
MSM
6 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
8 subjects with a total of 48 cp
MSHRM
6 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
8 subjects with a total of 48 cp
MITM
8 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
10 subjects with a total of 60 cp
MEM
8 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
10 subjects with a total of 60 cp
MAFB
8 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
10 subjects with a total of 60 cp
MSC
(LOGISTICS)
8 cores at 6 cp each
2 electives at 6 cp each
10 subjects with a total of 60 cp
169
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2. Subject Enrolments per semester
CGS students can enrol online for 12 credit points (2 subjects) depending on the
availability of subjects. The maximum a student can enrol in per semester is 24 credit
points and this is based on Academic Advice and permission from the Chair of CGS.
3. Academic Misconduct
Students are warned that academic misconduct (for example cheating or copying in
examinations or assignments) will have serious consequences. Cheating in any part of a
subject may bring failure in the whole subject. Cheating at examinations or deliberate
plagiarism in assignments can result in exclusion from the University.
4. Plagiarism
Plagiarism will not be tolerated and may lead to expulsion from the University
Students must take care to avoid unintentional plagiarism.
Definition Of Plagiarism
Plagiarism means using the ideas of someone else without giving them proper credit.
That someone else may be an author, critic, journalist, artist, composer, lecturer, tutor or
another student. Unintentional plagiarism can result if you don’t understand and use the
acceptable scholarly methods of acknowledgement. In either case, the University will
impose penalties, which can be very severe. When it is desirable, or necessary, to use
other people's material, take care to include appropriate references and attribution.
Severe plagiarism is defined as submitting work which is wholly copied from someone
else without proper acknowledgement.
Students are advised to review detailed policies located on the student intranet online at
my.uowdubai.ac.ae/.
5. Prerequisites
A system of prerequisite subjects operates to ensure students are adequately prepared
for any particular subject. Some subjects have a pre-requisite subject. A subject which
has a pre-requisite cannot be taken unless the pre-requisite subject has been completed.
6. Elective Subjects
After fulfilling the requirements for a Master degree (core subjects), students have to
choose elective subjects to complete all credit points for their respective degrees. Each
program has a set of approved electives. Check the subject list in this Degree Planner for
details.
7. Special Consideration
Under exceptional circumstances such as the student suffered serious illness or other
circumstances beyond his or her control the student may apply for special consideration,
including supplementary assessment for internal continuous assessment tasks. Special
170
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
consideration policy is listed in subject outlines and available on the policy section of the
website.
Not that applying for special consideration does not automatically grant you the request.
CGS will grant special consideration only in the case of serious illness or exceptional
circumstances. Medical certificates must be detailed and certificates that normally list
illnesses such as URTI, Cold and cough are normally rejected. Previous requests for
special consideration are also taken into consideration when deciding on requests.
Supplementary Exams
my.uowdubai.ac.ae.
policy
is
available
on
the
Student
Intranet
online
at
Applications to the Chair of College should be made no later than 7 days after the
examination date. A fee of AED 200 will be applicable for every paper approved for a
supplementary exam. (Check policy for exact number of days)
8. Re-Evaluation of Mark/Grade
If you feel that the mark or grade you have been awarded for a subject is not indicative of
your performance or that there may have been an error in determining your mark or
grade, you should approach the lecturer concerned to discuss the matter.
If you still feel the mark or grade is not correct, you may submit a formal request to the
Chair of College by completing the form titled: Request for Re-Evaluation/Re-Marking of
Examination (this form is available at the Registrar’s Office or may be downloaded from
the student intranet at my.uowdubai.ac.ae.
Applications to the Chair of College should be made no later than 14 days after the
release of the examination results. A fee of AED 200 will be applicable for every paper
given for re-evaluation.
If you are still not satisfied with the outcome, you may write to the Dean Academic Affairs
outlining your concern and stating your reasons accompanied by full documentary
evidence. The Dean Academic Affairs will consider and may investigate and make a
ruling, this ruling shall be final.
9. Minimum Passing Requirements
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 900 level
subjects are:
High Distinction ................................................................ 85 -100%
Distinction ......................................................................... 75 - 84%
CREDIT ............................................................................ 65 - 74%
PASS................................................................................. 50 - 64%
FAIL.................................................................................... 0 - 49%
In order to gain a grade of Pass (P) or better in a subject, students must pass the Final
Examination (each subject will specify the minimum mark and this will be given in the
subject outline).This is irrespective of a student's other marks during the session.
Students who obtain a composite mark of greater than 50% but do not satisfy the Final
Examination pass requirements will be awarded a FAIL (i.e. 49%).
171
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.9.5 Articulation from one Degree Program to Another
A) ARTICULATION TO MBA
Students who have completed other Master’s Degrees offered by the University may
apply to do the MBA Degree assuming they meet the admission criteria for the same. In
each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below to complete
the MBA with only 9 additional subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MIB to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 921
TBS 908
Managing People in Organizations
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
Plus two elective subjects selected from other 900 level TBS subjects, or any other 900
level subject approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies. If the student completed
one or more of the above subjects as part of the MIB degree, they need to substitute
elective from other 900 level subjects.
MQM to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. The student will choose 9 subjects from the list
below.
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 908
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
172
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSM to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 901 Accounting for Managers
TBS 903 Managing People in Organizations
TBS 905 Economic Analysis of Business
TBS 906 Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907 Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
TBS 920 International Business Strategy
TBS 921 Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
TBS 908 Supply Chain Management
MSHRM to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 901
TBS 904
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 908
Accounting for Managers
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
MITM to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 901
TBS 904
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 908
Accounting for Managers
Marketing Management
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
MEM to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below
and 3 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 904
TBS 906
TBS 907
Marketing Management
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
173
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 908
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
MAFB to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 908
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Marketing Management
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy (TBS 901 pre-requisite)
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making (Capstone to be taken last)
Supply Chain Management
B) ARTICULATION TO MIB
Students who have completed other Master’s Degrees offered by the University may
apply to do the MIB Degree assuming they meet the admission criteria for the same. In
each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below to complete
the MIB with only 6 additional subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MBA to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 3 core subjects listed below
and 3 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
MQM to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
174
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSM to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 4 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Managing in Multi-National Companies
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
MSHRM to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
MITM to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
MEM to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 4 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
MAFB to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 980
International Financial Management
175
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
Managing in Multi-National Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic Environment
International Business (Capstone to be taken last)
C) ARTICULATION TO MQM
Students who have completed other Master’s Degree courses offered by the University
may apply to do the MQM assuming they meet the admission criteria for the same. In
each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below to complete
the MQM with only 6 additional subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MBA to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
MIB to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
MSM to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 4 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
176
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSHRM to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
MITM to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
MEM to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
MAFB to MQM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Management of Service Quality (TBS 950 pre-requisite)
Quality Assurance (TBS 950 & TBS 952 pre-requisite)
D) ARTICULATION TO MSM
Students who have completed the other Master’s Degree courses offered by the
University may apply to do the MSM. In each case, such students can use the special
177
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
articulation model given below to complete the MSM degree with only 6 additional
subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MBA to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
(unless an equivalent subject has been taken as an elective during the MBA) and
1elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Consumer Behavior
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MIB to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MQM to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless
equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MQM) listed below:
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MSHRM to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless
equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MSHRM) listed below:
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
178
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 997
MARK 935
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MITM to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless
equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MITM) listed below:
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MEM to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless
equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MEM) listed below:
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
MAFB to MSM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless
equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MAFB) listed below:
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
Consumer Behavior (2nd Subject)
Marketing Communications (MARK 936 Pre-Requisite)
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
E) ARTICULATION TO MSHRM
Students who have completed the other Master’s Degree courses offered by the
University may apply to do the MSHRM. In each case, such students can use the special
articulation model given below to complete the MSHRM degree with only 6 additional
subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
179
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MBA to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
MGMT 908
MGMT 920
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
MGMT 969
Human Resource Development
Organizational Analysis
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
Performance Management
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
MIB to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 903
MGMT 908
MGMT 920
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
MGMT 969
Managing People in Organizations
Human Resource Development
Organizational Analysis
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
Performance Management
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
MQM to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 903
MGMT 908
MGMT 920
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
MGMT 969
Managing People in Organizations
Human Resource Development
Organizational Analysis
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
Performance Management
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
MITM to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
MGMT 908
Human Resource Development
MGMT 920
Organizational Analysis
MGMT 930
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
MGMT 949
Performance Management
MGMT 969
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
180
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MEM to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
MGMT 908
Human Resource Development
MGMT 920
Organizational Analysis
MGMT 930
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
MGMT 949
Performance Management
MGMT 969
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
MAFB to MSHRM
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 903
MGMT 908
MGMT 920
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
MGMT 969
Managing People in Organizations
Human Resource Development
Organizational Analysis
Strategic Human Resource Management (Capstone Subject to be
taken last)
Performance Management
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
F) ARTICULATION TO MEM
Students who have completed the MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM or MSM course offered by
the University may apply to do the MEM. In each case, such students can use the special
articulation model given below to complete the MSHRM degree with only 8 additional
subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects or its equivalent below as an
elective or a core subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be
determined by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the
already completed subject.
MBA to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below
and 3 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
MIB to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ENGG 938
Engineering Economics
181
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 905
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
MQM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ENGG 938
Engineering Economics
ENGG 939
Engineering Logistics
ENGG 951
Engineering Project Management
ENGG 952
Engineering Computing
ENGG 954
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 903
Managing People in Organizations
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
MSM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ENGG 938
Engineering Economics
ENGG 939
Engineering Logistics
ENGG 951
Engineering Project Management
ENGG 952
Engineering Computing
ENGG 954
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 903
Managing People in Organizations
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
MSHRM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 901
TBS 905
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Accounting for Managers
Economic Analysis of Business
MITM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
182
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 901
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Accounting for Managers
MAFB to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 901
TBS 903
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering Computing
Strategic Management for Engineers and Technologists
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
G) ARTICULATION TO MITM
Students who have completed the MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM or MSM course offered by
the University may apply to do the MITM. In each case, such students can use the special
articulation model given below to complete the MSHRM degree with only 8 additional
subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects or its equivalent below as an
elective or a core subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be
determined by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the
already completed subject.
MBA to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below
and 2 electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
CSCI 925
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
IACT 999
ITCS 937
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
MIB to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
CSCI 925 Human Computer Interaction
IACT 901 Information Technology Strategic Planning
IACT 906 Business On-Line
183
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
IACT 918
IACT 999
ITCS 937
TBS 903
TBS 905
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
MQM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
CSCI 925
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
IACT 999
ITCS 937
TBS 903
TBS 905
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
MSM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
CSCI 925
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
IACT 999
ITCS 937
TBS 903
TBS 905
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Managing People in Organizations
Economic Analysis of Business
MSHRM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
CSCI 925
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
IACT 999
ITCS 937
TBS 905
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Security, Risk Management and Control in Electronic Commerce
Economic Analysis of Business
H) ARTICULATION TO MAFB
Students who have completed the MBA, MIB, MQM, MSHRM, MSM, MITM, MEM course
offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB. In each case, such students can use
the special articulation model given below to complete the MAFB degree with only 8
additional subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
184
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects or its equivalent below as an
elective or a core subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be
determined by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the
already completed subject.
MBA to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
MIB to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
MQM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
MSM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
185
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
MSHRM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
MITM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
MEM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below
and 1 elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of
Graduate Studies:
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 923
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Advanced Portfolio Management (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Bank Lending and Securities
I) ARTICULATION TO MSC. LOGISTICS
Students who have completed the other Master’s Degree courses offered by the University
may apply to do the MSc Logistics. In each case, such students can use the special
186
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
articulation model given below to complete the MSc Logistics degree with only 6 additional
subjects (this is outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core
subject in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies and substituted for the already completed subject
MBA to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless equivalent
subjects have been taken as electives during the MBA) listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MIB to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless equivalent
subjects have been taken as electives during the MIB) listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MQM to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless equivalent
subjects have been taken as electives during the MQM) listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MSM to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
187
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 918*
Strategic Supply Chain Management
*6cp
MSHRM to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MITM to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects (unless equivalent
subjects have been taken as electives during the MITM) listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MEM to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects
(unless equivalent subjects have been taken as electives during the MEM) listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
MAFB to MSc Logistics
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below:
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 928
TBS 925
TBS 934
TBS 918*
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Logistics System Management
Inventory Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
6cp
*6cp
Further Information
To ensure all candidates have the most current, accurate and correct information, candidates
are encouraged to contact: The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06,
188
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Building 15 at Knowledge Village. OR: Chair, College of Graduate Studies or their College
Coordinator on the Second Floor, Rooms 2-24 and 2-25, Building 15 at Knowledge Village.
189
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10 POST GRADUATE DEGREE PLANNER
4.10.1 College Of Graduate Studies – Subject Offerings 2007/2008
3Subject on Offer
X Subject not on Offer
* on offer from 2009
* Additional Subjects may be offered in upcoming semesters (Please see individual
semester subject offering in Section 10)
See list of approved subjects for your program before enrolling in a subject
Subject
Autu
Spring’ Summer’
Subject Name
Pre-requisite
Code
mn’07
08
08
3
CSCI 925
Human Computer Interaction
Nil
X
X
3
ECON 939 Quantitative Economic Analysis
Nil
X
X
3
ENGG 938 Engineering Economics
Nil
X
X
3
ENGG 939 Engineering Logistics
Nil
X
X
3
ENGG 951 Engineering Project Management
Nil
X
X
3
ENGG 952 Engineering Computing
Nil
X
X
3
3
Strategic Management for Engineers
3*
ENGG 954
Nil
and Technologists
FIN 921
Managerial Finance
Nil
X
X
3*
3
3
3
FIN 922
Advanced Investment Analysis
Nil
3
3
Capstone
3*
FIN 923
Advanced Portfolio Management
MAFB
3
Advanced Financial Statement
X
X
FIN 924
Nil
Analysis
3
3
FIN 925
Banking Theory and Practice
Nil
X
3
FIN 926
Advanced Corporate Finance
Nil
X
X
3
FIN 928
Multinational Financial Management
Nil
X
X
3
3
3
FIN 955
International Banking
Nil
3
FIN 956
Bank Lending & Securities
Nil
X
X
3
Information Technology Strategic
X
X
IACT 901
Nil
Planning
3
3
IACT 906
Business On-Line
Nil
X
3
IACT 918
Corporate Network Management
Nil
X
X
3
3
Emerging Topics in Information
3*
IACT 999
Capstone MITM
Technology
3
Security, Risk Management and
X
X
ITCS 937
Nil
Control in Electronic Commerce
3
MARK 917 Business to Business Marketing
Nil
X
X
3
3
3
1st Subject
MARK 922 Marketing Management
MSM
3
3
3
MARK 935 Marketing Strategy
Capstone MSM
2nd Subject
3
3
3
MARK 936 Consumer Behavior
MSM
Managing Services & Relationship
3
MARK 938
Nil
X
X
Marketing
3
MARK 940 Marketing Communications
X
X
MARK 936
3
MARK 959 Sales Management
Nil
X
X
3
MARK 977 Research for Marketing Decisions
Nil
X
X
3
MARK 997 Retail Marketing Management
Nil
X
X
3
3
MGMT 908 Human Resources Development
Nil
X
3
MGMT 910 Strategic Management
Nil
X
X
190
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 915
MGMT 920
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
MGMT 953
MGMT 969
MGMT 978
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 908
TBS912
Management of Change
Organizational Analysis
Strategic Human Resource
Management
Performance Management
Human Resource Management
Job Analysis, Recruitment &
Selection
Cross Cultural Management
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organizations
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision
Making
TBS918*
Strategic Supply Chain Management
TBS925
TBS927
TBS928
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 930
TBS932
TBS933
TBS934
TBS 950
TBS 951
TBS 952
TBS 953
Inventory Management
Process and Change Management
Logistics System Management
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making
Operations Management
Manufacturing and Operations
Strategy
Service Operations Management
Procurement Management
Logistics Information Systems
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
TBS 955
Quality Assurance
TBS 980
International Financial Management
Managing in Multi-National
Companies
Marketing in a Global Economy
International Business Economic
Environment
International Business
TBS931
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
Nil
Nil
Capstone
MSHRM
Nil
Nil
X
3
X
3
3
X
3
3
3
X
3
X
X
3
3
Nil
3
3
X
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
TBS 901
Nil
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Nil
X
X
X
Capstone MSc
Logistics
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Capstone MBA
Nil
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
3
3
3
X
X
3
3
3
X
3
3
3
3
Nil
X
X
X
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
TBS 950
TBS 950
TBS 950 & TBS
952
Nil
X
X
X
3
3
X
3
3
3
X
3
3
3
3
X
X
3
X
3
3
X
3
X
3
3
3
3
Nil
3
3
3
Nil
3
3
3
Nil
3
3
3
Capstone MIB
3
3
3
* will be offered from 2009. Please note that offerings and planners are reviewed each semester
191
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.2 Degree Planner – Master Of Business Administration (MBA)
Semester 1: Autumn
Year: 2007
To ensure quality in your Degree and a proper
distribution of subjects over all semesters, it is
Code
TBS 901
TBS 905
Subject Title
Accounting for
Managers
Economic Analysis of
Business
Semester 2: Spring
Code
TBS 904
TBS 906
TBS 903
TBS 920
TBS 907**
Guidelines that you should follow in preparing
your Degree Plan:
CP
Marketing Management
Information Systems for
Managers
6
•
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Managing People in
Organizations
International Business
Strategy
CP
6
+ Any 4 electives applicable to the MBA
Subject Title
degree.
CP
Financial Strategy
** TBS 901 is a pre-requisite for TBS
907.
•
* TBS 921 is a capstone subject and
should be taken in the last 2
sessions.
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
Year: 2009
Subject Title
Strategic Decision
Making
CP
6
Elective
6
•
Year: 2009
If
Code
•
6
6
Semester 6: Summer
There are 8 core subjects and any 4
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MBA degrees must
complete. These include:
o TBS 901
o TBS 903
o TBS 904
o TBS 905
o TBS 906
o TBS 907**
o TBS 920
o TBS 921*
6
Year: 2008
Semester 5: Spring
TBS 921*
subjects well in advance! Here are a few
6
Elective
Code
6
Subject Title
Semester 4: Autumn
Code
of UTMOST importance that you plan your
Year: 2008
Semester 3: Summer
Code
CP
Subject Title
CP
Elective
6
Elective
6
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed
and
your
Degree
with individual semesters.
192
V5 11 Dec 07
planned
smoothly, you should not have any difficulty
Good luck!
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
is
4.10.3 Degree Planner – Master Of International Business (MIB)
Semester 1: Autumn
Year: 2007
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
Code
TBS 980
TBS 981
Subject Title
International Financial
Management
Managing in MultiNational Companies
Semester 2: Spring
Code
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984*
6
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
6
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
are a few Guidelines that you should follow
Subject Title
Marketing in a Global
Economy
International Business
Economic Environment
Subject Title
CP
•
There are 5 core subjects and any 3
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MIB degrees must
complete. These include:
o TBS 980
o TBS 981
o TBS 982
o TBS 983
o TBS 984*
+ Any 3 electives applicable to the
6
6
CP
International Business
6
MIB degree.
6
Semester 4: Autumn
Year: 2008
Subject Title
6
Elective
6
Semester 5: Spring
Year: 2009
Subject Title
Semester 6: Summer
•
* TBS 984 is a capstone subject
and should be taken as the last
subject.
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
CP
Elective
Code
in preparing your Degree Plan:
Year: 2008
Elective
Code
proper distribution of subjects over all
Year: 2008
Semester 3: Summer
Code
CP
CP
Year: 2009
•
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
Code
Subject Title
CP
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
193
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.4 Degree Planner – Master of Quality Management (MQM)
Semester 1: Autumn
Code
TBS 950
TBS 951
Year: 2007
Subject Title
Quality in Management
Statistics for Quality
Management
Semester 2: Spring
Code
TBS 952*
TBS 953*
Semester 3: Summer
Code
TBS 955**
CP
proper distribution of subjects over all
6
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
6
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
are a few Guidelines that you should follow
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Implementing Quality
Systems
Management of Service
Quality
CP
6
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
CP
Quality Assurance
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
in preparing your Degree Plan:
• There are 5 core subjects and any 3
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MQM degrees must
complete. These include:
o TBS 950
o TBS 951
o TBS 952*
o TBS 953*
o TBS 955**
+ Any 3 electives applicable to the
MQM
6
Elective
6
•
Semester 4: Autumn
Code
Year: 2008
Subject Title
CP
Elective
6
Elective
6
Semester 5: Spring
Code
* TBS 952 & TBS 953 subjects
have TBS 950 as a pre-requisite.
TBS 952 & TBS 953 should not be
taken unless TBS 950 has been
completed successfully.
• ** TBS 955 has TBS 950 and TBS
952 as pre-requisite.
Year: 2009
Subject Title
Semester 6: Summer
Code
degree.
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
•
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
CP
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
194
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.5 Degree Planner – Master of Strategic Marketing (MSM)
Semester 1: Autumn
Code
Year: 2007
Subject Title
CP
MARK 922
Marketing Management
6
MARK 936
Consumer Behaviour
6
Semester 2: Spring
Code
MARK
940**
MARK 977
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Marketing
Communications
Research for Marketing
Decisions
Semester 3: Summer
Code
MARK 997
MARK 935*
6
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Retail Marketing
Management
Marketing Strategy
Semester 4: Autumn
Code
CP
CP
6
Subject Title
CP
Elective
6
Elective
6
Code
proper
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
distribution
of
subjects
over
all
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
are a few Guidelines that you should follow in
preparing your Degree Plan:
• There are 6 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MSM degrees must
complete. These include:
o MARK 922
o MARK 935*
o MARK 936
o MARK 940**
o MARK 977
o MARK 997
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the
6
Year: 2008
Semester 5: Spring
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
MSM
•
degree.
MARK 922 is the first subject and
MARK 936 is the second subject.
• ** MARK 936 is a pre-requisite for
MARK 940.
• * MARK 935 is a capstone subject
and should be taken as the last
subject.
• Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
•
Semester 6: Summer
Code
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors,
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
smoothly,
you
should
not
have
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
195
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
any
4.10.6 Degree Planner – Master of Strategic Human Resource Management (MSHRM)
Semester 1: Autumn
Code
TBS 903
MGMT
908
Year: 2007
Subject Title
Managing People in
Organizations
Human Resources
Development
Semester 2: Spring
Code
MGMT
920
MGMT
969
CP
Organizational Analysis
6
Job Analysis,
Recruitment & Selection
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Performance
Management
Strategic Human
Resource Management
CP
6
Subject Title
are a few Guidelines that you should follow
in preparing your Degree Plan:
• There are 6 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MSHRM degrees must
complete. These include:
o MGMT 908
o MGMT 920
o MGMT 930*
o MGMT 949
o MGMT 969
o TBS 903
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the
MSHRM degree.
•
* MGMT 930 is a capstone subject
and should be taken as the last
subject.
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
•
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
CP
Elective
6
Elective
6
Code
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
6
Year: 2008
Semester 5: Spring
proper distribution of subjects over all
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
6
Subject Title
Semester 4: Autumn
Code
6
Year: 2008
Semester 3: Summer
Code
MGMT
949
MGMT
930*
CP
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
Semester 6: Summer
Code
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
followed and your Degree is planned
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
196
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.7 Degree Planner – Master of Engineering Management (MEM)
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
Semester 1: Autumn
Code
ENGG 951
TBS 905
Year: 2007
Subject Title
Engineering Project
Management
Economic Analysis of a
Business Environment
Semester 2: Spring
Code
ENGG 952
TBS 903
6
6
Subject Title
CP
Engineering Computing
Managing People in
Organizations
6
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
CP
Elective
6
Elective
6
Semester 4: Autumn
Code
Subject Title
Engineering Economics
6
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
6
ENGG 939
ENGG 954
over
all
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
preparing your Degree Plan:
• There are 8 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MEM degrees must
complete. These include:
o ENGG 938
o ENGG 939
o ENGG 951
o ENGG 952
o ENGG 954
o TBS 901
o TBS 903
o TBS 905
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the
MEM
degree. The 2 electives MUST
be from the SAME STREAM.
•
Certain subjects have prerequisites. Try your best to
complete these Pre-requisite
Subjects as soon as feasible.
•
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
Engineering Logistics
Strategic Management
for Engineers and
Technologists
Semester 6: Summer
subjects
CP
ENGG 938
Code
of
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
Year: 2008
Semester 5: Spring
distribution
are a few Guidelines that you should follow in
Year: 2008
Semester 3: Summer
Code
CP
proper
6
6
Year: 2009
•
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors,
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
Code
Subject Title
CP
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
197
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.8 Degree Planner – Master of Information Technology Management (MITM)
Semester 1: Autumn
Year: 2007
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
Code
IACT 906
CSCI 925
Subject Title
Business On-Line
Human Computer
Interaction
Semester 2: Spring
Code
IACT 918
ITCS 937
TBS 905
6
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Corporate Network
Management
Security, Risk
Management and Control
in Electronic Commerce
Semester 3: Summer
Code
CP
proper distribution of subjects over all
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
are a few Guidelines that you should follow
in preparing your Degree Plan:
6
• There are 8 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MITM degrees must
complete. These include:
o CSCI 924
o IACT 901
o IACT 906
o IACT 918
o IACT 999*
o ITCS 937
o TBS 903
o TBS 905
6
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the
CP
6
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Economic Analysis of
Business
CP
Elective
Semester 4: Autumn
MITM
Year: 2008
degree. The 2 electives
MUST be from the SAME STREAM.
Code
IACT 901
TBS 903
Subject Title
Information Technology
Strategic Planning
Managing People in
Organizations
Semester 5: Spring
CP
•
6
•
6
Year: 2009
•
Code
IACT
999*
Elective
Subject Title
Emerging Topics in
Information Technology
6
•
6
Semester 6: Summer
Code
CP
Year: 2009
Subject Title
CP
If
* IACT 999 is a capstone subject
and should be taken as the last
subject.
Certain subjects have prerequisites. Try your best to
complete these Pre-requisite
Subjects as soon as feasible.
Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
the
above-mentioned
guidelines
followed and your Degree is planned
smoothly,
you
should
not
have
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
198
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
are
any
4.10.9 Degree Planner – Master of Applied Finance and Banking (MAFB)
Semester 1: Autumn
Code
FIN 955
FIN 922
Year: 2007
Subject Title
CP
International Banking
Advanced Investment
Analysis
Semester 2: Spring
6
6
Year: 2008
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
proper
distribution
of
subjects
over
all
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
are a few Guidelines that you should follow in
preparing your Degree Plan:
Code
Subject Title
CP
Elective
TBS 905
6
Economic Analysis of
Business
Semester 3: Summer
Code
ECON 939
FIN 928
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Quantitative Economic
Analysis
Multinational Financial
Management
Semester 4: Autumn
CP
6
6
Year: 2008
• There are 8 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for MAFB degrees must
complete. These include:
o ECON 939
o FIN 922
o FIN 923*
o FIN 925
o FIN 928
o FIN 955
o FIN 956
o TBS 905
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the
MAFB degree.
Code
FIN 925
FIN 956
Subject Title
Banking Theory and
Practice
Bank Lending &
Securities
Semester 5: Spring
Code
FIN 923*
CP
6
6
Year: 2009
Subject Title
Investment Management
Strategy
Elective
CP
6
6
Semester 6: Summer
Year: 2009
• * FIN 923 is a capstone subject and
should be taken as the last subject.
• Certain subjects have prerequisites. Try your best to
complete these Pre-requisite
Subjects as soon as feasible.
• Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
• If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
Code
Subject Title
CP
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
199
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.10.10Degree Planner – Master of Science in Logistics (MSc. Logistics)
Semester 1: Spring
Year: 2008
To ensure quality in your Degree and a
proper
Code
TBS908
TBS925
Subject Title
Supply Chain
Management
Inventory Management
distribution
of
subjects
over
all
CP
semesters, it is of UTMOST importance that
6
you plan your subjects well in advance! Here
6
are a few Guidelines that you should follow in
preparing your Degree Plan:
Semester 2: Summer
Code
TBS 928
TBS 934
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Logistics System
Management
Logistics Information
Systems
Semester 3: Autumn
Code
TBS 912
CP
6
•
TBS 912
•
TBS 925
•
TBS 928
CP
•
TBS 934
6
•
TBS 918
6
+ Any 2 electives applicable to the Msc
6
Year: 2008
Subject Title
Quantitative Methods for
Decision Making
Elective
• There are 8 core subjects and any 2
applicable electives that students
enrolled for Msc Logistics degrees
must complete. These include:
• TBS 908
Logistics degree.
Semester 4: Spring
Code
TBS 918
Year: 2009
Subject Title
Strategic Supply Chain
Management
Elective
CP
6
6
• * TBS918 is a capstone subject and
should be taken as the last subject.
• Certain subjects have prerequisites. Try your best to
complete these Pre-requisite
Subjects as soon as feasible.
• Rules pertaining to your individual
Degree must be paid special
attention to.
• If you need any assistance in
planning your Degree feel free to
consult our Academic Advisors
If the above-mentioned guidelines are
followed and your Degree is planned
smoothly, you should not have any
difficulty with individual semesters.
Good luck!
200
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 4 Part C: PROGRAM INFORMATION - CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE
AND CULTURE
4.11 WELCOME
Welcome to the Centre for Language and Culture (CLC) at the University of Wollongong in
Dubai (UOWD). The CLC provides a range of language programs to meet the needs of
domestic and international students, among which are English for academic and general
purposes, and Arabic for non-Arabs from the local expatriate community and abroad. As an
academic department of the University, the CLC is committed to providing language learning
opportunities to meet students’ needs in a context of educational excellence. All graduates of
the CLC receive an accredited certificate from an internationally recognized University
attesting to the quality of the curriculum, instruction and assessment.
Being part of the University campus, the CLC has a vibrant student community. Students
have the benefit of studying in small class groups, while also mingling with a large student
population outside the classroom. CLC students also share the facilities of the University,
such as computer laboratories, the Library and Student Services. In addition, there are many
food outlets and other services on campus for the convenience of students.
Helpful and friendly CLC staff take pleasure in helping students find their way around
campus, feel part of a group and successfully manage their study. CLC teachers are
specialists in the field of second language teaching and represent a wide range of English
and Arabic accents, for example, Australian, British, New Zealand, North American, South
African, Indian, Iranian, Iraqi, Irish, Italian, Jordanian, Nepalese, Scottish and South African.
They are enthusiastic and dedicated enabling students to achieve their study goals with a
high degree of personal satisfaction. Students are encouraged to participate in class and
extra-curricula activities designed to support students and enhance learning outcomes.
Not only does the CLC enable students to reach their goals as quickly as possible, but it also
teaches students how to think critically about language learning and the learning process,
itself. This approach to second language learning, steeped in cultural understanding and selfawareness, prepares CLC graduates for the real world where English and Arabic are used to
think through issues and solve problems as much as to conduct everyday business. In this
way, the teachers and staff of the CLC contribute to the wider aims of the University and
society at large - to aid mutual understanding through improved communication skills.
Accordingly, studying at the CLC is an invitation to learn about university life in a western,
English-medium university, but one situated in an ethnically and linguistically rich social
milieu. As such, learning English or Arabic is conducted in a multi-lingual context where
mutual tolerance and respect are considered as important as personal achievement and
academic success.
Indeed the vision of the CLC is to be a centre for educational excellence providing students
with an experience of learning that goes beyond simply learning a language in the classroom
to learning how to live and think through a language in the wider society. Hence, CLC
graduates will identify with and belong to a global community in which English is the language
of international communication supplemented by many other languages, including Arabic.
201
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.12 PROGRAM INFORMATION – CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE AND CULTURE
4.12.1 UniPrep
The Centre for Language and Culture offers an academic English program, UniPrep, which
provides preparation for degree programs at UOWD. This is a unique program that enables
successful students, who otherwise would not have a satisfactory level of English language
proficiency, to prepare for the undergraduate or postgraduate degree of their choice. UniPrep
is an English language program that focuses on developing both language and study skills to
equip students for the demands of studying in a western University where English is the
medium of instruction. In particular, UniPrep students learn the written and oral skills
necessary to participate in lectures and tutorials, and to complete assignments.
The Uniprep program is a full-time program conducted during the daytime, either in the
mornings or afternoons. On completion of the Uniprep program students will need to take
either an IELTS or TOEFL test to meet the UOWD entrance requirements.
UniPrep Full Time (UPFT)
IELTS
Level
Course
Duration
Fee
3.0
pre-intermediate
UP1FT 5 weeks
4,000/per 5-week term
3.5
Intermediate (low)
UP2FT 5 weeks
4,000/per 5-week term
4.0
Intermediate (high)
UP3FT 5 weeks
4,000/per 5-week term
4.5
upper-intermediate (low)
UP4FT 5 weeks
4,000/per 5-week term
5.0
upper-intermediate (high)
UP5FT 5 weeks
4,000/per 5-week term
5.5
Undergraduate / IELTS Preparation part 2
6.0
Postgraduate: MIB/MQM/MSHRM/MSM/MITM/MEM/MAFB/
Msc Logistics
Postgraduate: MBA/COP
6.5
4.12.2 IELTS Preparation and Testing
The UOWD is an approved IELTS test centre. IELTS, the International English Language
Testing System, is designed to assess the language ability of candidates who need to study
or work where English is the language of communication. The University conducts IELTS
tests, in both modules: Academic and General Training, twice a month throughout the year. In
addition, registered test candidates can use the University’s Library to prepare for the test,
purchase IELTS preparation texts from the University bookshop, or, attend IELTS test
preparation classes. By preparing, students improve their test performance and test score.
202
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
IELTS Test Preparation Course
Program Details
Intake
Hours per week
Number of Weeks
Entry requirements
Course fee
Text book fee
: Every 5 Weeks
: 9 hours, three evenings per week
: 1-4 terms; 5-20 weeks
: English Test result
: AED 2,000/- per 5-week term
: AED 135/-
4.12.3 Other Programs Offered by Centre for Language and Culture
4.12.3.1 Go English!
The Go English! program is a part-time English course conducted in the evenings. It is
designed to prepare students for entry to UOWD undergraduate and postgraduate degree
programs, and also to provide General English and IELTS preparation.
Go English Part-time (GEPT)
IELTS
Level
2.5
beginner
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5 /
6.0
6.0
6.5
Course
GE0PT
Duration
10 weeks
Fee
2,000/per 5-week term
pre-intermediate
10 weeks 2,000/GE1PT
per 5-week term
Intermediate (low)
10 weeks 2,000/GE2PT
per 5-week term
intermediate (high)
2,000/GE3-ETS1PT 5 weeks
per 5-week term
upper-intermediate (low)
2,000/GE4-ETS2PT 5 weeks
per 5-week term
IELTS preparation part 1
5 weeks
2,000/IELTSPT1
Per 5-week term
IELTS preparation part 2
5 weeks
2,000/IELTSPT2
OR Undergraduate entry
Per 5-week term
Postgraduate: MIB/MQM/MSHRM/MSM/MITM/MEM/MAFB/
Msc Logistics
Postgraduate: MBA/COP
Generally, UG students prefer to study in the UPFT daytime program, while PG students
prefer to study in the evening, GEPT program. However, both UG and PG students are
welcome to study in either program according to their individual circumstances.
4.12.3.2 CELTA
In its efforts to encourage professionalism in the field of teaching English as an additional
language, the CLC, an approved Certificate of English Language Teaching to Adults (CELTA)
Centre, offers certificate to graduate level courses of study for people interested in teaching in
this area or upgrading their current English teaching qualifications.
203
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
The CLC offers part-time and full-time CELTA courses each year which are conducted by
experienced and qualified CELTA tutors. On the successful completion of the CELTA course,
a CELTA Certificate is awarded by the University of Cambridge ESOL Examinations which
attests to the credibility of the qualification.
4.12.3.3 Arabic Language Program
The CLC offers an Arabic language program based on Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) which
is taught primarily through Arabic and communicative language instruction. Students learn to
use Arabic in everyday conversation, to read and write basic Arabic script related to everyday
situations. There are beginner to advanced level courses which incorporate aspects of Arabic
culture and customs into the process of learning the language. Course are run throughout the
year with a summer intensive program available for those who would like to learn Arabic in an
authentic cultural context.
204
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 4 PART D: PROGRAM INFORMATION – CERTIFICATES OF
PROFICIENCY
4. 13 INTRODUCTION
UOWD offers the following Certificates of Proficiency for working professionals seeking to
upgrade their skills for employment purposes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accounting For Managers
Marketing Management
Human Resource Management
International Business Strategy
Quality Management
Engineering Project Management
Information Technology Strategic Planning
4.13.1 Accounting for Managers
This certificate is intended for those who need to obtain a better understanding of the
principles of accounting and financial management. No previous knowledge or experience is
assumed. The subject will introduce students to the role that effective financial management
makes within an organization. The aim is to make students proficient in the use of the
accounting data received in the work environment, as well as making students aware of the
basis on which key financial decisions are made.
Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of financial decision-making and the role of
financial management in both private and public sector organizations. The concepts and
techniques will assist students in the use and interpretation of accounting data enabling them
to become better acquainted with the planning and controlling of resources available.
4.13.2 Marketing Management
This certificate examines the contemporary view of marketing and focuses on the following
areas: identification of marketing opportunities; market segmentation, targeting and
positioning; product life cycle; new product development; services marketing and marketing
mix decisions.
4.13.3 Human Resource Management
The certificate provides a critical introduction to the subject of Human Resource Management
(HRM) and to examine in detail some of the specific strategic, theoretical and practical issues.
Under the broad rubric of HRM there are a number of competing perspectives, view and
voices. This subject will not privilege one model over another. Rather, it will present some of
these competing views in a manner that will require individual students to exercise their
critical faculties and develop their own, theoretically informed, approach to the practical
management of human resources.
4.13.4 International Business Strategy
This certificate provides a detailed introduction to management within an international
business perspective. Business is becoming increasingly global and firms require managers
205
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
who understand and can resolve the challenges faced in surviving and succeeding in this
competitive, diverse and dynamic environment. The subject seeks to integrate a range of
management disciplines including economics, global finance, marketing, operations
management, and socio-cultural and political sciences, into a program focussed on the
application of such disciplines to real business challenges. The subject therefore intends to
build the students awareness of the complexity and dynamic nature of international business,
and build their capacity to think and respond strategically. Managers capable of operating
effectively in this environment will have truly global skills and will enhance their career
prospects in today’s exciting international business context.
4.13.5 Quality Management
The purpose of this certificate is to provide the students with an understanding of how an
organisation can successfully make the transition to Total Quality Management. The
approach is to explore the concepts and methods of TQM developed initially in the USA and
subsequently further developed in Japan; to examine more recent developments, including
the extension of TQM into the service sector, and to provide a basic understanding of the
philosophical, analytical and statistical bases of TQM methodology together with some
experience(s) of using that methodology.
4.13.6 Engineering Project Management
The work environment is driven by projects of varying types and complexities. Engineering
industries are project intensive and often require working many years on long-term contracts
or develop projects that bring forth new buildings, electronics, aircrafts etc. All engineers are
involved in project management at some point in their careers. This course aims to provide
graduates with direction in various project management issues, assess related risks and
formulate strategies and contingency plans. The course covers topics such as Scope
Management, Time Management, Human Resource Management, Risk Management,
Financial Management, Project Plans, Project Quality Management and Procurement and
Contract Management.
4.13.7 Information Technology Strategic Planning
The subject explores the application of technology for competitive advantage. Throughout the
subject, the spotlight will be trained on techniques and frameworks for “thinking strategically
about a company´s technological orientation”. A wide spectrum of business and technology
issues are covered that address the problems and issues surrounding the analysis and
development of an IT strategic plan. Students are expected to research current magazines,
journals and electronic media for the latest findings and examples of appropriate strategies
used to manage technology and innovation.
206
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
SECTION 4: PART E – UOWD ORGANISATIONAL CHART
207
SECTION 4: PART F – FULL TIME FACULTY
ACADEMIC YEAR
INFORMATION 2007/08
(A) College of Business (COB) – Full Time Faculty 2007/08 Academic Year
NAME
Dr. Lejla Vrazalic (Chair)
RANK
Associate
Professor
Professor Roger Willett
Professor
Dr. Mohammad Khalili
Associate
Professor
Highest Degree
PhD, Information
Systems
PhD Accounting
Measurement Theory
PhD, Public Policy,
Public Admin and Intl
Relations
PhD, Web based
Consumer Behaviour
PhD, Workplace
Psychology
PhD, Business
Administration
Institution : Highest Degree
Earned
Year PHD Completed
University of Wollongong, Australia
2004
PhD, Aberdeen University
1986
Kent State University, Kent, Ohio
1982
University of Wales
2005
University of Queensland, Australia
2004
Dr. Alun Epps
Assistant Professor
Dr. Michael Willemyns
Assistant Professor
Dr. Prakash Vel Shankar
Assistant Professor
Dr.Jawahitha Sarabdeen
Assistant Professor
Dr. Ahmed Telfah
Assistant Professor
PhD, Law
PhD, Financial
Economics
Dr. Kanybek Sagynbekov
Assistant Professor
PhD, Economics
Dr. Munir Lutfi
Assistant Professor
PhD, Accounting
Dr.Arijit Sikdar
Dr.Melodena
Balakrishnan
Assistant Professor
IIM, Ahmedabad, India
Bharati Vidyapeet (Deemed
University), Pune, India
Dr. Naeem Mohammad
Assistant Professor
Dr. Payyazhi Jayashree
Assistant Professor
PhD, Management
PhD, Commerce &
Business Studies
PhD, International
Finance
PhD, Organizational
Behaviour
Dr. Alaa AlShawa
Assistant Professor
PhD, Economics
Iowa State University, USA
Dr. Swapna Koshy
Instructor
PhD, English Literature
University of Kerala, India
1999
Mrs. Asima Shirazi
Instructor
Masters, Economics of
Natural Resources
University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen,
Scotland, UK
1979
Mr. John Gladwin
Instructor
MSC International
Economics
Mrs. Nandini Kaul
Instructor
Ms. Ritu Sehgal
Instructor
Masters, Economics
Masters, Philosophy
Commerce
Ms. Mabel D'Lima
Instructor
Masters, English
Assistant Professor
2006
Madurai Kamaraj University, India
2006
Multimedia University, Malaysia
2003
University of New Orleans, USA
University of Mississipi
University of Glasgow, Glasgow,
UK
2006
1989
1997
2004
1998
Simon Fraser University
1998
Delhi University, India
1999
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Universite' d'Aixen Provence 3,
France
1974
Delhi School of Economics, India
1981
University of Delhi
1992
University of Mumbai
1996
208
(B) College of Information Technology – Full Time Faculty 2007/08 Academic Year
RANK
Highest Degree
Institution : Highest Degree Earned
Year PHD
Completed
Associate Professor
PhD in Electronic
Engineering
Nottingham University, UK
1998
Assistant Professor
PhD in Electrical
Engineering
University of Wollongong, Australia
Dr. Abdellatif Tchantchane
Assistant Professor
PhD Title : Physics
( option : Nuclear
Physics)
Thesis : Software
Development
Farhat Abbas University, Algeria
Dr. Farhad Oroumchian
Associate Professor
PhD in Computer
Science
Dr. Halim Khelalfa
Associate Professor
PhD in Computer
Science
Dr. Nidhal Abdulaziz
Associate Professor
PhD in Electrical
and Computer
Systems
Engineering
Monash University, Clayton, Australia
Assistant Professor
PhD in Computer
Science (Network
and Distributed
Systems)
University of Montreal, Canada
Instructor
PhD in Computer
Science
Banasthali University, India
Mr. Jaspreet Singh
Teaching Assistant
Bachelors,
Computer Science
(Software
Development)
University of Wollongong in Dubai
Ms. Zeenath Khan
Teaching Assistant
Masters (MIB)
University of Wollongong in Dubai
NAME
Dr. Farhad Keissarian
(Chair)
Dr. Catherine Todd
Dr. Mohamed Salem
Dr. Soly Mathew
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2006
2005
Syracuse University, New York, USA
1995
Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago,
USA
1985
2001
2002
2005
209
2003
2003
(C)
College of Graduate Studies (CGS) – Full Time Faculty 2007/08 Academic Year
NAME
RANK
Dr. Cedwyn Fernandes
(Chair)
Prof. Nabil Baydoun
Dr. Ashraf Mahate
Dr. David Van Over
Dr. Kamal Jaafar
Highest Degree
Associate Professor
Professor
Associate Professor
Associate Professor
Assistant Professor
PhD, Economics
PhD, International
Accounting
PhD, Finance &
Economics
PhD, MIS
Institution : Highest Degree Earned
Year PHD
Completed
Bombay University
1988
University of East Anglia, England, UK
1991
City University Business School,
London, UK
1998
Houston University
1988
PhD, Structural
Engineering
Cambridge University, UK
University of Newcastle
2005
Dr. Julia Connell
Associate Professor
PhD, Management
Dr. Michael Thorpe
Associate Professor
PhD, Economics
Dr. Albert Tan
Assistant Professor
PhD, Supply Chain
Management
Dr. Peter Hosie
Associate Professor
PhD, Business
Administration
University of Western Australia
Prof T.P. Ghosh
Visiting Professor
Phd.
University of Burdwan, India
Assistant Professor
Ph.D. in Economics
Kanpur University India
Dr. Ajit Karnik
Professor
PhD, Economics
University of Mumbai, India
Prof Raed Awamleh
Dean, Associate
Professor
PhD, Organizational
Behaviour
University of Mississippi, USA
Dr. Sumit Mitra
Assistant Professor
PhD, Management
IIM, Ahmedabad
Mr. Alaa Garad
Assistant Professor
MQM
University of Wollongong in Dubai
Dr. Gwendolyn Rodrigues
Assistant Professor
PhD, Commerce
University of Mumbai, India
1998
Dr. Lien Els
Assistant Professor
PhD, Educational
Management
University of Pretoria, South Africa
1989
Dr. Ravindra Saxena
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2000
Florida State University
1993
Nanyang Technological University
2005
2004
1988
1988
1985
1997
1999
2002
210
Mr. Nawar Hakeem
Ms. Pallavi Kishore
Associate Professor
Academic Advisor
MBA, General
Ph.D. (Final Stage)
University of Wollongong
MIB
University of Wollongong in Dubai
1997
2006
Ms Pauline Forte
Teaching Assistant
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
Msc in Applied
Mathematics
(Actuarial Science)
V5 11 Dec 07
University of The Philippines
2003
211
SECTION 5: STUDENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
5.1
INTRODUCTION
UOWD seeks to create a healthy and enjoyable learning environment whilst seeking to
enrich the learning experiences for all UOWD students. UOWD is dedicated to the
promotion and development of the cultural, social, ethical and intellectual development
for all UOWD students. Students become responsible and effective individuals within
society with clear and coherent values and adhering to the highest ethical standards.
UOWD recognizes the significance of a student’s development providing a distinct
campus community lifestyle, whist enhancing an individual’s learning experience.
UOWD offers a range of services and programs which are designed to assist you with
your studies and your personal and professional development as you progress through
your degree. Services are offered through several departments: Student Services,
Residential Services and Property & Services are non-academic service providers.
The UOWD website provides information about non-academic support services
available to you during your time at UOWD:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Leadership and Development Programs
Student Representative Council
Health Services
Counseling Services
Career Services
Internships
Financial Assistance
Sports & Recreation Services
Student Clubs
International Student Services
Alumni Services
Transportation
Student Accommodation
5.2 MISSION AND GOALS OF THE STUDENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
Students entering into the University of Wollongong in Dubai are enriched with a
variety of exciting opportunities. UOWD provides a platform for international students
to share their knowledge and experiences whilst integrating in one of the world's most
rapidly developing multicultural societies.
The first year of a student's university life is a crucial time in his or her education.
UOWD's Student Services Department recognizes the significance of a student's
development providing a distinct campus community lifestyle, while enhancing an
individual's learning experience.
The Student Service Department plays a vital role in campus community life. The
Department provides career and personal counseling services and referrals, career
development advice and placement assistance, student extracurricular activities,
student clubs and associations, sports and recreational programs, health services and
alumni services.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
212
Our Mission
The Student Services Department supports the overall mission and purpose of UOWD
through the provision of the highest quality support and services for students.
Departmental functions assist in the orientation, transition, retention and eventual
graduation of UOWD students. The overall personal and professional development of
students is the primary goal of the University, striving to empower individuals in their
chosen professional careers.
Our Purpose and Goals
The purpose of the Student Services Department at UOWD is to assist students with
the integration and participation in the University of Wollongong in Dubai student
community. In addition, the department provides services to help students attain their
professional and personal goals.
The goals of the Student Services Department are:
1. To support the purpose and goals of the University.
2. To provide student related support services that will enable students to become
effective and efficient individuals, enhancing both their knowledge and
experiences.
3. To provide opportunities for students to practice ethical behaviours that is
important in the global workplace and society.
4. To provide students with opportunities and experiences that promotes selfdiscipline, self-assurance and mastering of personal and professional
development.
5. To instil integrity, determination, judgement, motivation, ability and education in
students in preparation for their future endeavours.
"Respect tradition, learn from experience,
encourage & support creativity,
embrace change & the opportunity it brings."
5.3 LEADERSHIP AND DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
S.T.A.R. Leadership Program
S.T.A.R. stands for Students Taking Active Roles and is an extra-curricular program
that you complete simultaneously with your studies. This program is run through the
Student Services Coordinator.
The program has been designed to develop your leadership abilities and enhance your
employability when you graduate.
S.T.A.R. offers you a range of interactive workshops, one-on-one training,
developmental activities and projects, seminars, competitions and internships to
choose from. Many of the existing programs, activities, seminars and workshops are
incorporated into the S.T.A.R. program. Completion of certain activities is compulsory
within the scope of the program; other activities are elective.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
213
You can earn prizes by achieving point targets throughout the program as well as a
Certificate of Accomplishment when you complete it, but the true reward will be your
enhanced employability upon graduation.
You can find out more about S.T.A.R. from the Student Services Section of the
University’s website, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,18 or by
contacting the Student Services Coordinator in office 016, Block 5,
Tel No.: (04) 390 1405; Email StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
University Student Awards
The University Student Awards recognizes those UOWD students who demonstrate
outstanding university spirit through their involvement and leadership in the UOWD
student community during the academic year.
University Spirit Award
The University Spirit Award recognizes UOWD students who demonstrate outstanding
university spirit through their involvement and leadership in the student community
during the academic year.
The University Spirit Award selection criteria include demonstrated leadership and/or
active participation during the academic year (Autumn & Spring sessions) in any of the
following areas:
• Student clubs
• Event organization
• Academic competitions
• UOWD internships
• Intercon and/or reach out mentoring program
• Student representation (src)
• Organized sports teams
• Project/group leadership
• Charity work
This involvement must be on-going throughout the academic year and significant in
nature. This award is self-nominated. The Award winner receives a crystal trophy, a
certificate and a monetary prize. The recipient’s name will also be engraved on the
permanent University Spirit Award.
The selection panel may also award an Honourable Mention to one other student who
receives a certificate and a monetary prize.
Sportsperson of the Year Award
The Sportsperson of the Year Award recognizes UOWD students who demonstrate
outstanding conduct, involvement and leadership in the UOWD sports teams during
the academic year. Good sportsmanship is a great tradition in sports and competition
that means playing clean and handling both victory and defeat with grace, style, and
dignity.
The Sportsperson of the Year Award selection criteria will include demonstrated
leadership and active participation during the academic year (Autumn & Spring
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
214
sessions) in one of the standing sports teams, non-standing sports teams and/or other
sports activities.
This involvement must be on-going throughout the academic year. This award is selfnominated. The Sportsperson of the Year Award winner receives a crystal trophy, a
certificate and a monetary prize. The recipient’s name will also be engraved on the
Sportsperson of the Year plaque.
The selection panel may also choose to award an Honourable Mention to one other
student receives a certificate and a monetary prize.
Intern of the Year
The UOWD intern who displays the most conscientious approach to his/her internship
will be recognized with the Intern of the Year Award each May. (Open only to internal
UOWD internship participants)
The selection criteria includes:
• Timeliness
• Contributions to intern projects
• Demonstrated leadership
• Initiative
• Customer Service
• Team work
The Award Recipient is selected by the Student Services Department.
The Intern of the Year Award winner receives a plaque, a certificate and a monetary
prize. The recipient’s name will also be engraved on the Intern of the Year plaque.
Several new awards will be launched during 2007-2008 academic year.
Outstanding Student Club
One Student Club or Association that displays outstanding organization will be
recognized with the Outstanding Student Club Award.
The selection criteria include:
• Held regular club meetings during the course of the academic year
• hosted at least two club activities per semester
• had an agenda for development
• Participated in Club Daze and Welcome Week activities
• Participated in Multicultural Festival
The Award Recipient is selected by the Student Services Department.
The Award winning club’s Executive members receive individual medals and a
certificate. The Club will receive a monetary prize of additional funding for club
activities in the following year. The winning club will also have their club’s name
engraved on the Outstanding Student Club plaque.
(SSD reserves the right not to award this Award if it determines there are no
outstanding clubs during the academic year.)
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
215
Student Service Award
This award recognizes outstanding volunteerism by a student and consistently over the
course of the academic year and/or intensively for a particular project in SSD projects
and initiatives and/or assisted in club projects and events.
This award encompasses:
• UniCrew activities
• Reach Out mentoring
• InterCon mentoring
• Student Club activities
• Other University activities
Volunteerism must be significant in nature. This award is self-nominated. The Award
recipient receives a crystal trophy, a certificate and a monetary prize. The recipient’s
name will also be engraved on the Student Service Award plaque.
Outreach Award
This award recognizes students who have brought honor to the University through their
charitable work and projects in the community. The Charity work must be significant in
nature and should be on-going. This award is self-nominated.
The Award Recipient receives a crystal trophy, a certificate and a monetary prize. The
recipient’s name will also be engraved on the Outreach Award plaque.
Super S.T.A.R. Award
This award is for participants in the S.T.A.R. Leadership Award and recognizes the
student who accumulates the most S.T.A.R. points during the Academic year, while
completing the program.
The award recipient is determined by the Student Services Department.
The award recipient will receive a crystal trophy, a certificate and a monetary prize and
will attend the Leadership summit at Hatta Fort Hotel.
You can find out more about the University Student Awards from the Student Life
section of the University’s website
(http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,16) or by contacting the Student
Services Coordinator in office 006, Block 5, Tel No.: (04) 390 1405
Email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
UniCrew Program
UniCrew is a program that provides you with valuable volunteer work experience.
UniCrew members have a variety of fun and interesting duties during the course of a
semester. Some areas you will be involved in include:
• Assisting at enrolment days
• Assisting at Welcome Week
• Assisting at workshops and activities
• Leading campus tours
• Being the face of the university to new students
• Participating in key promotions and research activities
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
216
UniCrew volunteers need to be confident communicators who are reliable and
responsible and, most importantly, interested in helping others. If you are accepted into
the UniCrew, you receive a UniCrew uniform shirt and free food and refreshments at
events.
A Certificate of Accomplishment is awarded to those students who successfully
complete the program at the annual Leadership Gala. UniCrew is a valuable way to
gain work experience in a real workplace situation and have fun at the same time –
and it will look good on your CV.
If you are interested in becoming a member of the UniCrew, you must complete
application form and submit it to the Student Services Coordinator.
Application forms can be downloaded from the Student Services section of the
University’s website, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2
They are also available from the Student Services Coordinator in office 016, Block 5,
Tel No.: (04) 390 1405, email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
5.4 STUDENT REPRESENTATIVE COUNCIL
The Student Representative Council (SRC) is the key student group which represents
all students at UOWD. The SRC’s vision is to work with the University administration
to best serve student needs and complement the University’s objectives through the
provision of personal development opportunities and activities which meet the
intellectual, cultural and social needs of all its members.
The objectives of the SRC are generally to promote and protect the interests of the
members of the student body by:
•
Performing a recognized means of communication between the members of the
student body and other groups within the University.
•
Representing the members of the student body in all matters affecting their
common interests.
•
Promoting the social, intellectual, cultural and professional life of the members of
the student body.
•
Promoting information sharing and other activities of a social, cultural, intellectual
or professional interest.
SRC members represent UOWD on the Knowledge Village DSSP Student Advisory
Committee. This committee offers guidance to Knowledge Village’s Student Services
Dept. on activities planned by Knowledge Village for all the universities and institutes
at KV. The KV DSSP Student Advisory Committee meets monthly during the
academic year. Within UOWD, an SRC representative sits on the UOWD External
Advisory Board and on the UOWD Library Committee.
The SRC consists of 9 representatives. Six of the offices of the SRC are elected by
the student body; the remaining three positions are appointed by a selection panel
which includes the Dean Academic Affairs, Manager Student Services, SRC PresidentElect and one representative from the Education Committee. The elected offices
include President, Communications Officer, Secretary and Treasurer and 2 general
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
217
members; the appointed offices include Postgraduate Liaison, Treasurer and 1 general
member.
The SRC holds regular student forums during the sessions and submits forum reports
(including PG report) to the Manager Student Services. The Manager Student
Services works with the SRC and the University Executive to action the issues raised.
The SRC works with the Student Services Department to ensure a wide range of
services and activities are provided throughout the academic year. They also engage
in on-going community out-reach projects throughout the academic year. The SRC is
also responsible for the year-end prom dance each May, which is organized through
the Prom Sub-Committee (see below for more information).
Elections are held each April for the elected offices of the SRC. The nominations open
in early-April. The campaign period runs through to late April, followed by the elections.
You can run for election as part of a slate of candidates (slates must comply with
specific membership criteria), run individually as a general member, or apply for one of
the appointed offices of the SRC. Application forms for the appointed positions will be
available during the election period from the Student Services Coordinator and in the
Student Lounge.
If you are interested in running for election, either as a member of a slate or as an
individual general member, or applying for an appointed office, you must meet the
following criteria*:
•
•
•
Currently enrolled as a full-time student
No major disciplinary action on record
No outstanding fines or payments
*Certain offices have additional nomination criteria that have to be met in addition to
the above criteria.
Newly elected / appointed SRC members officially take office at the start of the
Undergraduate Autumn session. The term of office is from September of the year
elected through to August of the following year, in compliance with the undergraduate
academic year (Autumn, Spring & Summer sessions).
You can find out more information about the SRC on the Student Services section of
the University’s website, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,7, or you
can contact any of the SRC members or the Student Services Coordinator in office
016, Block 5,
Tel No.: (04) 390 1405, email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
SRC Office 002, Block 5
Email: SRC@uowdubai.ac.ae
SRC Volunteer Sub-Committees
Even if you are not interested in serving as part of the Student Representative Council,
the SRC provides other opportunities for you to become involved on a volunteer basis.
Postgraduate Sub-Committee of the Student Representative Council
The Post-Graduate Sub-Committee addresses issues relevant to postgraduate
students. The Postgraduate Sub-Committee is chaired by the SRC Postgraduate
Liaison.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
218
The Committee consists of a maximum of five members: four general members and
the Postgraduate Liaison (one of the elected positions of the SRC) for a total
membership of five members. General members of the Postgraduate Sub-Committee
volunteer for a term of one academic year. You must be a post-graduate student to be
a member of the Postgraduate Sub-Committee.
Postgraduate students interested in joining the Postgraduate Sub-Committee should
contact any of the SRC Committee members by email: SRC@uowdubai.ac.ae or the
Student Services Coordinator in office 016, Block 5, Tel No.: (04) 390 1405; email:
StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
Prom Sub-Committee of the Student Representative Council
A Prom Sub-Committee of final-year undergraduate students works with the SRC to
organize the annual undergraduate Prom Dance. The Prom Dance is held at the end
of the final examinations for the undergraduate Spring semester.
The Prom Sub-Committee is on a volunteer basis for a term running from February June. Membership consists of a maximum of five members: four general members
and one member of the SRC. General members on the Prom Sub-Committee
volunteer for a 5 month term. You must be in your final year of undergraduate studies
to be a member of the Prom Sub-Committee.
Final year students interested in joining the Prom Sub-Committee should contact any
of the SRC Committee members by email: SRC@uowdubai.ac.ae or the Student
Services Coordinator in office 016, Block 5, Tel No.:
(04) 3901405, email:
StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae.
5.5 HEALTH SERVICES
Medical Centre
Maintaining your good health is an essential part of your success at UOWD. Staying
healthy through eating a well-balanced diet, getting enough sleep and regular physical
activity is an important aspect in achieving academic success.
The UOWD Medical Centre is a primary health care facility, which provides
professional medical and health services for you.
These services include health
promotion and disease prevention, care during acute and chronic phases of illness,
and outside referrals when appropriate.
The Medical Centre staff members recognize the basic human rights of all patients
who seek treatment. Students will be treated with respect, consideration and
confidentiality. The Medical Centre provides short-term health care for the common
problems seen in University students. The professional staff provides supportive care
and information whether students have a health emergency, a specification concern, or
are just not sure of how to take care of themselves.
All current registered undergraduate and graduate students are automatically eligible
to avail of the services provided by the Medical Centre. Upon admission to the UOWD
every full time student is encouraged to report to the Medical Centre and complete a
health history, physical and immunization report form.
There is no charge for treatment at the Medical Centre. Students are responsible for
the cost of laboratory tests and x-rays performed outside the centre, and expenses
incurred when referred to an off-campus physician or hospital. Should specialized
care be required the Medical Clinic can arrange an appropriate referral. The Medical
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
219
Centre also works with the counseling service to assist students in a crisis. The
medical personnel make referrals at the Medical Centre from a list of private
specialists. All costs associated with outside referrals are the responsibility of the
student.
Facilities and equipments available:
• Blood pressure monitor
• Blood Sugar Test Kit
• Blood Grouping
• Examination bed
• Wheel chair
• Oxygen Cylinder (with nasal cannula and face mask)
• Nebulizer for asthmatics
• Peak Flow Meter (Test for Respiratory functions)
• Height and weight scale + BMI
• ENT diagnostic set
• Portable water facilities for drinking
• 7 First Aid kits (distributed to UOWD and Residences)
• Health bulletin boards
• Emergency bus
Services covered include:
• Services are provided with no charge for treatment and use of facilities and
equipments in the Medical Centre.
• The UOWD Medical Centre inventories provide several medications that are
available at no extra charge to the students and general staff.
• Routine clinic visits and supervision with Registered Physician
• Registered Nurse will see patients on drop in basis
• Health counselling
• Referrals when necessary
• First Aid Treatment
• Health Education / Health Seminars (Well-Being Program “All About Skin”, Health
& Fitness Seminar, Blood Donation Campaign, etc)
• Physical check-up
• Health promotion (Blood Sugar Check, Blood Grouping, Haemoglobin Check,
etc…)
In an emergency on campus, the Medical Centre staff will be called. They will respond
to assess the situation. If an ambulance is needed, they will arrange to move the
patient immediately to a local hospital. Parents are informed immediately.
A qualified registered nurse is on duty during normal office timings; a qualified doctor
consults on campus two afternoons a week.
Medical Centre timings: 9:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. Sunday - Thursday
Doctor’s visiting hours: 1:00 p.m. – 3:00 p.m. Sunday & Tuesday
Room 015, Block 5
Tel: (04) 390 0619
Email: MaricelMaravillas@uowdubai.ac.ae ;
Doctor’s email address: NomaSalman@uowdubai.ac.ae
Health Education Seminars
The Medical Centre plays an active role in educating the university community and
promoting health on campus. Health programs include seminars on smoking, diabetes,
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
220
personal hygiene, CPR training, drug abuse and obesity as well as other topics of
interest to students.
Emphasis is placed on making UOWD a healthy and safe place to study and work.
You can find out more about health seminars and other health related events on the
Student Services section of the University’s website,
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2 or by contacting the Medical Centre.
(See contact details above).
Check the calendar of events on the University website’s homepage frequently for new
health related events and activities.
5.6 COUNSELLING SERVICES
Personal Counseling
UOWD’s Student Counsellor provides the opportunity for students to discuss, in
complete confidence, those issues and concerns relating to personal development,
relationship difficulties, family conflicts, coping with stress, grief, and bereavement as
well as study and course difficulties. This service is provided free of charge to all
UOWD students in a safe environment. For more serious issues, students are offered
referrals to local qualified and experienced professional psychologists, counsellors,
psychiatrists and therapists. The fees charged by the referral service will be paid by
the student directly to the service provider.
Please contact the Student Counsellor to make an appointment or drop by the
Counselling office in Block 5, ground floor, Office 005.
E-mail: MaryemHelmy@uowdubai.ac.ae
Tel No.: (04) 390 0453
Personal Development Workshops
The Student Counselor plays an active role in providing personal development
services to the university community. Workshops on topics such as time management,
stress management, handling exam anxiety and more are offered throughout the
semester.
You can find out more about the personal development workshops and other related
events on the Student Services section of the University’s website,
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2, or by contacting the Student
Counselor. (See contact details above).
Check the calendar of events on the University website’s homepage frequently for new
personal development related events and activities.
5.7 CAREER SERVICES
The employment market can be extremely competitive and it is sometimes difficult to
find a great job as a fresh graduate, particularly if you do not have work experience.
UOWD offers a range of career services to help our students overcome this hurdle. By
availing of these services, you can improve your employability and thereby improve
your employment opportunities.
The Career Advisors carries out individual and group advising coupled with career
workshops to assist students with career and life planning. The Career Advisors offer
assistance with each and every stage of your career development in order to facilitate
a successful transition from university student to career-minded individual by:
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
221
•
•
•
Providing job-skill training on campus
Developing employer relations leading to internship opportunities for students
Providing employment opportunities to students
Career Development Services at UOWD
A comprehensive package of information and training is available to assist you
throughout your enrolment in UOWD. This includes individual counselling by a
qualified career advisor, seminars, drop-in information sessions, skills workshops,
mock-interview practice, career fairs, on-line job postings, noticeboard job postings,
information handouts, a career resource library, internships, unpaid and paid work
experience, and leadership programs.
The Career Advisor runs programs and activities to assist students in preparing
themselves for entry into the workforce throughout the year. This includes:
Individual Career Counseling
Students may make appointments to meet with the Career Advisor for career
counseling on a one-to-one basis during normal office timings.
Seminars
Regular seminars on careers in a variety of industries and companies are scheduled
throughout the year. Specialized guest speakers are invited to speak with students
about specific careers and employment opportunities within various career paths.
Career Advisors generally utilizes companies who have recruited UOWD students
previously and Alumni members as a source of guest speakers.
Drop-in sessions
Career advisors hold a weekly drop-in session during University timings for students to
receive assistance with the preparation of their CV, practice interview techniques and
to have career questions answered. These drop-in sessions are targeted at all levels
of employment seekers.
Skills Workshops
Career Advisors regularly organize lunchtime and half day workshops to provide
intensive information and skills development to students. Topics include intensive CV
and cover letter preparation, mock interviews, personal appearance, how to find
employment opportunities. To ensure a professional presentation of students’ CVs,
the career advisor does not accept students CVs into the CV database unless the CV
is prepared in accordance with the skills outlined in the workshops.
Mock-Interviews
Students can receive guidance and practice their interviewing skills by meeting on a
one-to-one basis with the career advisor, attending drop-in sessions or workshops.
Career Fairs
The Career Advisors organize an annual career fair to which employers are invited to
meet with students and discuss employment opportunities and requirements for
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
222
positions within their organization and to collect CVs of qualified, interested graduating
students.
On-line job postings
The Career Advisors post all employment opportunities (both full time and part time)
on-line on the University’s website. Students may apply and submit their CV through
the on-line employment program, SniperHire.
Notice board job postings
The Career Advisors also post all employment opportunities on designated Career
notice boards located in Blocks 5 and 15. Students submit applications for full time
positions through the on-line employment program, SniperHire.
For part time
positions, students usually apply direct to the company advertising the vacancy.
Information handouts
The Career Advisors provide detailed information handouts to students on topics such
as career choices, CV preparation, and interview preparation.
Career Resources
A variety of books, magazines and other resource material on careers and
employment are provided for student use through the UOWD library.
Internships
The Career Advisors work with employers to develop internship opportunities for top
achieving UOWD students. See the section 5.8 for more details.
Work Experience
The Career Advisors frequently post part-time employment opportunities so students
can gain valuable work experience.
S.T.A.R Leadership Program
The S.T.A.R. Leadership program is an extensive program for personal and
professional development for students.
Website
Employment opportunities are listed on the student intranet pages of the University’s
website. Information on career development services is also available on-line through
the Student Services section of the University’s website,
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,6
Seminars and workshops occur throughout the year. Specific workshop titles will
include:
• Self Assessment and Choosing Your Career Direction
• Job Hunting Skills
• CV Writing
• Surviving Interviews Successfully
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
223
To avail of the career services offered, visit the career section of the Student Services
section of the University’s website, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,6
or contact one of the Career Advisors.
Office 004, Block 5
Email: CareerServices@uowdubai.ac.ae Tel No.: (04) 390 0629
Working while sponsored by UOWD
Generally if you are on the University’s student residence visa, you are not permitted to
work, regardless of whether the position is paid or unpaid.
The University will allow sponsored students to work under the following conditions:
ƒ
ƒ
You are working directly for the University of Wollongong in Dubai
You are working in a work placement directly linked to your studies
Approval to work will be based on current education performance; nature and timeframe of employment opportunity and likely impact of employment workload on
educational performance.
Employment requests other than the above will be considered by the Registrar on a
case-by-case basis.
All requests in relation to employment, whether paid or unpaid, must be submitted in
writing to the Registrar for consideration.
5.8 INTERNSHIPS
Internships – Outside Companies: UOWD strives to provide its students with
opportunities to gain valuable work experience prior to graduation through internships
with multinational companies in Dubai. This program is targeted at final year students
who are available throughout the summer. This program allows students to gain work
experience, make important contacts within the business community and add work
experience to their CV. It should be noted that although some companies may offer a
stipend to students to cover expenses, generally these internships are on an unpaid
basis. Please contact the Career Advisor for more information.
International Internships:
UOWD is partnered with AIESEC (International
Association of Students in Economical Sciences and Commerce), a non-profit, nonpolitical, student-run organisation that facilitates the development of individuals,
communities and co-operation through international working experience.
AIESEC, through a formal agreement, currently offers UOWD students a range of
exchange programs as well as recruitment and orientation sessions that can lead to
international traineeship or developing professional skills. Further information can be
obtained from the local branch of the AIESEC office.
Office 022, ground floor, Block 5;
E-Mail: Dubai.ae@aiesec.net
Office Tel No.: (04) 390 0914
Internships within UOWD: UOWD provides internships within the University for
UOWD students. The purpose of the UOWD Internship Program is to provide you with
an opportunity and experience that promotes self-discipline, self-assurance, mastering
of personal and professional development and to instill integrity, determination,
judgment, and motivation in preparation for your future endeavors.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
224
These internships are usually semester by semester appointments and are targeted at
final year undergraduate and international postgraduate students who are available for
a contracted number of hours weekly.
These internships are advertised through the UOWD website and on the career notice
boards at the start of each autumn session; replacement recruitment may occur
throughout the year. Students can apply by submitting an application through the online employment database, SniperHire, whenever internships are advertised.
These internships are on a paid basis. Students receive a valuable work experience
while contributing to the University. A certificate of completion and a letter of reference
will be provided to those students who complete their internship. Internships are
currently offered in the Student Services department and I.T. department; internships
in the Marketing and External Relations department, Office for Institutional Quality and
Research will be added in the future.
Student Tutor Scheme
The Student Tutor Program offers extra academic help to undergraduate students
through tuition from other students. Student tutors must have an HD, or at least a D in
the subjects they wish to tutor.
If you would like to become a tutor, please contact: PELT office, room 137, Block 5, or
E-mail: pelt@uowdubai.ac.ae
UniContact (Marketing)
Occasional vacancies for students to assist with the Marketing Department’s regular
new student recruitment campaigns
•
•
Handling phone and E-Mail enquiries about UOWD courses and how to enrol.
Assisting at trade shows and external presentations
Student Services Administration Internships
Students are employed part time during sessions, full time during breaks.
•
•
Assisting the Student Services department with organization of events
General administrative tasks related mainly to the activities of the Sports
Coordinator, Careers Adviser, Student Services Coordinator and Manager
Student Services
• Directing enquiries from students and the general public to the relevant
departments
Please contact the Career Advisor for more information.
5.9 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Benevolent Fund
The Benevolent Fund provides limited financial assistance to full-time UOWD
undergraduate and postgraduate students in serious financial crisis due to medical or
other emergencies. Each application is reviewed by a Committee comprised of UOWD
staff and faculty who will interview each applicant to determine the merit of his/her
application. If the application is approved the Benevolent Fund Committee will decide
upon the amount to be awarded. This financial assistance is a one-time payment and
does not need to be paid back to the University.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
225
The Student Services Department oversees the allocation of the UOWD Benevolent
Fund. Application forms can be found in the Student Lounge as well as from Student
Services Coordinator, Medical Centre, and Student Counsellor. Contact the Manager
Student Services for further information.
Office 014, ground floor, Block 5;
E-Mail: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae Tel No.: (04) 390 0459
Office Timings: 8:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m., Sunday – Thursday.
Scholarships
UOWD aims to recognize, encourage and reward the merit and excellence of students
through the award of scholarships. The scholarship will cover 100% of tuition fees
each semester, for the normal duration of the degree program, so long as the required
academic standards (grades) are maintained. The scholarships are given in two
categories – ENTRY LEVEL and CONTINUING LEVEL. Entry level scholarships will
only be available to potential full-time undergraduate and graduate students enrolling
in their first semester (Autumn) each year i.e. for students who have not previously
been enrolled in a program of study with UOWD. Continuing level scholarships are for
students who have previously been awarded a scholarship and whose academic
progress meets the requirements necessary to remain eligible for that scholarship. The
various scholarships awarded by UOWD are:
a) UOWD Outstanding Academic Excellence Scholarships
b) UOWD Emirati Leadership Scholarships
c) UOWD Humanitarian and Community Scholarships
d) UAE Business and Industry Scholarships
• Iranian Business Council
• Australian Business in the Gulf (ABIG)
• South African Business Council
e) UOWD Outstanding Sports Achievement Scholarship
5.10 SPORTS AND RECREATION SERVICES
Sports
Participation in sports clubs and teams, and recreational events and competitions
provides another enjoyable way to become part of the student community.
UOWD offers a range of fitness and recreation options for students.
individual sports run throughout the Autumn and Spring sessions.
Team and
UOWD offers students a chance to join a variety of sports teams. Regular training
sessions and competitions are held for:
Men’s Teams
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Women’s Teams
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Basketball
Table Tennis
Volleyball
Football
Cricket
Basketball
Table Tennis
Volleyball
Throw ball
Additionally, UOWD fields competitors for the following sports whenever competitions
are held:
ƒ Athletics
ƒ Billiards
ƒ Badminton
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
ƒ Chess
ƒ Swimming
V5 11 Dec 07
ƒ Squash
ƒ Bowling
226
UOWD sports teams participate in many inter-university and open tournaments
throughout the UAE as well as its own inter-university sport festival annually.
UOWD also organizes many intra-university competitions such as chess, pool, table
tennis, arm wrestling, foosball, play station, great stair race, etc.
Transportation to / from practices and competitions is provided. Students are issued
with uniforms for most sports at the beginning of the session and are required to
return the uniforms at the end of the session in good and clean condition. You can
pick up a sports sign-up form from the Sports and Recreation Coordinator in office
030B, Block 5, Tel: (04) 390 0478, email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae .
Sports Facilities
The Student Services Department provides students with access to a range of
sporting facilities. Specialized coaches allow students to get the most out of sporting
events at UOWD. Facilities and equipment are to be used in accordance with the
University’s rules and regulations. UOWD has many sports teams that participate in
both inter- and intra-university competitions in Dubai, Sharjah and Ajman.
UOWD sports events and practices are held in the near-by sports facilities. Cricket
practices are held at the Dubai Cricket Club. For further information contact the
Sports and Recreation Coordinator.
Recreation
Student Lounges & Activities Room
The Student Services Department manage the Student Lounges and Student Game &
Activities Room in Block 5 for UOWD students. Non-UOWD students are not
permitted to use these facilities.
Behaviour of students while using these facilities is subject to the UOWD Code of
Conduct as well as the Rules Governing the Use of the Student Lounges (PP-SS-DB3.1). The Rules are posted on the notice boards in both rooms 007, 022 and 013.
The rules are included in the Policies section of this publication.
Student Lounge: The student lounge is located on the ground floor of Block 5 in room
007 and is an area designed for relaxation and meeting with friends. Notices for
upcoming events are posted in the lounge so it is also a great place to catch up on
what’s happening around the University, Knowledge Village and Dubai. The lounge is
equipped with a plasma TV with satellite service for entertainment. The Coffee Planet
Café sells coffee, tea and snacks. Board games such as Cluedo, Pictionary,
Monopoly, playing cards, chess and backgammon are available for use in the lounges.
Activities Room: Located across the hall from the Student Lounge, the Activities Room
is equipped with:
ƒ Table tennis table
ƒ Pool table
ƒ Carrom board
ƒ Foosball table
ƒ Air hockey table
ƒ PlayStation 2 area
This room is also occasionally used for other student activities such as Dance Club
rehearsals, Karate training, debate team practices and more. Gambling or playing
games for money is strictly prohibited.
A security video camera is in operation at all times in this room.
The activities room may occasionally be closed to the general student population to
allow for club activities such as dance club rehearsals or recreational events to take
place.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
227
Ladies Only Lounge: The Ladies only Quiet Lounge is located on the ground floor of
Block 5 in room 022. This room is provided as an area for all female students (Muslim
and non-Muslim ladies are welcome to use the room) to relax in privacy. A privacy
screen in the room shields the lounge occupants from passers-by when the door is
open. The room is designed as a quiet area, suitable for talking or reading. No TV or
radio is provided. Please note this room is not intended to be used as a prayer room;
the ladies prayer room is located on the first floor of Block 5.
Recreation Events: Fun events and competitions such as chess competitions,
foozball tournaments, and arm wrestling competitions are held in the Activities room
on occasion. See the Sports & Recreation Coordinator for more information.
Office 030B, ground floor, Block 5; email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae
Office timings: 11:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.
Tel: (04) 390 0478
5.11 STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Student Services Department provides a range of opportunities to get students
involved in the University experience: student clubs & associations, competitions,
bands, DJs, events, seminars and theme days. Students are encouraged to
participate in event management and team leadership.
Calendar of Events
The on-line Calendar of Events on the University’s website shows all events scheduled
during the semester. Students can flip through the months to see upcoming events.
To find out the event details such as time, place, etc, just click on the event title. The
Calendar is updated every time a new event is added, so check the Calendar
frequently to stay up to date on activities and events.
Event Notification Service
By registering your contact details on the Student Services Notification database each
semester, you will automatically notified of all upcoming events by email and/or SMS.
Just provide the Student Services Coordinator with your name, student number,
program of study, mobile phone number and personal email account and you will be
notified of all upcoming events. (See contact details on page 4)
Student Events
Many of the student clubs organize activities for students throughout the semester. In
addition to events and activities organized by the student clubs, the Student Services
Department organizes several student events throughout the year.
¾
Welcome Lunch
On the first Wednesday afternoon of each undergraduate semester, UOWD’s
Student Services Department hosts a free lunch for all new and returning students.
There are fun competitions, lucky draws, a few quick presentations and
introductions, performances, student club presentations and sign-ups and more!
The date and time of the event is listed on the Calendar of Events. (This event is
not offered during the holy month of Ramadan.)
¾ Iftar Reception
During the holy month of Ramadan, Student Services hosts an Iftar reception for
UOWD students. All students are welcome to attend this event.
The date and time of the event is listed on the Calendar of Events.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
228
¾
End of Session Party
An end of session party is held on campus on the last day of regular scheduled
undergraduate classes. All students are welcome to attend this event.
The date and time of the event is listed on the Calendar of Events.
¾
Leadership Gala
Each May, at the end of the Academic year, the Student Services Department
hosts a gala luncheon for all students who have undertaken leadership roles during
the academic year. Executive members of student clubs, SRC representatives,
Team captains, UniCrew members and Intercon mentors, Interns and the winners
of the Student Awards are presented with their certificates of accomplishment,
prizes, etc. You can find out the date and time from the Calendar of Events link on
the University website homepage, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/calendar/
5.12
CLUBS, ASSOCIATIONS AND SOCIETIES
UOWD aims to create and maintain a community where each student is able to
pursue, through Student Clubs, various types and forms of activities in order to enrich
their student life.
The University provides an encouraging environment so that
students have the opportunity to pursue activities within the rules of the Campus.
Students are able to establish their own clubs or join existing clubs. Each club
consists of a group of interested students who actively share the duties necessary to
run the club effectively.
The University has a Student Services Coordinator, located on the ground floor, Block
5, Office 016, whose role is to supervise and assist Clubs in organizing the
management and activities of their Club.
Student Services Department may provide facilities for officially recognized clubs to
use such as photocopying, some office supplies, colour printer, space for meetings
and/or activities, laminators and binding depending upon availability.
All membership information is to be kept confidential and is to be stored in a secure
environment with limited or no access to this information by non-committee members.
Each Club must provide the Student Services Department with their membership
information and update it every six months.
Student clubs currently active on campus include the following clubs:
• Animal Lover's Club
• Arab Students Club
• Board Gamers Club
• Chinese Club
• Christian Fellowship Club
• Connexionz Club
• Cricket Club
• Dance Club
• Desi Club
• Events Club
• Fashions Club
• International Students Club
• Iranian Students Club
• Lighthouse Charity Club
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
229
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Muslim Students Association
Muzik Club
Outdoor Club
Pakistani Students Association
Performing Arts Club
Photography Club
Public Speaking & Debate Club
Recreational Club
Wollywood Drama Club
Youth Club
For further details about clubs see the UOWD Student Club Information which can be
viewed online on the UOWD website
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,5
Promotional Material (Including posters, tickets, flyers, brochures, banners, etc)
Student Clubs may prepare any type of promotional material they choose to promote
their Club and activities. However, all promotional material must clearly state the
name of the University in full – University of Wollongong in Dubai – or the correct
abbreviation – UOWD.
The crest of the University of Wollongong in Dubai represents the University. As such
its use must be in keeping with University policy including the UOWD Style Guide (PPCOR-DB-17.2). The dimensions of the crest and its colours cannot be altered.
The Student Services Department must stamp all promotional material prepared by the
Club prior to distribution to ensure the integrity of the University name and logo has
been maintained. Any unauthorized use of the University’s name and logo or
promotional material that does not include the University name and/or crest will result
in the removal of all promotional material, and may result, in some cases in the
suspension of funding.
Clubs are expressly forbidden from sending out letters on University letterhead, unless
the use of the letterhead has been approved and the letter is co-signed by an
authorized member of the Student Services Department.
Don’t see a club that interests you? Want to establish your own club? Come and
meet with the Student Services Coordinator in Office 016, Block 5 to find out how.
5.13 TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
For students who require transportation to and from the UOWD campus, the Property
and Services Department offers inexpensive bus transportation to and from points in
Ajman, Sharjah and Dubai. Air-conditioned, well maintained buses, driven by qualified
drivers offer an economical and convenient service for students. The cost is AED 475
per month for points in Sharjah and Ajman; AED 400 per month for points in Dubai.
Please contact the Bookshop for more information regarding schedules and payment
of UOWD bus fees. Room 1-18, 1st floor, KV2 (Block 15); Timings: 08:30 a.m. – 7:00
p.m., Sunday - Thursday
Public transportation is available to and from other destinations. It is safe, clean and
inexpensive. Students can avail of a student discount upon showing their Student ID
card. Bus 8A services Knowledge Village.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
230
Car Pooling or Ride Sharing
Students who want to arrange for transportation to/from University through private car
sharing can check the Student Service notice board, located on the ground floor of
Block 5 near the student lounge for availability of car shares from different parts of
Dubai, Sharjah and other areas. Prices are set by the individuals providing the
transportation and are generally determined by the distance and frequency of the
transportation provided. All arrangements are made directly through the individuals;
the University is not responsible for any part of the arrangements.
5.14
PRAYER ROOMS
UOWD provides separate men’s and women’s prayer rooms in Block 5 and Block 15.
At Block 5, the Men’s prayer room is located on the second floor; the Women’s prayer
room is located on the first floor.
At Block 15, the Men’s and Women’s prayer rooms are located in Room 1-21 on the
first floor.
Knowledge Village also provides larger separate prayer rooms for men and women in
Block 2A and Block 19.
5.15
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
UOWD publishes a student newsletter, “The Gong”, twice a semester in both electronic
and hardcopy formats. The on-line version is available at www.uowdubai.ac.ae. The
hardcopy version is available in the student lounges, reception area, library, coffee
planet kiosks and more. It is full of information, latest campus happenings and
updates on upcoming events and announcements. The newsletter acts as a platform
for the faculty, staff and the students to voice their opinions and concerns, and to share
common interests. Students are encouraged to send in their contributions as often as
they like to a wide variety of columns. Please contact Zeenath Khan, Editor-in-chief
for further information.
Office 110, first floor, Block 5; Tel No.: (04) 367 2469
E-Mail: Newsletter@uowdubai.ac.ae
5.16
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SERVICES
The Student Services department is committed and focused on ensuring our
international students, arriving in the United Arab Emirates for the first time, experience
an enjoyable transition across all aspects of their life with the University of Wollongong
in Dubai. UOWD organise a meet and greet service at the airport for our international
students, and arranges transportation to the student residences. The Student Service
Department organises information and orientation sessions and provides assistance
and other services, as required, to ensure our students are comfortable and adapt to
their new environment.
Student Services, through the Student Counsellor can assist students with a range of
issues such as orientation to the local area, homesickness, study difficulties, academic
concerns, budgeting, legal/accidents, health, personal problems, family emergencies
and other issues. The service is free and completely confidential. They can also help
international students meet other international students, who have experienced the
transition to life in the UAE, to provide friendship, support and advice.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
231
As a new international student, arriving in Dubai for the first time, your first few days
and weeks in Dubai and at UOWD will be particularly busy, exciting and at times
overwhelming. Remember that your first days are about settling in, having fun and
making new friends. The friendly staff in Student Services are here to help so don’t
hesitate to contact us with your questions or concerns.
International Student Advisors
Most services for international students are handled by the Student Services
Coordinator, Ms. Sora Tacio, and the Student Counsellor, Ms. Maryem Helmy. They
will help you make the transition to your new home as easy as possible. If you have
any questions or concerns, feel free to contact them or drop by their offices in Block 5.
Student Services Coordinator – Ms. Sora Tacio
Office 016, Block 5 Tel No.: (04) 390 1405
Email: SoraTacio@uowdubai.ac.ae
Student Counsellor – Ms. Maryem Helmy
Office 005, Block 5 Tel No.: (04) 390 0453
Email: MaryemHelmy@uowdubai.ac.ae
International Student Handbook
In order to make your journey and early days in Dubai as trouble free as possible, the
Student Services Department has published the International Student Handbook. It is
packed with valuable information that will help your transition into this new and
exhilarating time of your life. It will serve as a useful reference from before you leave
home to the time you first arrive at the airport through to the completion of your studies
with UOWD. See the on-line Calendar of Events to find out when and where these
workshops are scheduled or drop by the office of the Student Services Co-ordinator.
The information provided in the handbook will help you prepare for a successful
transition to university life at UOWD. Read through the sections carefully. Information
is grouped into main sections for easy reference. The pre-departure and post-arrival
checklists provided will also help you prepare for your journey.
There are on-line resources listed throughout the handbook; we encourage you to visit
these sites whenever you need more detailed information.
International Student Program
The International Student Program (ISP) involves activities that contribute to your wellbeing and assimilation to Dubai and University life. In additional to the Welcome Week
activities and Welcome Workshop, the Student Services Department holds additional
workshops during the first weeks of the Autumn session on topics such as
Multiculturalism, Budgeting, Making New Friends, Conflict Resolution, Health and
Wellness, Academic Matters and more.
UOWD also organizes excursions to places of interest in Dubai and the surrounding
Emirates throughout the session. If you wish to find out more about this program or to
be contacted about upcoming events please contact the Student Services Coordinator.
International Student Welcome Workshop
International Student Welcome Workshop was created to help international students
living in Dubai for the first time. Information at the Welcome Workshop covers services
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
232
and facilities on campus and in Dubai, adapting to a foreign country and living in a
multi-cultural environment, budgeting and more.
All international students receive an international student pack filled with useful
information about Dubai, including a complimentary copy of the Dubai Explorer.
Check the Student Services section of the University’s website,
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2 for the scheduled date of your
Welcome Workshop.
If You Miss the Orientation Events or International Student Workshop
If you arrive in Dubai after the above events have taken place, please contact the
Student Services Coordinator as soon as you arrive. The Coordinator will assist you
through the necessary processes and help you get settled in to University life quickly.
InterCon Peer Support Program – Helping International Students Connect
The InterCon Peer Support Program connects new international students with
experienced international students to provide support in your first weeks and months in
Dubai. Your InterCon Mentor will provide you with helpful advice, practical solutions
and a friendly face to talk to.
You need to sign up for InterCon when you first arrive in Dubai to be connected with
one of the InterCon Student Mentors. Contact the Student Services Coordinator or
Student Counsellor to request an InterCon mentor.
Once you have been in Dubai for one or more years, you can apply to become an
InterCon Mentor yourself. In addition to the satisfaction of helping new students
through the process of settling in, mentors are paid a stipend for their services.
You can find out more about InterCon from the Student Services section of the
University’s website, http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2, or you can
contact the Student Services Coordinator.
City Tour
UOWD wants you to feel at home in Dubai as quickly as possible, so we offer a free
guided city tour of Dubai to help familiarize yourself with the city. The tour is normally
scheduled for the first weekend of the semester. Sign-up forms will be distributed at
the International Student Welcome. If you wish to participate, simply complete the
form and hand it in at the end of the seminar. This tour is available only if you have
arrived in Dubai at the time it is scheduled. Regrettably, we are not able to provide this
tour if you arrive after the first week of the semester.
International Student Club
The International Student Club holds regular meetings that allow you to meet others
who have been through the experience of adapting to a new culture and environment.
The International Student Club, in conjunction with the Student Services Department,
organizes visits to various points of interest in Dubai and UAE throughout the
semester.
To become involved contact the Student Services Coordinator or Student Counselor.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
233
5.17 ACADEMIC SUPPORT
UOWD offers all students the services of academic advisors to assist them in
academic and course selections. Specific staff from each College has been allocated
this task. Specific details regarding consultation timings and contact details can be
found posted on student notice boards and advisors’ doors on campus. For further
information students should contact:
As of September 2007 the College of Business Advisors are:
Mrs. Asima Shirazi
Room 1-14, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2434
E-mail: AsimaShirazi@uowdubai.ac.ae
Mrs. Nandini Kaul
Room 1-13, Block 15, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2457
E-mail: NandiniKaul@uowdubai.ac.ae
Mrs. Ritu Sehgal
Room 1-04, Block 5, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 390 0609
E-mail: RituSehgal@uowdubai.ac.ae
College of IT Advisors:
Dr. Halim Khelalfa
Room 105-6, Block 14, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 367 2476
E-mail: HalimKhelalfa@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Nidhal Abdulaziz
Room 108, Block 5, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2490
E-mail:
NidhalAbdulaziz@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Farhad Oroumchian
Room 1-09, Block 5, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2482
E-mail:
FarhadOroumchian@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Catherine Todd
E-mail: TchanLatif@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Mohammed-Vall Mohamed Salem
Room 1-25, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 367 2465
E-mail :
MohamedSalem@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Soly Mathew Biju
Room 2-01, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 375 3068
E-mail:
SolyMathewBiju@uowdubai.ac.ae
Mrs. Zeenath Reza Khan
Room 110, Block 5, Knowledge Village
Tel: 04 367 2469
E-mail: ZeenathKhan@uowdubai.ac.ae
Room 1-01, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 367 2432
E-mail:
CatherineTodd@uowdubai.ac.ae
College of Graduate Studies
Advisors:
Dr. Abdellatif Tchantchane
Room 1-27, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 390 0407
Ms. Pallavi Kishore
Room 1-15, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 367 2480
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
234
Email: PallaviKishore@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Lien Els
Room 2-06, Block 15, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04-367 2427
Email: LienEls@uowdubai.ac.ae
Dr. Gwendolyn Rodrigues
Room 1-16, Block 14, Knowledge
Village
Tel: 04 367 2431
Email:
GwendolynRodrigues@uowdubai.ac.ae
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
235
5.18
ALUMNI SERVICES
Alumni Association: The word "alumni" refers to graduates of a university, college or
school. UOWD's Alumni Association strives to strengthen the relationship between
UOWD graduates and the University and with each other; to foster a lifelong intellectual
and emotional connection between the University and its graduates; and to provide the
University with goodwill and support.
The UOWD Alumni Association achieves these goals by:
• Offering graduates tangible opportunities for involvement in the life and support of
UOWD.
•
Communicating the achievements and concerns of alumni to the University and to
each other, and the accomplishments, aspirations and needs of the University to its
alumni.
•
Creating a network of alumni leaders willing and able to contribute to the continued
advancement of the University, its students and its graduates.
The UOWD Alumni Association works collaboratively with and in support of the
University to implement programs and services for the benefit of the University’s alumni.
UOWD Alumni Association Governance
The UOWD Alumni Association is directed by a Committee of UOWD graduates, elected
to the Committee for a one-year term. The term of office can, at the discretion of the
Dean Academic Affairs be extended to two years. The Alumni Committee works in
conjunction with UOWD, through the Student Services Department to develop programs
and services of interest to the UOWD Alumni.
UOWD Alumni Association Membership
Membership in the UOWD Alumni Association is complimentary. Automatic lifetime
membership is conferred upon degree recipients of all Colleges of the University. But to
avail of many of the services provided to UOWD graduates, you will need the UOWD
Alumni Membership card.
The UOWD Alumni Membership card is AED 175 per year and entitles the graduate to
the following services:
• Library Membership
• Computer Lab access
• Career Services access
• Counselling access
• Medical Centre access
• Alumni Discounts
The membership period is from February each year to end of the following January. The
membership fee is pro-rated on a monthly basis.
UOWD Alumni Membership Card
Every UOWD graduate is automatically an Alumni member but to avail of many of the
services provided to UOWD graduates, you will need the UOWD Alumni Membership
card. To receive your UOWD Alumni Association membership card, complete the
Alumni Card Application form and attach two passport sized photos. An application form
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
236
is included with your Alumni pack or you can download the form from the Alumni pages
of the University website www.uowdubai.ac.ae/alumni. Bring the completed form and
photograph to the Student Services Department. Your card will be issued while you
wait.
UOWD Alumni Association Activities
The UOWD Alumni Association holds several events each year. These events comprise
activities ranging from social fun events to professional information seminars to charity
events. Held approximately every 2-3 months, the events allow UOWD graduates to
remain in touch thereby broadening their professional network of contacts. Upcoming
events are publicised on the UOWD website. The UOWD Alumni Association also eMails all alumni with details of upcoming events. Please ensure your contact details are
current so that UOWD can keep you up to date on all events of interest. To update your
details at any time you can contact Alumni@uowdubai.ac.ae. You do not have to hold
an Alumni Membership card to attend Alumni activities.
Alumni Study Grants: Students who have graduated from one of UOWD’s Bachelor
program and who wish to proceed into postgraduate studies may be eligible for an
Alumni Grant. This grant covers 100% of the fee for one subject in any postgraduate
program on offer. Students must enrol within 2 sessions of completing their bachelor
program and must meet the admission requirements for the program. The grant is
applicable only towards subject fees and is not a cash grant. Other conditions may
apply.
For further information contact the Registrar’s office.
Office G-06, ground floor, Block 15
Office timings: 8:30 a.m. – 7:30 p.m., Sunday – Thursday
Tel No.: (04) 367 2413; (04) 367 2412; (04) 367 2411
Career Services for Alumni
UOWD Alumni are entitled to use UOWD’s Career Services for one-year after graduation
for on-going career assistance.
The Career Advisors run programs and activities to assist you in preparing yourself for
entry into the workforce throughout the year. Individual career counseling is available by
appointment. This includes:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Careers decisions
Employment opportunities (full-time and part-time)
CVs, cover letters, applications
Job searches
Job Fairs
Internship opportunities
Preparing to start employment / internships
Postgraduate preparation
Seminars with industry leaders
Workshops in job search skills, interview preparation and more
Workshop information, including dates and times, are posted on the UOWD website.
Employment opportunities are advertised on the Careers notice board on campus as
well as on the IT and Business notice boards, located on the ground floor of Block 5 just
outside the Student Lounge. Employment opportunities are also posted on the UOWD
website, on the student intranet.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
237
Library Services for UOWD Alumni
UOWD Alumni are entitled to continue to use the library. However graduates must
purchase the Alumni Membership card in order to be able to borrow materials and have
access to the Proquest 5000 database. These databases enable access to over 10,000
electronic journals. Once users have joined as an Alumni member they will be e-mailed
details of their Proquest username and password.
Some facilities such as use of items in the Closed Reserve (CRS) are not available to
Alumni. The “Library Guide for Alumni” explains all these conditions. This is also
explained on the Alumni page on the UOWD website.
Library membership fee for Alumni
There is an annual Alumni Library membership charge of AED 120 per calendar year or
AED 10 per month pro rata. All renewals are due in February each year.
Alumni Newsletters
Campus News
Campus News is published by the Alumni Office of UOW and is distributed to all Alumni
of UOWD. If you have not received a copy of Campus News before, the Alumni Network
may not have your current postal address.
If you would like to start receiving the Campus News and other news from the University
of Wollongong, please update your details: http://www.uow.edu.au/alumni/newcontact.html
Marawapina
UOWD’s Alumni Association publishes an electronic newsletter for UOWD Alumni. This
newsletter is available on-line on the Alumni section of the UOWD website and is
emailed to all UOWD Alumni as well.
Contact the Student Services for further information.
Office 014, ground floor, Block 5;
Email: StudentServices@uowdubai.ac.ae
Or contact the Alumni office directly –
Email: alumni@uowdubai.ac.ae
5.19
STUDENT ACCOMMODATION
UOWD Student Residences
The UOWD Residences offers a clean, safe, economical solution for living in Dubai while
you are studying at the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
You will be living in a unique multicultural environment that encourages not only
academic growth but personal and social development as well. It is the aim of the
Residence Services team to provide an atmosphere conducive to academic study and
social development. It is envisioned that you and your fellow residents will be able to
develop both intellectually and personally in such an atmosphere.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
238
You are seen as a major participant in achieving this aim and, as such, are expected to
act in a responsible manner towards the University, its staff, fellow residents and the
immediate environs of the University and Residences.
The UOWD Student Residences are managed by the University Residential Services
Department (URS). In addition to the Manager URS, the Residence Coordinator and
live-in supervisors are responsible for the safekeeping of the students. The Manager
University Residential Services has the departmental responsibility for matters pertaining
to the Residences. The Manager is aided in this area by the Residence Coordinator,
Residence Supervisors, Student Counselor and medical staff. Transportation, cleaning
and maintenance of the Residences is overseen by the Manager Property and Services.
The UOWD Student Residences provide separate accommodation for male and female
students. Bedrooms are on a shared-basis only; private accommodation is extremely
limited and is offered at the Ewan Residence when available.
Co-ed and married
accommodation are not available in the UOWD Student Residences.
The Student Residences are open to UOWD students as well as students from other
Universities. Students should be enrolled on a full-time basis with their university.
Full-time status is as follows:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Undergraduate students – 3 or more subjects per session
Postgraduate students – 2 or more subjects per session
Centre for Language and Culture English Studies students – minimum 3 5-week
sessions booked and paid for.
The Manager University Residential Services may permit part-time students to live in the
Residences. This will generally be only when a student is in the final stages of finishing
their degree and one or more of the required subjects are not on offer, making it
impossible for the student to carry a full-time course load.
The Student Residences are open to all students enrolled in Undergraduate,
Postgraduate and English-language courses with UOWD. Students are housed in
blocks of flats. Each flat has its own kitchen/cooking facilities, dining room, TV room and
laundry facilities which are used communally only by the students living in that flat.
The Student Residences are located in two different areas of Dubai. The Jebel Ali
Garden Residences are located approximately a 15-minute bus ride away from the
UOWD campus. The Ewan Residences are located approximately a 25 minute bus ride
away from the UOWD campus. Separate buildings for Men and Women are available at
both locations.
New students are normally housed in the Ewan Residences for the first semester.
Students may apply to transfer to Jebel Ali Gardens Residences after the first semester.
Residence Fees
The current fees for the UOWD Student Residences can be found on-line at
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,3,2. The applicable residence fees are
determined by the program and semester in which you are enrolled and the location and
type of flat you have requested (or have been assigned to). Fees range from AED 9,000
to AED 10,000 per session for undergraduates and AED 7,100 to AED 8,100 for
postgraduates.
UOWD Student Residence fees must also be paid in full, in order to reserve a place.
Due to space restrictions, we are able to offer only full session bookings in the UOWD
Student Residences; we do not offer short-term or temporary bookings.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
239
Rooms are available each session from the day before the start of semester until the day
after final examinations are completed. As a new student your booking period starts one
week earlier to allow you to attend the Welcome Week activities, and to get settled in
before the start of the semester. You can make arrangements to arrive earlier or stay
longer, but you will be required to pay an additional amount per week.
Extra weeks are charged at the rate of AED 650 per week (or any portion of a week).
You may not stay in the Residences during session unless you are studying at the
University.
Summer Breaks
Students who are not attending the summer session of classes, but who will be returning
for the Autumn session, will be required to pay his/her Autumn residence fees in full prior
to departing for the summer in order to be assured of a booking.
Students who do not pay their Autumn residence fees prior to leaving for the summer
break must remove his/her belongings from the Residences. Students may not stay in
the Residences over the summer break unless they are enrolled in a full-time program of
study.
Rules and Regulations
As a part of the University of Wollongong in Dubai, the rules and regulations applicable
to behaviour on campus also extend to the Residences. In addition, rules and
regulations pertaining specifically to the Residences are also in place. You will receive a
copy of the Rules Pertaining to Conduct in the Student Residences when you make your
initial Residence booking. You will be required to sign a copy of the current rules each
session prior to your Residence Entry Authorization form being issued. This signed copy
will be kept on file.
Please note that failure to sign the rules does not absolve you of the responsibility of
following them. The most up to date version of the rules policy can be found on the
University website: http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,3,4
Regulations for Students in the Residences
The regulations outlined below are based on the policy Rules Governing Conduct in the
Student Residences (PP-SS-DB-4.1). For further information refer to the complete policy
which can be viewed online on UOWD website.
Room Allocations
The Residences provide separate accommodation for male and female students – each
overseen by live-in Residence Supervisors. UOWD houses students in blocks of flats.
All flats in the Jebel Ali Garden are 3-bedroom flats. Flats at Ewan consist of 1-bedroom,
2-bedroom and 3-bedroom flats. All bedrooms are allocated on a shared-basis only, 2
students per bedroom.
Rooms are assigned by the Residence Coordinator, taking into consideration whenever
possible the following:
1. Students are allotted rooms based on size of flat booked.
2. Interests and hobbies.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
240
You may request a maximum of one room change per session. Room changes will be
considered where possible. As there is a price differential between some rooms and
flats, it may not be possible to approve all requests.
Residence Entry Authorization form
You will require a Residence Entry Authorization (REA) form in order to move into your
room in the Residences. International students arriving late at night or on the weekend
will be given a temporary pass for the Residences valid only until the next working day of
the University.
The REA is issued only by the Residence Coordinator, located in office 004, ground floor
of Block 5 (or by the Manager Student Services in exceptional circumstances). The REA
is issued to you after you have completed the following steps:
•
Submitted a completed application (if you have not already done so)
•
Paid your residence fee in full ( a copy of the payment receipt is required)
•
Paid your tuition fee in full for the semester or paid required instalments based on the
chosen fee payment plan (a copy of the payment receipt is required).
•
Completed the mandatory Residence Health Check at the UOWD Medical Centre.
This health check must be done annually. The service is free of charge.
•
Read and signed a copy of the Rules Governing Conduct in the Student Residences.
Once the necessary documentation has been provided to the Residence Coordinator,
you will receive the white and pink copies of the signed REA. The REA is not valid
without the signature of the Accounts office and Residence Coordinator.
You then bring the white and pink copies of the REA with you to the Residences and
give it to the Residence Supervisor. You and the Residence Supervisor will both sign
the REA. You will receive the pink copy for your records; the Residence Supervisor will
retain the white copy for his/her records. You will be issued with your room key and flat
key at this time and will be required to sign for the receipt of these keys.
Items and Furnishings Provided
All UOWD flats are fully furnished ready for you to move in. Each flat is equipped with:
• Cooking facilities including microwave, cooker, water cooler, kettle, toaster,
refrigerator
• Washing machine and drying rack
• Iron and ironing board
• Colour television with satellite service
• Internet connections (see below for details)
• Living room couches, coffee table, dining room table and chairs
• Single bed, mattress and bedside table
• Study desk and chair
• DVD players are available from the Residence Supervisor free of charge (Students
must provide their own DVDs.)
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
241
The living room, dining room, kitchen, bathrooms and toilets are common areas and are
used on a shared basis. Please respect your flat mates by leaving these areas tidy after
use.
Items not provided
Although the Residences are well equipped with furnishings, there are some items you
will need to bring with you or purchase locally.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bed sheets, blankets, pillows (single or twin sized sheets are the correct size)
Bath towels
Laptop or desktop computer
Mobile phones
Dishes (plates, cups, coffee mugs, cutlery)
Cooking utensils (spatulas, chopping knives, etc)
Pots & pans
Toiletries (shampoo, deodorant, shaving kit, soap, toothpaste, toilet paper, etc)
Laundry supplies
Reading lamp
Mirrors
Extension cords and multi-plugs
Clothes hangers
Groceries
Internet Access at the Residences
The Residences are equipped with two internet connections in each bedroom (one per
student). UOWD does not provide computers or printers in the Residences, so students
will need to bring their laptops. Internet connections in Jebel Ali Gardens will be
upgraded to wireless access in Autumn 2007. Ewan Residences offer wireless internet
access for students. Students will require a wi-fi enabled computer to access the
internet.
You will be issued with an anti-virus software program which you must install on your
computer. Any student who is found not to have installed the program will be barred for
using the internet services in the Residences.
For further details see the complete policy on Guidelines for Internet usage in the UOWD
Residences (PP-IT-DB-10.1) on the University Website.
Laundry facilities
Each flat in the Residences is equipped with a washing machine for your use at no extra
charge. A drying rack is provided to dry your clothes. You should note that it is against
Municipality regulations to dry clothes on the balconies.
You will need to provide your own laundry soap and fabric softener. UOWD is not
responsible for clothing damaged in the washing process. If you do not know how to use
the machine or are uncertain of how to do laundry, please ask the Residence
Supervisors for assistance.
Television & DVD players
Each flat is equipped with a colour TV in the living room. Cable TV service is also
provided offering you a range of programs to enjoy.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
242
Each Residence building has several DVD players available for your use (you must
provide your own DVDs to watch). You can sign out the DVD player from the Residence
Supervisor whenever you wish to borrow one. You are financially responsible for the
DVD player while it is signed out to you. If it is lost or damaged, you will be required to
replace the unit or pay UOWD the value of the player.
Cooking facilities
The kitchen in each flat is equipped with a cooker (hobs and oven), a microwave, a large
refrigerator, an electric kettle, water dispenser and a toaster. You will need to provide
your own pots and pans, cooking utensils and food.
Sports and Recreation Facilities
Sports and recreation facilities are available at both the Jebel Ali Gardens and Ewan
Residences.
If you live at Jebel Ali Garden Residences you will have access to swimming pools,
basketball courts, tennis courts cricket pitch and large open park areas. If you are living
at Ewan Residences you will have access to a swimming pool, a basketball court, tennis
court and jogging track. There may be entry or booking fees charged by the developer
for use of these facilities. These usage fees are not included in the residence fees and
will be paid by you.
All the Residences are equipped with bicycles, footballs, basketballs, tennis racquets &
balls and other sports equipment that can be signed out from the Residence Supervisor.
To borrow Residence Equipment:
1. Complete the Use of Residence Equipment form (form can be found from the
Residence Supervisors, as well as on-line in the Student On-Line Resources forms
section).
2. Take the completed form along with your student ID card to the Residence
Supervisor for your building.
3. The Residence Supervisor will complete the form and sign it. He/She will hold your
student ID until you return the equipment.
4. At the time noted for the return of the equipment, bring the equipment back to the
Residence Supervisor.
5. The Residence Supervisor will inspect the equipment.
6. If the equipment is in good order, he/she will return your student ID card to you.
Lost or Damaged Equipment:
If you damage or lose the equipment, the Residence Supervisor will fill in an Incident
Report form attach it to the Use of Residence Equipment form that you completed and
forward the papers to the Manager Student Services.
You will be required to pay for lost or damaged items. The replacement value of each
item available for use is as follows:
• DVD Player – AED 200
• Football – AED 80
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
243
• Basketball – AED 85
• Tennis Racquet – AED 110
• Bicycle – AED 180
• Helmet – AED 250
• Bike Lock – AED 25
Equipment can not be kept overnight.
Do not transfer equipment between yourself and another student. All equipment must
be returned to the Residence Supervisor by the student who signed it out. It can then be
signed out by the next student who wishes to use it. In the event you transfer equipment
to another student without first signing it back in, you will be held accountable for the
equipment.
The Manager Student Services will forward the report to the Disciplinary Committee for
further action.
Transportation
UOWD provides clean, comfortable, air-conditioned buses to transport you to and from
the University during the week. There are several trips each day, scheduled throughout
the day for maximum convenience. A bus operates in the evenings as well for
postgraduate student use. You can obtain a University transport schedule from your
Residence Supervisor.
If you are living at Ewan Residences, UOWD operates a shuttle bus service to and from
the Ibn Battuta Shopping Mall (with stops at The Market Shopping Mall) weekdays
between 6:00 – 10:00 pm. This service is not provided to the Jebel Ali Garden
Residences as the Ibn Battuta Shopping Mall is located within easy walking distance of
the Residences.
On the weekends, the shuttle bus service route expands to include stops at other large
shopping malls in Dubai and popular destinations. On the weekends, the shuttle bus
stops at both the Ewan Residence and the Jebel Ali Garden Residence and operates
between 09:00 a.m. – 11:00 p.m. You can obtain the Shuttle Bus schedule from your
Residence Supervisor.
There is a public bus stop right across from Building 27 of the Jebel Ali Garden
Residences. Bus 8A travels between the Jebel Ali Residence and Al Ghubaiba bus
station in Bur Dubai, travelling past Knowledge Village and through Jumeirah. Travel
time is approximately 1 hour each way. The same bus number travels back to Jebel Ali
Gardens.
Currently the Ewan Residences are not serviced by public transportation so you will
need to travel to Jebel Ali Garden Residences to catch the public bus.
Personal transportation such as cars & motorbikes can be parked in the designated
parking lots at each Residence. There is no charge for parking. You do not require a
parking sticker. Parking is at your own risk; UOWD assumes no responsibility for
damage or theft of your vehicle.
Residence Applications
The Residence Application can be downloaded from our University website:
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,3,5. The completed form and payments
should be submitted to UniContact or directly to the University Residential Services
Department.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
244
Space is limited so we encourage you to book early.
To apply for a place in the residences, students must complete the Residence
Application form and return it to UOWD along with the tuition and Residence fees.
Upon confirmation of payment, the Residence Coordinator will issue a Residence Entry
Authorization slip to the student, which will enable the student to move into the
residence.
NOTE: The submission of the Residence Application does not guarantee a booking in
the residence.
Summer Breaks
Students who are not attending the summer session of classes, but who will be returning
for the Autumn session, will be required to pay his/her Autumn residence fees in full prior
to departing for the summer in order to be assured of a booking.
Students who pay the residence fees prior to departing for the summer break may store
their personal belongings in the Residence storage area until they return. Students who
do not pay their Autumn residence fees prior to leaving for the summer break must
remove his/her belongings from the Residences.
Students may not stay in the Residences over the summer break unless they are
enrolled in a full-time program of study.
Rules & Regulations
The residences are governed by rules and regulations designed to help the University
maintain a safe, secure and comfortable lifestyle for all students and to ensure peace of
mind for parents.
As a part of the University of Wollongong in Dubai, the rules and regulations applicable
to behaviour on campus (Student Code of Conduct) also extend to the Residences.
In addition, rules and regulations pertaining specifically to the Residences are also in
place. You will receive a copy of the Rules Pertaining to Conduct in the Student
Residences (PP-SS-DB-4.1) when you make your initial Residence booking. You will be
required to sign a copy of the current rules each session prior to your Residence Entry
Authorization form being issued. This signed copy will be kept on file.
Please note that failure to sign the rules does not absolve you of the responsibility of
following them.
A copy of the current Rules are included in the Residence Handbook issued to students
when he/she move into the Residences. The most up to date and detailed information
on
residence
regulations
is
available
on
the
University
website:
http://www.uowdubai.ac.ae/ss/details.php?sec=2,3,4
The Conduct in the Student Residences Policy can be viewed online on the student
intranet. You can log in at http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae and click on the ‘Policies’ tab for a
complete list of UOWD policies.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
245
SECTION 6: RULES, POLICIES AND CODES OF PRACTICE
The following is a selection of “critical policies” that prospective students should be
aware of. However, there are many more Policies and Forms available on the UOWD
Website. The website can be accessed by going to http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae. Click on
Student Intranet Resources and then the applicable College.
6.1 UOWD POLICY INFORMATION
The University of Wollongong in Dubai provides access to relevant policies to students
and staff (some personnel and financial policies which apply to only staff have been
omitted.) at the University website: http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae
Students should click on their relevant College of Study, click on policies and then enter
the student ID number to gain access.
Students are encouraged to contact the following areas to ensure they are fully aware of
appropriate policies and procedures.
•
•
The Registrar’s Division on the Ground Floor, Room G-06, Building 15 at
Knowledge Village. OR
The respective College Chairs or their College Coordinator on the Second
Floor, Rooms 2-24, 2-25 or 2-26, Building 15 at Knowledge Village.
As the University of Wollongong in Dubai is continuously reviewing its policies and
procedures, in case of any contradiction between the policies given here and the
website, the version on the website would be the relevant one.
6.2 POLICIES
6.2.1 Admissions Procedures and Processes
1.0
(PP-REG-DB-5.1 V9 30 Aug 07)
PURPOSE
This document outlines:
•
•
•
2.0
Admissions processes for undergraduate and postgraduate courses at UOWD;
The terms of reference of the Admissions Committee; and
Rules governing articulation into higher postgraduate degrees.
ABBREVIATIONS
For the purpose of this policy the following abbreviations shall be held to mean:
UOWD
The University of Wollongong in Dubai
CEO
Chief Executive Officer, UOWD
UAE
United Arab Emirates
TOEFL
Test of English as a Foreign Language
IELTS
International English Language Testing System
BBA
Bachelor of Business Administration
BCOM
Bachelor of Commerce
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
246
MBA
Master of Business Administration
MIB
Master of International Business
MQM
Master of Quality Management
MSM
Master of Strategic Marketing
MSHRM
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
MITM
Master of Information Technology Management
MEM
Master of Engineering Management
MAFB
Master of Applied Finance and Banking
MSc.(Log.)
Master of Science (Logistics)
COP
Certificate of Proficiency
GPA
Grade Point Average
3.0
THE ADMISSIONS PROCESS
Control of UOWD entry requirements is vested in the Academic Board. The overall
responsibility of applying these requirements and implementing the admission process
lies with the Registrar.
4.0
ADMISSIONS DELEGATIONS
The delegated authority of the Academic Board is extended to stakeholders according to
the recommendations set out in Appendix 2.
5.0
ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE
The Admissions Committee consists of the following members:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chair – Appointed by the Academic Board
Dean, Academic Affairs
Registrar
Manager, Marketing and External Relations
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
Chair, College of Business
Chair, College of IT
Head, Centre for Language and Culture Studies
Meetings will generally be held once a year.
6.0
TERMS OF REFERENCE OF ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE
The Terms of Reference of the Admissions Committee are:
•
To make recommendations to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) on criteria for
assessment of minimum entry requirements to UOWD undergraduate and
postgraduate courses. The decisions of the CEO will be reported to the Academic
Board.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
247
7.0
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
These include English Language requirements and are set out in Appendix 3.
8.0
POSTGRADUATE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
These include English Language requirements and are set out in Appendix 4.
9.0
ENGLISH LANGUAGE EQUIVALENCIES
These are set out in Appendix 5 of this policy.
10.0 ARTICULATION CONDITIONS
For students who have satisfactorily completed a master’s degree program at UOWD,
articulation to other postgraduate programs is possible. Guidelines for articulation
between programs are detailed in Appendix 6.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
248
APPENDIX 1
ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE
SUBMISSION OF APPLICATION
1.
An application for admission to any program offered by the University can be submitted
via one of the following ways:
•
•
•
•
2.
In Person
By Fax
As an E-Mail Attachment
By Post Mail
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED
To apply for any program offered by the University students must submit:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
An Application for Admission (completed in full, signed and dated)
Copy of their valid passports with the UAE residence visa (if appropriate)
Originals or certified copy of all ‘attested’ education certificates including
completion certificates and transcripts (see “Attestation” information below)
A Statement or Certificate of Completion of secondary school.
English Proficiency certificate (if appropriate) Proof of English (Note: Results
from Academic IELTS & International TOEFL tests may be sent to the
University directly from the IELTS or TOEFL testing centres quoting the
UOWD institution code IELTS: AE109 / TOEFL: 7907).
4 Passport size photographs
Letter from employer(s) confirming work experience (if appropriate)
CV (if appropriate)
Certified copy of official academic transcript showing all courses studied and
grades obtained, syllabus details (including information on course content) of
the courses successfully completed and an explanation of the grading system
(applicable only for students seeking advanced standing).
Quires on applications with missing information or insufficient supporting documentation
can be directed to Unicontact on: +97143672400.
Notes:
(i) A UAE residence visa is required for all UOWD applicants, who are interested in
UG, PG or English full-time program. Alternatively the University provides UOWD
Sponsored Student Visas for full-time students; for information on Student Visa
Sponsorship see Student Visa Sponsorship – Visa / Passport / Deposits (PP-REGDB-1.1) policy.
(ii) In instances where original documents cannot be submitted at the time of
application, students may submit copies for purpose of evaluation of their application.
Such students will receive an Offer of Admission conditional or provisional to the
submission of original documents.
3.
ASSESSMENT OF APPLICATIONS
A completed Application for Admission form is received by the UniContact in the first
instance, where the application form is checked to ensure that it has been filled in
correctly and the necessary documents are enclosed.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
249
Each application is assessed against the admission criteria and a recommendation is
indicated on the form according to the merit of the application. Upon assessment each
applicant is issued a letter, which can be one of three types:
•
•
•
•
Unconditional Offer of Admission
Conditional Offer of Admission
Reject Letter
Provisional Offer
Unconditional Offer of Admission
An Unconditional Offer of Admission is issued when it is determined that all requirements
for admission have been satisfied. Applicants with such letters are allowed to enrol into
subjects upon the acceptance of the Offer of Admission as outlined below.
Conditional Offer of Admission
A Conditional Offer of Admission is issued when the applicant is required to provide
further evidence of meeting the University’s admission criteria including English
Language requirements and/or documentation requirements. Applicants with such letters
are not allowed to enrol into subjects until they have satisfactorily fulfilled the conditions
mentioned in the Offer Letter.
Reject Letter
A Reject Letter is issued if the applicant does not meet the University’s Entry
Requirements to the respective Course.
Provisional Offer
A Provisional Offer of Admission is issued when the applicant is required to provide
further evidence of meeting the University’s admission criteria including original
completion certificate for studies undertaken to date.
4.
ADVANCED STANDING
Students registering for degree programs at the University of Wollongong in Dubai may
apply for advanced standing on the basis of tertiary studies satisfactorily completed at
other approved universities or colleges of advanced education, or at other approved
tertiary educational institutions, prior to their enrolment at the UOWD. Applications for
advanced standing will be processed only within the first semester. Continuing students
will not be granted advanced standing. Full details of the rules governing the awarding
of advanced standing appear in the Advanced Standing Policy (PP-REG-DB-3.1)
5.
INFORMING THE STUDENT
Upon the receipt of an Application for Admission, the applicant is provided with Student
Identification Number (ID. Number). It is the responsibility of the student to enquire
about the status of their application with the Registrar’s Department. The University
does not normally send notifications to students in this regard.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
250
6.
ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER OF ADMISSION
Successful applicants are required to indicate their acceptance of Offer of Admission by
completing the form attached to the Offer Letter and submitting it to the University along
with the necessary tuition fees. This process must be completed by students within the
deadline mentioned on the Offer of Admission after which the offer expires and the
applicant is required to reapply to the University.
7.
ATTESTATION OF DOCUMENTS
The UAE Ministry of Education requires that all students must have their Certificate(s) of
Completion, verifying their secondary school results, attested. The attestation process
results in students obtaining an Equivalency Certificate from the UAE Ministry of
Education. Full details of the attestation requirements are described in the factsheet
titled Attestation Guidelines (PP-REG-DB-1.2).
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
251
APPENDIX 2
ACADEMIC DELEGATIONS
AUTHORITY
FUNCTION
UOWD OFFICER
Admissions
Approve Admission to
Undergraduate programs
Dean, Academic Affairs
Chair of College
Registrar
Approve Admission to
Postgraduate programs
Approve Admission to English
Language programs
Approve Advanced Standing
Enrolments
Waive subject pre-requisites
Dean, Academic Affairs
Chair of College
Registrar
Dean, Academic Affairs
Head, Centre for Language
and Culture
Registrar
Chair of College, College
Academic Adviser, Dean
Academic Affairs, Registrar
Chair of College
College Academic Adviser
Registrar
Dean Academic Affairs
Chair of College
Approve variation to a new course
College Academic Adviser
enrolment
Registrar
Amend academic records within
two (2) weeks after release of
results
Amend academic records more
than two (2) weeks after release
of results
Assessment
Chair of College
Registrar
Dean Academic Affairs
Registrar
Late withdrawal from a subject
Chair of College
Registrar
Approve final grades for each
subject
Chair of College Assessment
Committee
Approve a change of grade after
declaration of final grade
Chair of College Assessment
Committee
Registrar
Board of Trustees
Registrar
Graduation
Confer awards
Refund of Student
Fees
Authorise refund of student fees
within UOWD policy
CEO, Dean, Academic
Affairs,Registrar
Authorise refund of student fees
outside UOWD policy
CEO
Dean, Academic Affair
252
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
APPENDIX 3
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE COURSES AT UOWD
All applicants for any of UOWD’s bachelor’s degree programs must achieve a recognized and official secondary school certificate or its
equivalent showing successful completion of secondary education. The following table shows the international qualifications
recognized for undergraduate entry and the minimum entry requirements for students completing these qualifications.
Country
Qualification
Australia
Australian Year 12 TER
Bahrain
Bahrain High School Certificate
Bangladesh
Bangladesh High School Diploma
Canada
Canadian High School Diploma
•
India
Iran
All India Senior Secondary Certificate (CBSE, New
Delhi)
• Indian school Certificate (ISC)
• State Board Examinations
Iranian Year 12 (Pre-University)
•
Kenya
Kenyan Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE)
• GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
Kuwait
Kuwait High School Certificate
Mauritius
GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
Oman
Oman High School Certificate
Pakistan
Pakistani Intermediate/Higher Secondary School Certificate
253
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Qatar
Qatar High School Certificate
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabian High School Certificate
Sri Lanka
GCE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
UAE
UAE Secondary School Certificate
UK
GCE/IGCSE (Ordinary/Advanced Levels)
USA
American High school Diploma
Worldwide
International Baccalaureate
Detailed Entry Requirements
Qualification
Score
Australian Year 12 UAI
75
GCE A-Level (Min 2 Subjects + 5 O-Level Subjects)
4 Points
GCE AS- Level (Min 4 Subjects + 5 O-Level
Subjects)
8 Points
IGCSE O-Levels (Min 7 Subjects) Additionally
students must complete a minimum 11 years of
schooling. A School Leaving Certificate should be
provided
3B's + 4C's
IB
24
Pakistani Year 12
60%
ISC & CBSE
55%
Indian State Board Exams
65%
254
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
UAE / GCC Thanaweya Amma(Secondary School
Certificate)/ Arab High School Diploma
70%
Iranian Year 12 (Pre-University)
13
American High School Diploma Year 12
70%
Russian Federation Attestat
3.5 or higher
Post-secondary Diploma
GPA of 2.5
Kenyan Certificate of Secondary Education
C or higher
Notes:
•
•
•
•
•
GCE A-Level Minimum Requirements: Not below numerical score indicated in at least 2 principal subjects, where A=5,
B=4, C=3, D=2, E=1. Additionally students must have atleast 5 O-level pasess with a Grade of C and must complete a
minimum 11 years of schooling. A School Leaving Certificate should be provided.
GCE AS-Level Minimum Requirements: Not below numerical score indicated in at least 4 principal subjects, where A=5,
B=4, C=3, D=2. Additionally students must have atleast 5 O-level pasess with a Grade of C and must complete a
minimum 11 years of schooling. A School Leaving Certificate should be provided.
UAE/ GCC Thanaweya Amma/ Arab High School Diploma (Secondary School Certificate) Requirements: Students must
obtain a minimum 70% average in Grade 12 or on average of 70% in the last three years of study.
American High School Diploma Requirements: Students must obtain a minimum 70% in Grade 12 or a 70% cumulative
average in the last three years of study. Students completing High School from private schools in the UAE must
additionally obtain a SAT Score of a minimum of 400 in Math and a TOEFL Score of a minimum of 173 in order to obtain
the Equivalency Certificate from the UAE Ministry of Education.
Students with a post-secondary Diploma need to obtain a GPA of 2.5 or higher with a grade of 'C' in English,
Mathematics and Computers plus 60% in their High School Diploma.
Students with qualifications other than the ones listed above are advised to contact UniContact at UOWD.
255
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE COURSES AT UOWD (cont.)
ADVANCED STANDING
Students registering for degree programs at the University of Wollongong in Dubai may apply for advanced standing on the basis of
tertiary studies satisfactorily completed at other approved universities or colleges of advanced education, or at other approved tertiary
educational institutions, prior to their enrolment at the UOWD. Full details of the rules governing the awarding of advanced standing
appear in the Advanced Standing Policy (PP-REG-DB-3.1)
CHALLENGE TESTS
Challenge Tests are conducted for undergraduate students in MATH015, CSCI015 and STAT015. Achievement of a satisfactory grade
in these tests entitles a student to be granted an exemption from that subject. However in order to be eligible to sit for the Challenge
Tests a student must have the following qualifications:
MATH015
•
•
•
•
Indian CBSE – Above 75 % in Math
subject
A Levels – grade B or better in Math
Iranian Pre-University – 17 in Math
UAE High School Certificate – 85% in
Math
CSCI015 & STAT015
•
•
•
•
Indian CBSE – Overall 75 % grade or above
A Levels – grade B or better in Computing and Statistics
respectively
Iranian Pre-University – Overall grade 17 or more
UAE High School Certificate – Overall grade 85% or more
ENGLISH LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS
English is the language of instruction at UOWD and an adequate level of English language proficiency is required for admission to the
University. Applicants are required to present one of the following certificates of proficiency:
256
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Name of Test
Required Score
International English Language Testing
System (IELTS):
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL):
5.5 over all
5.0 in 4 modules
71 (internet based exam)
525 (paper- based exam and TWE)
195 (computer-based exam)
O/A Level English
Grade of 'C'
Indian CBSE/ISC
Score of at least 60% in English
Pakistani Year 12
Score of at least 60% in English
Applicants who do not meet any of the above listed criteria will receive a Conditional Offer of Admission. Such students are not allowed to enroll into
subjects until they provide this information before the deadline for enrolment.
Intensive English Language Programs (UniPrep) are available at the University’s Centre for Language & Culture.
257
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
APPENDIX 4
POSTGRADUATE ENTRY CRITERIA
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
For Postgraduate programs generally, applicants must complete a Bachelor degree or its equivalent from
an accredited institution of higher education with an overall GPA of at least 3.00 (on a 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent. Other program specific requirements or restrictions may apply.
PROBATIONARY ADMISSION – GENERAL
Students with a Bachelors Degree in the relevant field of study, or its equivalent from an accredited
institution of higher education, with an overall GPA between 2.5 and 2.99 on a 4.0 scale or equivalent may
be granted probationary admission. Other program specific requirements or restrictions may apply.
Students on probation should enrol in and complete two (2) subjects in the first semester and must
achieve a semester average score of 60% in the two (2) subjects take to continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain the minimum average score of 60% in the two (2) subjects, the student will
be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program
PROBATIONARY ADMISSION - MATURE AGE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
To be considered for Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements a student must:
1.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree with a minimum GPA of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale or its
equivalent; and
2.
Have completed a recognised Bachelor’s Degree a minimum of eight (8) years prior to lodging their
application for admission; and
3.
Have a minimum of four (4) years work experience, at least two (2) years of which must be in the
relevant field of study
Students granted Probationary Admission under the Mature Entry Requirements must satisfy the
following:
Students on probation must take and complete two subjects in the first semester and must achieve a
semester average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects taken to continue in the program.
If the student does not obtain a minimum average score of B (60% at UOWD) in the two subjects, the
student will be dismissed and not be allowed to enrol again in this program.
REFRESHER COURSE
In some instances, holders of undergraduate degrees from a non-Business background may be required
to undertake a bridging program in Business Foundations (Accounting, Management, Statistics, etc.). This
refresher program will be conducted over three consecutive weekends prior to the commencement of the
academic program and will be tailored to suit the individual needs of students. Students who are required
to undertake this program will be advised after careful review of their applications. The refresher program
is free of charge and does not accrue any credit towards the academic program.
258
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Academic Program
Admission Requirements
1. A recognized bachelor's degree as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale) or its equivalent; plus
Master of Business
Administration
2. At least four (4) years of work experience. Applicants are
required to have gained this work experience after the
completion of their Bachelors degrees. and
3.
Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management, and
4.
Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree, as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its equivalent; plus
Master of International Business
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree, as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its equivalent; plus
Master of Quality Management
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who have
not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree, as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its equivalent; plus
Master of Strategic Marketing
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3.
Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree, as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
Master of Strategic Human
259
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its equivalent; plus
Resource Management
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
Master of Applied Finance and
Banking
Master of Engineering
Management
Master of Information Technology
Management
1. A recognized bachelor's degree in Business as per the
General or Probationary Requirements detailed above (with
an overall minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale) or its
equivalent;
1. A recognized bachelor's degree in Engineering, as per the
General or Probationary Requirements detailed above (with
an overall minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its
equivalent; plus
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but
who do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need
to take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale) or its equivalent; plus
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
1. A recognized bachelor's degree, as per the General or
Probationary Requirements detailed above (with an overall
minimum GPA of 2.5 out of 4.0 scale), or its equivalent; plus
2. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, but who
do not have a business undergraduate degree, will need to
take a refresher course covering accountancy, finance,
marketing, and operations management.
Master of Science (Logistics)
3. Students who meet the GPA requirements in point 1, who
have not done any quantitative subjects (statistics) in their
Bachelor’s degree(s), will additionally need to take the
refresher course in statistics.
English Language Requirements
English is the language of instruction at UOWD and an adequate level of English language proficiency is
required for admission to the University. Students are required to present one of the following certificates
of proficiency:
260
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Master of Business Administration
International
English
Language An overall band score of 6.5, with a minimum score of 6.0
Testing System (IELTS):
in each module.
Test of English as a Foreign 89-91 (internet based),
Language (TOEFL):
231
(computer-based) or
575 (paper-based and TWE).
Master of Applied Finance and Banking, Master of Engineering Management,
Master of Information Technology, Master of International Business,
Master of Quality Management, Master of Science (Logistics), Master of Strategic Marketing and
Master of Strategic Human Resource Management
International English Language Testing An overall band score of 6.0, with a minimum score of 6.0 in
System (IELTS):
reading and writing, and 5.0 for listening and speaking.
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL):
79-80
213
550
(internet based),
(computer-based) or
(paper-based and TWE).
Applicants who do not meet any of the above listed criteria will receive a Conditional Offer of Admission. Such
students are not allowed to enroll into subjects until they provide this information before the deadline for enrolment.
Intensive English Language Programs (UniPrep) are available at the University’s Centre for Language & Culture.
261
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
APPENDIX 5
ENGLISH EQUIVALENCES
All courses at the University have an English requirement as well as, and independently of, an Academic
requirement for Admissions. The normal requirement is based on IELTS examinations. Other means of
assessment are acceptable, and a table of equivalences is given below.
Table of English Equivalences
IELTS
(i)
TOEFL
compu
ter
exam
5.5
195
N/A
525
C
grade
C
grade
60
60
6.0
213
4.0
550
C
C
grade grade
65
65
6.5
231
4.5
575
B
B
grade grade
70
70
Overall
TOEFL
TWE/Essay
Rating (ii)
TOEFL
A
paper levels
exam
O
levels
India
CBSE
(iii)
Pakista
n Year
12
(iii)
Notes on GCSE (O/A Level) / India / Pakistan Scores:
The scores listed for these are only applicable for undergraduate entry to the University of
Wollongong in Dubai. The University of Wollongong (Australia) usually requires an IELTS
examination result for all applicants.
IELTS, TOEFL Comparative English Scores for University Entry Requirements
Program
IELTS
iBT
UG
5.5 over all
5.0 in 4 modules
71
CB
PB TOEFL
TOEFL
195
525
PG:
6.0 overall
6.0 Reading/Writing
5.0 Listening/Speaking
79-80
213
550
6.5 over all
6.0 in 4 modules
89-91
231
575
MIB
MQM
MSc. (LOG.)
MSM
MSHRM
MITM
MEM
MAFB
PG:
MBA
COP
262
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
APPENDIX 6
ARTICULATION FROM ONE DEGREE PROGRAM TO ANOTHER
A) ARTICULATION TO MBA
Students who have completed the courses MAFB / MEM / MIB / MITM / MQM / MSc. (LOG.) / MSM or
MSHRM programs offered by the University may apply to do the MBA degree (provided they meet the
MBA admission criteria.) In each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below
to complete the MBA with nine (9) additional subjects. (This is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MAFB to MBA
The student must complete 9 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below and 1
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies.
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 920
International Business
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MEM to MBA
The student must complete nine (9) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below and
three (3) electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 920
International Business
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
263
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MIB to MBA
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
Plus two (2) elective subjects selected from other 900 level subjects, or any other 900 level subject
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies. If the student completed one (1) or more of the above
subjects as part of the MIB degree, they need to substitute elective from other 900 level subjects.
MITM to MBA
The student must complete nine (9) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below and
three (3) electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 920
International Business
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MQM to MBA
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 920
International Business
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
264
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSc. (LOG.) to MBA
The student must complete nine (9) subjects. This will include the eight (8) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
The student will choose the following eight (8) subjects.
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 904
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 920
TBS 921
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organisations
Marketing Management
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy
International Business
Strategic Decision Making
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
1.7
MSM to MBA
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 901
TBS 903
TBS 905
TBS 906
TBS 907
TBS 908
TBS 920
TBS 921
TBS 930
Accounting for Managers
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Information Systems for Managers
Financial Strategy
Supply Chain Management
International Business Strategy
Strategic Decision Making
Operations Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSHRM TO MBA
The student will choose the following nine (9) subjects.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
TBS 904
Marketing Management
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
TBS 906
Information Systems for Managers
TBS 907
Financial Strategy
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 920
International Business Strategy
TBS 921
Strategic Decision Making
TBS 930
Operations Management
265
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level
subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
B) ARTICULATION TO MAFB / MEM / MIB / MITM / MQM / MSc. (LOG.) / MSM / MSHRM
Students who have completed the MBA course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB,
MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.) / MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific
admissions criteria that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special
articulation model given below to complete the MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or
MSHRM degree with six (6) or eight (8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is
outside the normal advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject
in the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MBA to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below and 1
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
FIN 923
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Banking, Lending and Securities
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below and 3 electives from other
900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies.
ENGG951
ENGG952
ENGG938
ENGG939
ENGG954
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Plus three(3) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes three (3) core subjects listed below and three
(3) electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 981
Employment Relations in an International Context.
266
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
TBS 982
TBS 983
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
Plus three(3) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This includes the six (6) core subjects listed below and 2
electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies.
IACT906
Business On-Line
IACT918
Corporate Network Management
CSCI924
Human Computer Interaction
ITCS937
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
IACT901
Information Technology Strategic Planning
IACT999
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Plus two (2) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making
Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
Quality Assurance
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 925
TBS 928
TBS 934
TBS 918
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Inventory Management
Logistics System Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
267
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MBA to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, CGS.
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MBA to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MARK 936
Consumer Behaviour
MARK 940
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
MARK 977
Research for Marketing Decisions
MARK 997
Retail Marketing Management
MARK 935
Marketing Strategy
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MBA program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
C) MAFB ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MAFB course offered by the University may apply to do the MIB, MEM,
MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions criteria
that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below
to complete the MIB, MEM, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree with only six (6) or eight
(8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MAFB to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. . This will include the 6 core subjects listed below and 1
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies:
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
268
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
ENGG 954
TBS 903
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Managing People in Organisations
Plus two (2) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MAFB to MIB
The student must complete 6 subjects. This will include the 5 core subjects listed below and 1 elective
from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
International Business
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MAFB to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 7 core subjects listed below and 1
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies
CSCI 924
IACT 901
IACT 906
IACT 918
*IACT 999
ITCS 937
TBS 903
Human Computer Interaction
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Security, Risk Management and Control in E-Commerce
Managing People in Organisations
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
* Capstone Subject
MAFB to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making
Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
Quality Assurance
Plus one (1) Approved Electives
269
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MAFB to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS 925
Inventory Management
TBS 928
Logistics System Management
TBS 934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS 918
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MAFB
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MAFB to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
MGMT 908
Human Resource Development
MGMT 920
Organisational Analysis
MGMT 930
Strategic Human Resource Management
MGMT 949
Performance Management
MGMT 969
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects in the MAFB will be required to
select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of
Graduate Studies
MAFB to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects (unless equivalent
subjects have been taken as electives during the MAFB) listed below:
MARK 922
Marketing Management (1st Subject)
MARK 936
Consumer Behaviour (2nd Subject)
MARK 940
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
MARK 977
Research for Marketing Decisions
MARK 997
Retail Marketing Management
MARK 935
Marketing Strategy (Capstone Subject to be taken last)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects in the MAFB will be required to
select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of
Graduate Studies.
D) MEM ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MEM course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB, MIB,
MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions criteria
that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below
270
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
to complete the MAFB, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree with only six (6) or eight
(8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MEM to MAFB
The student must complete eight (8) subjects. This will include the seven (7) core subjects listed below
and one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, CGS.
The student will choose the following eight (8) subjects.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
FIN 923
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Banking, Lending and Securities
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MEM to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the three (3) core subjects listed below and
three (3) electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
Plus three(3) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MEM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 6 core subjects listed below and 2
electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies.
IACT906
IACT918
CSCI924
ITCS937
IACT901
IACT999
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Human Computer Interaction
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Plus two (2) Approved Electives
271
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MEM to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making
Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
Quality Assurance
Plus one (1) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, CGS.
MEM to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS 925
Inventory Management
TBS 928
Logistics System Management
TBS 934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS 918
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MEM to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MEM to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
272
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
E) MIB ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MIB course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB, MEM,
MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions criteria
that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below
to complete the MAFB, MEM, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree with only six (6) or
eight (8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MIB to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
ECON 939
Quantitative Economic Analysis
FIN 922
Advanced Investment Analysis
FIN 925
Banking Theory and Practice
FIN 928
Multinational Financial Management
FIN 955
International Banking
FIN 956
Banking, Lending and Securities
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
FIN 923
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MIB to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. . This will include the 7 core subjects listed below and 1
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair of the College of Graduate Studies:
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 903
TBS 905
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Plus one(1) Approved Elective
273
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MIB to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
IACT906 Business On-Line
IACT918 Corporate Network Management
CSCI924 Human Computer Interaction
ITCS937 Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
IACT901 Information Technology Strategic Planning
TBS 903 Managing People in Organisations
TBS 905 Economic Analysis of Business
IACT999 Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MIB to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
Statistics for Decision Making.
TBS 950
Quality Management.
TBS 952
Implementing Quality Systems.
TBS 953
Management of Service Quality.
TBS 955
Quality Assurance.
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to complete one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved
by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MIB to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS 925
Inventory Management
TBS 928
Logistics System Management
TBS 934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS 918
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MIB to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 903
MGMT 969
Managing People in Organisations
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
274
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MGMT 920
Organisational Analysis
MGMT 908
Human Resource Development
MGMT 930
Strategic Human Resource Management
MGMT 949
Performance Management
Students who’ve completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program will
be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair,
College of Graduate Studies.
MIB to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
F) MITM ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MITM course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB,
MEM, MIB, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions
criteria that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model
given below to complete the MAFB, MEM, MIB, MQM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree with only six
(6) or eight (8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced
standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MITM to MAFB
The student must complete eight (8) subjects. This will include the seven (7) core subjects listed below
and one (1) elective subject from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
FIN 923
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Banking, Lending and Securities
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
275
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MITM to MEM
The student must complete eight (8) subjects. This includes six (6) core subjects listed below and two (2)
electives from other 900 level subjects approved by the Chair, College of Graduate Studies:
TBS 901
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
Accounting for Managers
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Plus two (2) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MITM to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the three (3) core subjects listed below and
three (3) electives from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
International Financial Management
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
Plus three(3) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MITM to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making
Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
Quality Assurance
Plus one (1) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, CGS.
276
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MITM to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS 925
Inventory Management
TBS 928
Logistics System Management
TBS 934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS 918
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MITM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MITM to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects and one (1) elective
subject from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MGMT 969
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
MGMT 920
Organisational Analysis
MGMT 908
Human Resource Development
MGMT 930
Strategic Human Resource Management
MGMT 949
Performance Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MIB program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MITM to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MEM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
G) MQM ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MQM course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB,
MEM, MIB, MITM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions
criteria that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model
given below to complete the MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MSc. (LOG.), MSM or MSHRM degree with only
six (6) or eight (8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced
standing procedures).
277
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MQM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
ECON 939
Quantitative Economic Analysis
FIN 922
Advanced Investment Analysis
FIN 925
Banking Theory and Practice
FIN 928
Multinational Financial Management
FIN 955
International Banking
FIN 956
Banking, Lending and Securities
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
FIN 923
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MQM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the core subjects listed below.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
ENGG 938
Engineering Economics
ENGG 939
Engineering Logistics
ENGG 951
Engineering Project Management
ENGG 952
Engineering and Computing
ENGG 954
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MQM to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the five (5) core subjects listed below and
one (1) elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
International Business
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
278
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MQM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
IACT906
IACT918
CSCI924
ITCS937
IACT901
TBS 903
TBS 905
IACT999
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Human Computer Interaction
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MQM to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 925
TBS 928
TBS 934
TBS 918
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Inventory Management
Logistics System Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MQM to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 903
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Managing People in Organisations
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MQM to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
Marketing Management
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
279
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MQM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
H) MSc. (LOG.) ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MSc. Logistics course offered by the University may apply to do the
MBA, MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSM or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific
admissions criteria that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation
model given below to complete the MBA, MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSM or MSHRM degree with
nine (9) additional subjects for the MBA, eight (8) additional subjects for the MAFB, MEM and MITM and
six (6) additional subjects for the MIB,MQM, MSM or MSHRM Programs. (This is outside the normal
advanced standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MSc. Logistics to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
FIN 923
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Banking, Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of the Business Environment
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSc. Logistics to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. . This will include the core subjects listed below.
TBS 901
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 903
TBS 905
Accounting for Managers
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of the Business Environment
280
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSc. Logistics to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
International Business
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistic
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MSc. Logistics to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
IACT906
IACT918
CSCI924
ITCS937
IACT901
TBS 903
TBS 905
IACT999
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Human Computer Interaction
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of the Business Environment
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSc. Logistics to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making
Quality Management
Implementing Quality Systems
Management of Service Quality
Quality Assurance
Plus one (1) Approved Electives
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, CGS.
281
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSc. Logistics to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 903
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Managing People in Organisations
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MSc. Logistics to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSc. Logistics
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
I) MSHRM ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MSHRM course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB,
MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.) or MSM degree provided they meet the specific admissions criteria
that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model given below
to complete the MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.) or MSM degree with only six (6) or eight (8)
additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced standing
procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MSHRM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
282
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
FIN 956
TBS 905
FIN 923
Banking, Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, CGS.
MSHRM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. . This will include the core subjects listed below.
TBS 901
ENGG 938
ENGG 939
ENGG 951
ENGG 952
ENGG 954
TBS 903
TBS 905
Accounting for Managers
Engineering Economics
Engineering Logistics
Engineering Project Management
Engineering and Computing
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies
MSHRM to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
TBS 981
TBS 982
TBS 983
TBS 984
International Financial Management
Employment Relations in an International Context.
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
International Economic Environment for Business.
International Business
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSHRM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
IACT906
IACT918
CSCI924
ITCS937
IACT901
TBS 903
TBS 905
IACT999
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Human Computer Interaction
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
283
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSHRM to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making.
Quality Management.
Implementing Quality Systems.
Management of Service Quality.
Quality Assurance.
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSHRM to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
TBS 912
TBS 925
TBS 928
TBS 934
TBS 918
Supply Chain Management
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
Inventory Management
Logistics System Management
Logistics Information Systems
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSHRM to MSM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
MARK 922
MARK 936
MARK 940
MARK 977
MARK 997
MARK 935
Marketing Management
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising & Promotions Strategy
Research for Marketing Decisions
Retail Marketing Management
Marketing Strategy
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSHRM
program will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects
approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
J) MSM ARTICULATION
Students who have completed the MSM course offered by the University may apply to do the MAFB,
MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.) or MSHRM degree provided they meet the specific admissions
criteria that exist for that program. In each case, such students can use the special articulation model
284
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
given below to complete the MAFB, MEM, MIB, MITM, MQM, MSc. (LOG.) or MSHRM degree with only
six (6) or eight (8) additional subjects depending upon the Program. (This is outside the normal advanced
standing procedures).
Should a student have taken one (1) of the prescribed subjects below as an elective or a core subject in
the preliminary course, then an alternative subject will be determined by Chair, College of Graduate
Studies and substituted for the already completed subject.
MSM to MAFB
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
ECON 939
FIN 922
FIN 925
FIN 928
FIN 955
FIN 956
TBS 905
FIN 923
Quantitative Economic Analysis
Advanced Investment Analysis
Banking Theory and Practice
Multinational Financial Management
International Banking
Banking, Lending and Securities
Economic Analysis of Business
Investment Management Strategy (* Capstone Subject)
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSM to MEM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the core subjects listed below.
TBS 901
Accounting for Managers
ENGG 938
Engineering Economics
ENGG 939
Engineering Logistics
ENGG 951
Engineering Project Management
ENGG 952
Engineering and Computing
ENGG 954
Strategy for Engineers and Technologists
TBS 903
Managing People in Organisations
TBS 905
Economic Analysis of Business
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSM to MIB
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This includes five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 980
International Financial Management
TBS 981
Employment Relations in an International Context.
TBS 982
Advertising and Marketing in a Global Economy.
TBS 983
International Economic Environment for Business.
TBS 984
International Business
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
285
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM will be
required to select one (1) or more substitute elective subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSM to MITM
The student must complete 8 subjects. This will include the 8 core subjects listed below.
IACT906
IACT918
CSCI924
ITCS937
IACT901
TBS 903
TBS 905
IACT999
Business On-Line
Corporate Network Management
Human Computer Interaction
Security, Risk Management & Control in E-Commerce
Information Technology Strategic Planning
Managing People in Organisations
Economic Analysis of Business
Emerging Topics in Information Technology
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSM to MQM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This include five (5) core subjects listed below and one (1)
elective from other 900 level subjects approved by Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
TBS 902
TBS 950
TBS 952
TBS 953
TBS 955
Statistics for Decision Making.
Quality Management.
Implementing Quality Systems.
Management of Service Quality.
Quality Assurance.
Plus one (1) Approved Elective
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
MSM to MSc. (LOG.)
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 908
Supply Chain Management
TBS 912
Quantitative Methods for Decision Making
TBS 925
Inventory Management
TBS 928
Logistics System Management
TBS 934
Logistics Information Systems
TBS 918
Strategic Supply Chain Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
286
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
MSM to MSHRM
The student must complete six (6) subjects. This will include the six (6) core subjects listed below.
TBS 903
MGMT 969
MGMT 920
MGMT 908
MGMT 930
MGMT 949
Managing People in Organisations
Job Analysis, Recruitment and Selection
Organisational Analysis
Human Resource Development
Strategic Human Resource Management
Performance Management
Students who have completed more than one (1) of the above subjects as electives in the MSM program
will be required to select one (1) or more substitute subjects from other 900 level subjects approved by
Chair, College of Graduate Studies.
6.2.2
Undergraduate Tuition Fees and Refund ( PP-FIN-DB-4.4 V12)
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this document is to outline the fee payment and refund policies for Undergraduate
programs.
2.0
Scope
This policy applies to all Undergraduate students enrolled at the university including newly commencing
and re-enrolling students.
3.0 Program Fees
3.1 Tuition fees are paid each session according to the number of subjects taken and their
respective credit point weightings. The amount of fees to be paid depends on the fee
payment plan opted by the student.
3.2 Students will remain on the fee structure in place at the time at the start of their program,
subject to meeting the Leave of Absence conditions outlined in section 3.10.
3.3 Fees for Students Enrolled Prior to Spring 2008
The tuition fee details for students who commenced studies in undergraduate programs
prior to Spring 2008 are summarized in the table below.
PROGRAM
Bachelor of Business
Administration;
Bachelor of Commerce;
Bachelor of Computer
Science;
Bachelor of Internet
Science & Technology
SUBJECTS
COST
TOTAL COST
0-Level Subjects
(7 subjects in total)
AED 1,620
(per subject)
AED 11,340
100-level, 200-level
& 300-level subjects
(27 subjects in total)
AED 4,080
(per subject)
AED 110,160
Student Services
Fee
AED 500
(per session)
AED 3,500
TOTAL COST
AED 125,000
287
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
3.4 Fees for Students Enrolled in Spring 2008 or Later
The tuition fee details for students who commenced studies in undergraduate programs in
or after Spring 2008 are summarized in the table below.
COST PER
PROGRAM
SUBJECTS
TOTAL COST
SUBJECT
Bachelor of Business
Administration;
Bachelor of Commerce;
Bachelor of Internet
Science & Technology
34
AED 4,100
AED 139,400
Bachelor of Computer
33*
AED 4,100*
AED 139,400
Science;
* Students of the Bachelor of Computer Science must complete CSCI 321 Graduation Project,
which is a 12 credit point subject that spans two (2) semesters and is charged at AED 8,200
under Traditional Payment plan.
3.5 Exclusions
Textbooks, photocopying, personal stationery items and other incidental costs are not
included in the tuition fees. Students who meet the academic entry requirements for a
program, but do not meet the English language requirements and want to improve their
level of English may enrol in an appropriate program with the University’s Centre for
Language and Culture. Detailed information regarding the cost, duration and class times
can be obtained from the UniContact Office.
3.6 Cost Per Session
The number of subjects taken and the level of those subjects determine the cost per
session. As this will vary for most students, it is not possible to indicate the cost per
session.
3.7 Failing a subject
If a student repeats a subject after failing it or enrols in another subject in lieu of the
failed subject, the subject fee will again be payable. This subject will be charged
according to the most current rate per subject.
3.8 Challenge Exam Fees
Challenge exams in three (3) General Education subjects will be offered to eligible
students. The cost for each Challenge Exam is AED 200. This fee is non-refundable.
3.9 Students will be required to take a copy of their enrolment form to the Cashier’s Office
when making their payments, so that the Cashier can determine the correct charges.
3.10
Leave of Absence
Students who take an approved leave of absence for a period not exceeding one
academic year (Autumn, Spring, Summer) will remain on the same fee structure as in the
session prior to the leave of absence. Students who take more than one session’s break
in studying without prior approval will be subject to any increases in the fee structure.
(Please note that as the summer session is optional, it does not count as a session
break.)
288
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
3.11 Students who are Australian citizens may qualify for HECS – HELP Assistance.
Please refer to the sheet entitled “HECS & PELS – Summary of Information” (F-DB-FIN1.4) for more information.
4.0 Fee Payment Plans
Three fee payment plans are available for Undergraduate students.
• Traditional Payment Plan
• Progress Payment Plan
• Guardian Payment Plan
4.1 raditional Payment Plan
Fees can be paid by cash, cheque, or credit card. Fees are to be paid in full before the
start of the session according to the number of subjects taken. All payments for the
session must be made before the due date mentioned in the Calendar of Dates. Late
payment fees are charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. This penalty applies to all
payments made after the due date. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned
for insufficient funds.
4.2 Progress Payment Plan
Fees are paid in three instalments which are as follows.
•
•
•
1st instalment – 50% of the total tuition fees for the session.
2nd instalment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
3rd instalment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
The dates for payment of instalments will be advertised by the Finance Department prior
to the start of each session. Fees can be paid by Cash, Cheque or Credit Card. Students
who elect to pay their fees under the Progress Payment Plan will be required to pay an
additional charge of AED 400 per subject. Students who pay by Post Dated Cheques or
give a Credit Card Debit Order for the remaining fee instalments are eligible to receive a
discount of 50% (i.e. AED 200) on the additional fee paid per subject. A charge of AED
500 is added if a cheque is returned for whatever reason or the Debit Order cannot be
processed by the bank.
Students who default on any payment will automatically lose the privilege to continue
with the Progress Payment Plan, and will have to revert to the Traditional Payment Plan.
Late payment fees are charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. Students will have to
pay this penalty retrospectively from week one (1) of the session.
4.3 Guardian Payment Plan
Fees for this payment plan can be paid by Cash or Cheque only. Students who elect to
pay their entire tuition fees for the degree program upfront can avail a discount of 10%
on the fees. This discounted amount will be given to the student at the time of
Graduation as a cash award. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for
whatever reason by the bank. This plan cannot be used in conjunction with any other
tuition discount scheme.
5.0 Late Payment of Fees
It is the responsibility of students to pay all fees on time. Students must plan their finances well in advance
so that they have sufficient funds to pay their fees before the relevant deadlines. The fact that students
289
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
and /or their sponsors may be out of the country in the week before the session starts is not an acceptable
reason for late payment of fees.
Students with outstanding fees or charges at the end of the session will have their academic results
withheld and may not enrol in further subjects until such time as all payments (including any relevant
penalty charges) are paid in full.
6.0 Visa Sponsorship
Students who wish to be on UOWD Visa Sponsorship should pay their tuition fees for the first semester as
per the Traditional Payment plan (refer section 4.1). After the initial enrolment, sponsored students can
make use of the various payment plans.
7.0 Refunds and Transfers
7.1 Fee Refunds
If students believe that they are eligible for a full or partial refund of fees, then the student must
complete the Fee Refund or Fee Transfer Request form (F-DB-FIN-5.1) and submit it to the
Registrar’s Office. The student is also required to attach a copy of their academic record, clearly
indicating the withdrawal dates of relevant subjects.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Before the start of a session
First 3 weeks of the session
After week 3 of the session
Full refund of tuition fees paid for any reason
75% of tuition fees for an acceptable reason
No refund
If a student feels that there are genuine reasons to request a refund after the normal deadline,
then the student may submit a written request to Manager Finance, outlining in full the reasons
for the refund request. Manager Finance will review each request on a case-by-case basis.
Students who have been either suspended or excluded from the University for not maintaining
minimum rate of progress or for disciplinary reasons are not eligible for refund of tuition fees
either in part or in full.
7.2 Fee Transfers
If a student wishes to transfer fees paid for one (1) or more subjects to a later session, then the
student must complete the Fee Refund or Fee Transfer Request form (F-DB-FIN-5.1) and
submit it to the Registrar’s Office. The student should also attach a copy of their academic
record clearly indicating the withdrawal dates of relevant subjects, along with the request.
TRANSFER OF FEES SCHEDULE
Before the start of a session and during the first 3 weeks of the session*
100% transfer of fees paid
After first 3 weeks of the session, until the last date to withdraw without
FAIL in that session
80% transfer of fees paid
After last date to withdraw without FAIL in that session
No transfer of fees paid
*If a student passes a challenge test, then the fee paid for that particular subject will be
transferred to another subject in the current session or next session. Students must complete
the Fee Refund or Fee Transfer Request form (F-DB-FIN-5.1) and submit it to the Registrar’s
Office.
290
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
There is no refund on transferred fees. Transferred fees must be used within the following two
(2) semesters from the date of withdrawal.
8.0 Appeals
Students may appeal the decision of the Finance Department with regards to refund or transfer requests in
writing to the Director of Administration in the first instance. In the event of an unsatisfactory outcome of
this appeal the student may then appeal in writing to the CEO with full documentation of previous
interactions.
9.0 Records
Financial records will be maintained by the Finance Department.
The student records relating to Leave of Absence will be maintained by the Registrar’s Department and a
copy of the same will be kept at the Finance Department.
10.0 Review
This policy will be reviewed annually for quality assurance purposes.
6.2.3
1.0
Postgraduate Tuition Fees and Refund ( PP-FIN-DB-4.5 V10)
Purpose
The purpose of this document is to outline the fee payment and refund policies for Postgraduate
Programs.
2.0
Scope
This policy applies to all students enrolled at the University for a Postgraduate Program, including
newly commencing and re-enrolling students.
3.0
Program Fees
3.1 Tuition fees are paid each session according to the number of subjects taken. The
amount of fees to be paid depends on the fee payment plan opted by the student.
3.2 The fee details for the Postgraduate programs are summarised in the table below
Program
Master of Business Administration
(MBA)
Master of International Business (MIB);
Master of Quality Management (MQM);
Master of Strategic Management
(MSM);
Master of Strategic Human Resource
Management (MSHRM)
Master of Science (Logistics) (MSC
(LOGISTICS))
Total
Subjects
Cost per
Subject
12
AED 6,200
AED 74,400
8
AED 6,200
AED 49,600
Total Cost
291
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Master of Information Technology
Management (MITM)
Master of Engineering Management
(MEM)
Master of Applied Finance & Banking
(MAFB)
10
AED 6,200
AED 62,000
3.3 Articulation to MBA
Students who articulate from MIB, MQM, MSM, MSHRM programs into the MBA program will
remain on the same fee structure of the first program provided they do not take more than one
session’s break between completing and starting the programs. Students who take more than
one session’s break in study without prior approval will be subject to any increases in the fee
structure except when such leave is an approved leave of absence for a period not exceeding
one (1) academic year. (Please note that as the summer session is optional, it does not count
as a session break).
3.4 Students who are Australian citizens may qualify for Fee – Help Assistance. Please refer to
the sheet entitled “HECS & PELS - Summary of Information (F-DB-FIN-1.4)”.
4.0
Fee Payment Plans
Three fee payment plans are available for Postgraduate students.
•
•
•
Traditional Payment Plan
Progress Payment Plan
Executive Payment plan
4.1 Traditional Payment Plan
Fees can be paid by cash, cheque, or credit card. Fees are to be paid in full before the start of
the session according to the number of subjects taken. All payments for the session must be
made before the due date mentioned in the Calendar of Dates. Late payment fees are charged
at AED 50 per subject, per week. This penalty applies to all payments made after the due date.
A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for whatever reason by the bank.
4.2 Progress Payment Plan
Fees are paid in three instalments which are as follows.
1st instalment – 50% of the total tuition fees for the session.
2nd instalment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
3rd instalment – 25% of the total tuition fees for the session.
The dates for payment of instalments will be advertised by the Finance Department prior to the
start of each session. Fees can be paid by Cash, Cheque or Credit Card. Students who elect to
pay their fees under the Progress Payment Plan will be required to pay an additional charge of
AED 400 per subject. Students who pay by Post Dated Cheques or give a Credit Card Debit
Order for the remaining fee instalments are eligible to receive a discount of 50% (i.e. AED 200)
on the additional fee paid per subject. A charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for
whatever reason or the Debit Order cannot be processed by the bank.
Students who default on any payment will automatically lose the privilege to continue with the
Progress Payment Plan, and will have to revert to the Traditional Payment plan. Late payment
fees are charged at AED 50 per subject, per week. Students will have to pay this penalty
retrospectively from week one (1) of the session.
292
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.3 Executive Payment Plan
Fees under this plan can be paid by Cash or Cheque only. Students who elect to pay their
entire tuition fees for the degree program upfront can avail a discount of 10% on the fees. A
charge of AED 500 is added if a cheque is returned for insufficient funds. This plan cannot be
used in conjunction with any other tuition discount scheme.
5.0
Summary of Refunds and Transfers
5.1 Fee Refunds
If students believe that they are eligible for a full or partial refund of fees, then the student must
complete the Fee Refund or Fee Transfer Request form (F-DB-FIN-5.1) and submit it to the
Registrar’s Office. The student is also required to attach a copy of their academic record,
clearly indicating the withdrawal dates of relevant subjects.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Before the start of a session
Full refund for any reason
First 3 weeks of the session
After week 3 of the session
75% of tuition fees for an acceptable reason
No refund
If a student feels that there are genuine reasons to request a refund after the normal deadline,
then the student may submit a written request to Manager Finance, outlining in full the reasons
for the refund request. Manager Finance will review each request on a case-by-case basis.
Students who have been either suspended or excluded from the University for disciplinary
reasons are not eligible for refund of tuition fees either in part or in full.
5.2 Fee Transfers
If a student wishes to transfer fees paid for one (1) or more subjects to a later session, then the
student must complete the Fee Refund or Fee Transfer Request form (F-DB-FIN-5.1) and
submit it to the Registrar’s Office. The student should also attach a copy of their academic
record clearly indicating the withdrawal dates of relevant subjects, along with the request.
TRANSFER OF FEES SCHEDULE
Before the start of a session and during the first 3
weeks of the session
After first 3 weeks of the session, until the last date to
withdraw without FAIL in that session
100% transfer of fees paid
After last date to withdraw without FAIL in that session
No transfer of fees paid
80% transfer of fees paid
There is no refund on transferred fees. Transferred fees must be used within the following two
(2) semesters from the date of withdrawal.
6.2.4
Intellectual Property Policy - PP-DB-COR-19.1
1. PURPOSE
This policy applies to all faculty and staff members of the University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) for
the period of their employment or by contract. This policy provides guidance on the approach taken by
UOWD in relation to Intellectual Property (IP), including its ownership, protection and exploitation. It is also
intended that this policy will guide UOWD’s interactions with research collaborators, such as funding
bodies, other research institutions and industry partners.
293
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
This policy shall form part of the terms of employment of UOWD faculty and staff members. This policy,
along with the Student Assignment of Intellectual Property Policy forms UOWD’s IP policy framework.
2. CONTEXT
UOWD’s vision is:
“To achieve distinction as a teaching and research University with a regional reputation for the high
quality of its student-centred undergraduate and graduate education.”
In accordance with UOWD’s vision, IP developed by UOWD researchers should benefit:
• the wider community, in terms of technology and knowledge transfer and engagement;
• UOWD, itself, in terms of its own reputation (distinguishing UOWD through innovation and
excellence in research outcomes);
• individual researchers, in terms of career advancement and achievement; and,
• all three of the above, through potential financial returns from commercialisation of IP.
Since UOWD provides an environment that: 1) encourages faculty and staff to develop innovative ideas
and 2) supports commercialisation of these ideas, UOWD wishes to share in the benefits arising from
commercialisation of IP developed by UOWD faculty and staff. UOWD’s share in any financial gains from
commercialisation will be re-invested in UOWD. This policy is also intended to provide a personal
incentive and reward for UOWD faculty and staff who have developed IP with commercial value. This
policy also addresses IP that may have reputational or other value, rather than commercial value.
3.
DEFINITIONS
In this Policy, the following definitions are used. References to the singular include the plural and
references to the plural include the singular.
Administration
Material
Commercialise or
Commercialisation
Commercialisation
Expenses
Commercialisation
means any material or documentation in any format (such as
policies, procedures, business plans, contracts, funding
applications, reports, promotional brochures, business
processes, software) that has been developed for the
purposes of UOWD administration, performance evaluation,
marketing, and legal services.
means to use, apply, publish, manufacture, assign, licence,
sub-licence, franchise, exploit, market, or otherwise use or
dispose of the IP for the purpose of generating financial or
other commercial returns.
include, but are not limited to: (a) patenting expenses; (b) legal
expenses incurred on the project (and not just on the particular
deal giving rise to the commercialisation revenue); (c) external
professional expenses incurred on the project (and not just on
the particular deal giving rise to the commercialisation
revenue), this might include: accountants expenses for
financial modelling; valuer’s expenses, and other consultants
expenses (commercialisation consultants, negotiators, other
consultants); (d) travel and accommodation expenses incurred
on the project (and not just on the particular deal giving rise to
the revenue) by any person (whether faculty and staff member
or an external professional).
The above list is not exhaustive and the determination of
whether a particular expense is a commercialisation expense
will be made by the Dean, Academic Affairs.
include, but are not limited to: (a) royalties upon sales by a
294
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Revenues
licensee; (b) royalties from sub-licence fees received from a
licensee; (c) lump sum licence fees; (d) proceeds of sale of the
IP; (e) signing fees; (f) milestone payments; (g) minimum
annual payments; (h) reimbursement of patent prosecution
and maintenance expenses; (i) dividends upon shares owned
by UOWD in a start up company to which it grants a licence;
(j) proceeds of sale of shares owned by UOWD in a start up
company to which it grants a licence; and (k) damages from
infringement proceedings.
The above list is not exhaustive. The determination of whether
a particular revenue is a commercialisation revenue available
for distribution to inventors will be made by the Dean,
Academic Affairs.
Commercialisation revenue does not include the overhead
component of research funds paid pursuant to a research
agreement.
Course of
Employment
Creators
Creative Material
Education Purposes
Exceptional Use of
UOWD Resources
Means performing the duties for which the person has been
engaged by UOWD. This may include, but is not limited to:
developing teaching materials, administrative materials,
creative material or scholarly material; supervising or teaching
students; and/or undertaking research.
means those persons who produce, invent, design, enhance,
generate, discover, make, originate or otherwise bring into
existence IP.
includes paintings, sculptures, manuscripts, prose works
(fiction and non-fiction), poetry, music, production,
performances, oral work, or other creative works in whatever
format, or combinations thereof.
means for the purposes of teaching and does not mean for the
purposes of commercialisation.
means resources of UOWD which include funds, services,
equipment, computer laboratories, media equipment,
consumables, faculty and staff time and support faculty and
staff in excess of those normally used or available to faculty
and staff.
IP
means intellectual property, which includes rights (including
rights of registration or application for registration) relating to:
a. literary, artistic, musical and scientific works;
b. computer programs and algorithms;
c. multimedia subject matter;
d. performances of performing artists, phonograms and
broadcasts;
e. inventions in all fields of human endeavour;
f. scientific discoveries;
g. industrial designs;
h. trade secrets and confidential information;
i. trademarks, service marks and commercial names and
designations;
j. plant varieties;
k. patents; and,
l. circuit layouts;
Nett
means
commercialisation
revenues
minus
all
of
the
295
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Commercialisation
Revenue
commercialisation expenses (e.g. production, protection and
commercial exploitation costs, including any services, fees,
commissions or payments made to third parties).
Proprietary Interest
means a right of ownership or a financial interest in.
Research Purposes
means use in research and does not include use for
commercialisation.
Scholarly Material
includes any article, book, thesis, manual and any digital or
electronic version of these that contains material written by
faculty and staff members or students based on their
scholarship, learning or research, but does not include work
that is a computer program, teaching material, creative
material or administration material.
Faculty and Staff means all persons appointed to the academic or general
Member
faculty and staff of UOWD, whether they hold full-time, parttime or casual appointments and includes persons invited to
participate in research or teaching at UOWD as a visiting
fellow, honorary fellow or research fellow. Students will be
considered faculty and staff Members if they fall into any of the
above categories.
Teaching Material
includes all information, documents, materials or digital items
in any form created or used for the purposes of teaching and
education at UOWD. This includes but is not limited to lecture
notes that are made available to students, computergenerated or overhead projector presentations (such as
PowerPoint presentations), course outlines, examination
documents, examination marking guidelines, course
databases and course websites.
UOWD
means the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
4.
OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
In the absence of any existing contract signed by an authorised delegate of UOWD or contrary statement
in this policy, UOWD asserts legal and beneficial ownership of IP created by faculty and staff members in
their course of employment at UOWD or as a result of using the resources or facilities of UOWD.
Where UOWD asserts legal and beneficial ownership of IP or a proprietary interest in IP it will allow
creator(s) the right to use the IP for research purposes.
5.
OWNERSHIP OF TEACHING MATERIAL AND ADMINISTRATION MATERIAL
UOWD asserts legal and beneficial ownership of any teaching material and administration material
developed by faculty and staff members during their course of employment at UOWD. As such, UOWD
has the right to use, reproduce, publish, communicate, perform, broadcast, adapt and disseminate any
teaching material and administration material.
UOWD will permit the creator to use teaching material (excluding the contribution of others to
collaboratively-developed materials) for education purposes at other educational institutions.
6.
OWNERSHIP OF CREATIVE MATERIAL AND COPYRIGHT IN SCHOLARLY MATERIAL
Faculty and staff members will retain ownership of the copyright in scholarly material that they create in
their course of employment or enrolment, except where there is an overriding contractual obligation with a
third party or where UOWD acts as a publisher of the scholarly material. UOWD acts as a publisher of the
scholarly material if:
• the work is produced by or commissioned on behalf of UOWD in a format suitable for sale to third
parties; or
296
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
the work is developed for distribution as part of an academic program delivered by UOWD.
In the cases where UOWD asserts ownership of the copyright in scholarly material, it will provide the
creators with a non-exclusive licence to use the scholarly material for research or education purposes.
UOWD gains a perpetual, world-wide, non-exclusive, royalty-free licence to use scholarly material except
where the scholarly material is published by a third-party who has an exclusive licence to do so.
7.
ASSIGNMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Faculty and staff members will execute, in a timely manner, all assignments of IP necessary to give effect
to the ownership provisions set out above. UOWD reserves its right to transfer the ownership of its IP to
third parties.
8.
NOTIFICATION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
To enable UOWD to also successfully Commercialise IP, faculty and staff members should avoid
premature disclosure of research results and should notify UOWD of new IP development. Faculty and
staff members should complete an IP Notification Form to advise UOWD that IP with potential commercial
value has been developed. The IP Notification Form must be submitted to the Dean, Academic Affairs as
soon as IP with potential commercial value is developed. Sometimes, it may be important to protect IP that
will not have commercial value. In such cases, the creator should notify Dean, Academic Affairs of the new
IP before completing an IP Notification Form and the Dean, Academic Affairs will advise if it is necessary
or not to complete an IP Notification Form.
9.
COMMERCIALISATION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
After receiving the IP Notification Form, UOWD will determine, whether it wishes to protect and/or
commercially exploit the IP. While this takes place, creator(s) must take all reasonable steps to protect
that IP by avoiding public disclosure, such as publication or presentation (including submission of journal
or conference abstracts). UOWD will consider the creator’s interests in publishing scholarly works as well
as the wider obligation of disseminating research findings, while also ensuring that IP with commercial
value is protected.
The creator(s) will have the opportunity to participate in the IP protection and commercialisation process.
participation will include:
• early disclosure of new technologies to UOWD;
• not making any external disclosures and delaying publication or presentation until a patent is filed;
• assisting UOWD to draft and lodge patents;
• undertaking further research and development to provide the information necessary to complete
final patent filing;
• assisting UOWD to understand the technical aspects of the discovery;
• assisting UOWD to present the technology to potential investors or licensees; and
• agreeing to undertake further research, if funded, to support the licensee’s or spin-out company’s
activities.
Where UOWD decides not to proceed with the protection or commercialisation of IP, or if a decision is
made to cease commercialising at a later stage, UOWD may allow the creator(s) the opportunity to seek
funding and commercial partners. This will not, however, affect UOWD's right to seek a share of nett
commercialisation revenue from any such commercialisation by the creator(s).
Obligations for faculty and staff members to sign forms, execute agreements, assist in patent processes
and keep information confidential can extend beyond their period of employment.
10.
SHARING THE FINANCIAL BENEFITS OF COMMERCIALISATION
297
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
UOWD wishes to encourage innovation by rewarding the creator(s) of IP with a share in the nett
commercialisation revenue, as follows:
• 20% to UOWD; and
• 80% to the creator(s).
Specific revenue sharing provisions are detailed in UOWD’s Revenue Sharing Policy.
11.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If a dispute arises about how to interpret or apply this Policy, a grievance may be notified according to the
procedures set out in UOWD’s Grievance Resolution Procedures.
Where a faculty and staff member is unable to reach agreement with UOWD in regards to the
commercialisation or protection of IP, they may refer their grievance to the Dean, Academic Affairs or to
an officer appointed by the Dean, Academic Affairs for that purpose. That officer will attempt to resolve the
dispute by mediation within a period of three months. In the event of a continuing grievance, the matter will
be determined by an independent expert or independent panel of experts nominated by the Dean,
Academic Affairs and Chaired by the Dean, Academic Affairs.
All matters associated with the resolution of disputes for faculty, staff members and students will be held
confidential.
12.
RELATED INFORMATION
The following information is related to the Intellectual Property Policy and can be found on the UOWD
Intranet (http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae)
• IP Notification Form
• Student Assignment of Intellectual Property Policy
• Research Funding Policy
• Professional Development Policy
•
6.2.5 Student Assignment of Intellectual Property Policy – PP-DB-COR-19.2
1. PURPOSE
This policy applies to all students of the University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) for the period of their
enrolment. It may also apply to other persons by agreement. This policy provides guidance on the
approach taken by UOWD in relation to student assignment of Intellectual Property (IP).
This policy, along with the Intellectual Property Policy, forms UOWD’s IP policy framework.
2.
CONTEXT
Students may undertake research projects as part of their studies at UOWD. As a result of this
participation, students may be involved in the development of IP.
3.
DEFINITIONS
In this Policy, the following definitions are used. References to the singular include the plural and
references to the plural include the singular.
Commercialise or
Commercialisation
means to use, apply, publish, manufacture, assign, licence, sublicence, franchise, exploit, market, or otherwise use or dispose of
the IP for the purpose of generating financial or other commercial
returns.
298
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Creators
IP
Nett
Commercialisation
Revenue
UOWD
4.
means those persons who produce, invent, design, enhance,
generate, discover, make, originate or otherwise bring into
existence IP.
means intellectual property, which includes rights (including rights
of registration or application for registration) relating to:
m. literary, artistic, musical and scientific works;
n. computer programs and algorithms;
o. multimedia subject matter;
p. performances of performing artists, phonograms and
broadcasts;
q. inventions in all fields of human endeavour;
r. scientific discoveries;
s. industrial designs;
t. trade secrets and confidential information;
u. trademarks, service marks and commercial names and
designations;
v. plant varieties;
w. patents; and
x. circuit layouts;
is the gross Commercialisation revenues received from
Commercialisation of IP less Commercialisation Expenses.
means the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY DEVELOPED BY STUDENTS
UOWD recognises that students, not being employees of UOWD, personally own IP that they generate.
UOWD also recognises that students may sometimes participate in projects:
(a)
that are funded by third party sponsors, where UOWD will accordingly have contractual
obligations to third parties, or
(b)
that have commercialisation expectations, where UOWD may seek to commercialise the IP
arising from the project, or
(c)
that are significantly reliant upon pre-existing IP owned or licensed by UOWD.
Accordingly, where a research project:
(a)
(b)
is subject to contractual obligations to third parties; or
has a commercial expectation,
UOWD will ask students participating in that project to assign any IP they generate in the course of the
project to UOWD. In cases where the research project involves pre-existing IP owned or licensed to
UOWD, UOWD may also ask the student to assign any IP they generate in the course of the project to
UOWD.
The purpose of the assignment is to enable UOWD:
(a)
to meet its contractual obligations to third parties; or
(b)
to be equipped to commercialise the IP; or
(c)
to ensure that UOWD is able to protect its own pre-existing IP and any improvements made
to it.
5.
STUDENT DECISION TO ASSIGN INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY TO UOWD
A student may choose not to assign IP to UOWD. If a student makes this choice the student must be
excluded from the project that has a commercial expectation or which is subject to contractual obligations
or is reliant upon pre-existing IP owned or licensed by UOWD.
299
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
If the student does choose to assign IP to UOWD, the student will receive a share of nett
commercialisation revenues, along with other creators. The share of nett commercialisation revenues will
be negotiated on a case by case basis.
6.
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If a dispute arises about how to interpret or apply this Policy, a grievance may be notified according to the
procedures set out in UOWD’s Grievance Resolution Procedures.
Where a student is unable to reach agreement with UOWD in regards to the assignment of intellectual
property, commercialisation or protection of IP, they may refer their grievance to the Dean, Academic
Affairs or to an officer appointed by the Dean, Academic Affairs for that purpose. That officer will attempt
to resolve the dispute by mediation within a period of three months. In the event of a continuing grievance,
the matter will be determined by an independent expert or independent panel of experts nominated by the
Dean, Academic Affairs and Chaired by the Dean, Academic Affairs.
All matters associated with the resolution of disputes for students will be held confidential.
7.
RELATED INFORMATION
The following information is related to the Student Assignment Intellectual Property Policy and can be
found on the UOWD Intranet (http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae)
•
Intellectual Property Policy
6.2.6
- PP-DB-COR-19.01
Copyright Policy – PP-COR-DB-16.1
1. PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
The University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) is committed to appropriate use of copyrighted materials
in support of its teaching, research, administrative and service functions.
The purpose of this policy is to define the rights and responsibilities of the University of Wollongong in
Dubai, its staff, students and other members of the UOWD community regarding the use of third party
copyright materials and in accordance with United Arab Emirates (UAE) and international copyright
legislation. The policy establishes standards of conduct in relation to copyright guidelines and information
and the provision of the same.
The objectives of the policy are as follows:
1.1 To reduce UOWD exposure to risks associated with the use of third party copyright materials.
1.2 To assist staff and students to make full legal use of copyright materials at their disposal by
clearly identifying their rights and responsibilities.
1.3 To promote copyright compliance.
2. SCOPE
2.1 This policy applies to all UOWD staff and students and associate members of the UOWD
community.
2.2 All UOWD staff and students and associate members of the UOWD community are required to
comply with this policy and are bound by law to observe applicable UAE and international
legislation.
2.3 The scope of this Policy is limited to specifying policies and procedures related to:
2.3.1 the use of all third party copyright materials for teaching, learning, research and/or
administrative purposes.
300
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.3.2 any other use of third party copyright material not covered by the UOWD Music, Video
and Software Piracy Policy (under development).
2.4 This Policy does not cover first party copyright materials. First party copyright materials are any
materials created by UOWD staff as part of their employment, where copyright has not been
transferred or exclusively licensed to a third party. First party copyright materials are covered
by the UOWD Intellectual Property policy.
3. DEFINITIONS
What individuals can do with copyright protected materials depends upon who owns copyright, whether
the use of the material is the subject of an agreement, the type of material used, how the material is used,
how much material is used, and the purpose for which the material will be used. Consequently, the
following definitions are necessarily detailed.
All copyright material will fall under the definition of either “first party copyright material”, “unlicensed third
party copyright material”, or “licensed third party copyright material”:
3.1 “First party copyright material” is any material created by UOWD staff as part of their
employment, in which copyright has not been transferred or exclusively licensed to a third party.
3.2 “Third party copyright material” includes both unlicensed and licensed third party copyright
material:
3.2.1
“Unlicensed third party copyright material” is any copyright protected material not
governed by an agreement between the copyright owner and the user. The term “unlicensed
third party copyright material” does not refer to the circulation of original published copies.
For example, the act of loaning an original purchased copy of a book is not covered by this
Policy. However, the act of loaning photocopies of the purchased book to students would be
covered by this Policy.
3.2.2
“Licensed third party copyright material” is any copyright protected material for
which the terms of use are governed by licence, or any other form of agreement.
3.3 “Use” includes the following acts: copying; communicating (electronically transmitting); adapting;
publishing; performing in public; causing to be seen or heard in public; entering into a
commercial rental arrangement; re-broadcasting; or any other copyright as defined by law.
3.4 “Course packs” includes any compilation of third party copyright material supplied to students in
hardcopy or electronic format, such as, for example, printed books of readings or course
materials burnt to CD ROM.
3.5 “Closed Reserve System” includes any formal or informal collections of printed third party
copyright materials which have been established for the primary purpose of providing some staff
and/or students with access to the collection.
3.6 “Supplementary material” includes any third party copyright material supplied to staff or students
independently of the UOWD Electronic Readings Service, course packs, or closed reserve
system. Generally speaking, “supplementary material” includes ad hoc materials supplied to
students via emails and class handouts.
In addition, the terms and abbreviations used below shall have the following meaning:
3.7 “University” or “UOWD” shall mean the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
3.8 “Copyright legislation” shall mean UAE Federal Law No (7) of 2002 Pertaining to Copyrights and
Neighboring Acts and all other related agreements to which the UAE is signatory.
3.9 “ERS” shall mean the Electronic Readings Service provided by the UOWD Library.
3.10 “CRS” shall mean the Closed Reserve System at the UOWD Library.
3.11 “UOWD Intranet” shall mean the following URL: www.secure.uowdubai.ac.ae.
3.12 “UOWD premises” shall mean any physical location belonging to UOWD through contractual
or other agreements.
3.13 “Copyright Committee” shall mean the UOWD committee responsible for implementing the
Copyright Policy and all other copyright related policies, procedures and plans.
301
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4. ZERO TOLERANCE
Unauthorised use and/or distribution of copyright protected materials as specified in copyright legislation,
violates these laws and is contrary to UOWD’s professional standards, business practises and code of
conduct. UOWD disapproves of such acts and recognises the following principles:
4.1 UOWD will neither permit nor tolerate the use and/or distribution of unathorised materials within
the University under any circumstances.
4.2 UOWD will comply with all licensing terms and conditions regulating the use and/or distribution
of copyrighted materials.
4.3 UOWD will enforce strong controls within the University to prevent the copying and/or use and/or
distribution of unauthorised materials. This includes effective measures to verify compliance with
these standards and appropriate disciplinary action for any violation of these standards.
4.4 UOWD will inform and educate all staff and students and associate members of the UOWD
community of their responsibilities in relation to copyright.
5. GENERAL COMPLIANCE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5.1 All UOWD staff and students and associate members of the UOWD community should be aware
of this policy and their responsibilities and legal obligations under this policy.
5.2 All UOWD staff and students must ensure that they understand and comply with the legal
restrictions and obligations regarding the use of third party copyright materials.
5.3 All staff must attend at least one copyright training session and read and understand relevant
information about copyright provided on the UOWD Intranet.
5.4 Subject Co-ordinators are responsible for the copyright compliance of all third party copyright
materials supplied to students enrolled in their subject.
5.5 All students must complete a compulsory copyright training session and read and understand
relevant information about copyright provided on the UOWD Intranet, within six months of
enrolment. Students are entirely responsible for any copyright infringement resulting directly or
indirectly from their own actions.
6. NON-COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES
6.1 Any individual found to be in possession of third party copyright materials which are in violation
of copyright legislation, on UOWD premises, will have these materials confiscated in the first
instance.
6.2 Any materials confiscated from students:
6.2.1 will be reported to the Registrar, and
6.2.2 UOWD disciplinary measures and penalties may be applied as required, by the UOWD
Disciplinary Committee.
6.3 UOWD disciplinary measures may be applied to staff who fail to comply with this Policy and/or
related copyright legislation.
7. INFORMATION
7.1 Information about all matters relating to copyright, including copyright legislation and guidelines
is available on the UOWD Intranet.
7.2 Copyright notices and guidelines must be provided next to all photocopiers, printers and any
other reprographic devices, and audio-visual equipment. Exceptions (such as printers assigned
to specific staff members) may be granted by the Dean of Academic Affairs.
7.3 Copyright Warning notices must be provided in all designated teaching and research areas on
UOWD premises, including, but not limited to, classrooms, computer laboratories, the Library,
common study areas, and noticeboards.
7.4 All Subject Outlines must include the following statement:
The University of Wollongong in Dubai complies with UAE Federal Law No (7) of 2002 Pertaining to
Copyrights and Neighbouring Rights. Severe penalties apply to copyright violations. No copied
materials will be allowed on campus, except where permitted as per UAE Federal Law No (7) of 2002.
Any copied materials that violate the articles of UAE Federal Law No (7) of 2002 will be confiscated
in the first instance and disciplinary action may be taken against the person (s) involved.
302
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
7.5 Lecturers must provide general information regarding copyright legislation in the first lecture of
each subject in every session.
7.6 Copyright information will be provided to newly enrolled students as part of enrolment and
orientation information.
8. MAKING MATERIAL AVAILABLE ONLINE
8.1 All unlicensed third party copyright materials to be made available online or in other electronic
formats (such as CD-ROM) must be processed via the Electronic Readings Service at the
UOWD Library. The Copyright Committee may conduct copyright compliance checks of any third
party material made available online.
8.2 Licensed third party copyright materials may be made available online or in other electronic
formats (such as CD-ROM) by Subject Co-ordinators.
9. TEXTBOOKS AND COURSE PACKS
9.1 All textbooks sold through the UOWD Bookshop must be stamped with a copyright warning
notice.
9.2 All course packs must be sold through the UOWD Bookshop.
9.3 Subject coordinators must ensure that all course packs supplied to students enrolled in their
subject contain a contents page or file that includes:
9.1.1 year, session and subject code(s); and
9.1.2 full bibliographic details for every portion of third party copyright material reproduced,
including pages copied.
9.4 Subject coordinators must attach the following Copyright Notice to all course packs:
This copy made under the provisions of Article 22 of Federal Law No (7) of 2000 Pertaining to
Copyrights and Neighboring Rights.
9.5 Subject coordinators must retain a copy of all course packs supplied to students in their capacity
as a subject coordinator in the last 12 months.
9.6 The Copyright Committee may conduct copyright compliance checks of any course pack
supplied to students in the last 12 months.
10. SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS
10.1 Where it is possible and appropriate, staff must supply all unlicensed third party copyright
material to students via the ERS or within course packs.
10.2 Subject coordinators must implement procedures to ensure that all supplementary material
(that is material not supplied via the ERS or within course packs) supplied to students is
copyright compliant.
10.3 The Copyright Committee may conduct copyright compliance checks of the procedures used
by the Subject Co-ordinator(s) to achieve copyright compliance.
11. USING STUDENT MATERIALS
Student material is generally protected by copyright. Consequently, if staff need to use a student’s work,
subject coordinators must ensure that they keep adequate documentary proof that they have the student’s
permission.
12. COPYRIGHT AUDITS
12.1 The Dean of Academic Affairs may authorize an audit to assess compliance with the Copyright
Policy and copyright legislation. Areas examined, may include, but are not limited to:
• course packs;
303
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
course handouts;
websites, including online subjects;
CRS materials;
supplementary materials;
dramatic and musical productions;
video conferences;
compliance procedures; and
any aspect of UOWD practice that may pose a copyright compliance risk.
12.2 The Dean of Academic Affairs may conduct an audit without notice after providing the auditee
with a copy of an authority to conduct the audit.
12.3 Staff must provide all reasonable assistance and cooperation in complying with the audit.
12.4 The auditee will be provided with an opportunity to have their comments (if any) included in the
audit report.
12.5 If the auditee fails to satisfactorily implement the recommendations contained within the audit
report, the matter will be formally raised with the UOWD Executive via the Dean of Academic
Affairs.
13. RELATED INFORMATION
The following information is related to the Copyright Policy and can be found on the UOWD Intranet
(http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae):
• UOWD Intellectual Property Policy (under development)
• UOWD Plagiarism Policy
• UOWD Music, Video and Software Piracy Policy (under development)
• UOWD Copyright Guidelines for Teaching
• UOWD Copyright Guidelines for Study and Research
• Procedures for Dealing with Copyright Infringement (under development)
• UAE Federal Law No (7) of 2002 Pertaining to Copyrights and Neighboring Rights
6.2.7
Plagiarism Policy – PP-ACD-DB-10.4
Plagiarism will not be tolerated and may led to expulsion from the University
1. DEFINITION OF PLAGIARISM
Plagiarism means using the ideas of someone else without giving them proper credit. That someone
else may be an author, critic, journalist, artist, composer, lecturer, tutor or another student. Unintentional
plagiarism can result if you don’t understand and use the acceptable scholarly methods of
acknowledgement.
In either case, the University will impose penalties, which can be very severe. When it is desirable, or
necessary, to use other people's material, take care to include appropriate references and attribution.
Severe plagiarism is defined as submitting work which is wholly copied from someone else without
proper acknowledgement.
2. TURNITIN
In addition to a hard copy, students are required to submit all written assignments in soft copy through
the TurnItIn system which is available online at www.turnitin.com. Every student must have a TurnItIn
account and must include their student ID and name in the TurnItIn login (this can only be done when
registering for a new account with TurnItIn).
304
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Failure to submit an assignment through TurnItIn will result in marks for that assignment being withheld.
Students who do not submit their assessment tasks through TurnItIn as required, will have their marks for
that task withheld until the submission is made. If the assessment is not submitted to TurnItIn before the
commencement of the Examination Period, a zero mark will be recorded for that task.
More information about TurnItIn (including how to create an account and add a class) will be provided in
the first lecture. Students can download Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) about TurnItIn from the
PELT website (www.uowdubai.ac.ae/pelt).
3. REPORTING PROCEDURE
3.1
The lecturer will inform the student and the Registrar’s office. A record will be kept on the student’s
file including the copy of the plagiarised work. (Tutors will refer suspected cases to the lecturer).
3.2
For severe plagiarism offences the Lecturer informs the student and refers all cases to the
Disciplinary Committee with a suitable recommendation (i.e. for failure of the subject) via the
College Chair.
4. PENALTIES
4.1
Plagiarism
4.1.1
First offence
Cases of plagiarism should receive a Fail (0) grade in the assignment.
In addition, offending students may be required to attend a Learning Support workshop on
plagiarism and referencing.
4.1.2
Second offence
At any time in the student’s university career will be referred to the Disciplinary Committee
where the standard penalty will be a Fail (0) grade in the subject.
4.1.3
Third offence
The matter will be referred to the Disciplinary Committee where the standard penalty will
be expulsion from the University.
4.1.4
The student has the right to appeal plagiarism charges, in writing, within 7 days to the
Chair of the College. Refer to Student Academic Grievance Policy (PP-ACD-DB-10.3) for
guidelines.
4.2. Severe Plagiarism
4.2.1
Severe Plagiarism first offence: The matter will be referred to the Disciplinary
Committee with a suitable recommendation (i.e. for failure of the subject).
4.2.2
Severe Plagiarism second offence: At any time in the student’s university career will be
referred to the Disciplinary Committee where the standard penalty will be expulsion from
the University.
4.2.3
The student has a right to appeal severe plagiarism penalties to the Student Academic
Grievance Committee. Refer to the Student Academic Grievance Policy (PP-ACD-DB10.3) for guidelines.
5. RECORDS
5.1
Records relating to matters forwarded to the Disciplinary Committee will be kept within the office
of the Chair of that committee.
305
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
5.2
Records of penalties will be kept in the student file.
6. RELATED DOCUMENTS
Student Academic Grievance Policy
- PP-ACD-DB-10.3
Terms of Reference –Student Disciplinary Committee
- TOR-13
Acknowledgement Practice/Plagiarism
- PP-ACD-DB-8.1
Appeal against Decision or Action affecting Academic Experience Form - F-COR-DB-9.1
6.2.8
1.
Student Attendance Policy
- PP-REG-DB-6.1
Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to define the student attendance requirements and non-attendance
penalties in 000 and 100-level undergraduate subjects. This policy takes effect from the
commencement of the Autumn semester 2007.
The University recognises that poor student attendance can affect academic performance. It is
envisaged that by improving student attendance rates, and therefore encouraging the development of
effective study habits early in a degree program, student success rates in terms of academic
performance should improve.
2.
General Principles
• Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes.
• Students should notify lecturers of “Excused Absences” (see Section 6 below) in advance, where
possible.
• Students who have an “Excused Absence” are expected to make arrangements with lecturers for
alternative or make-up work. Such arrangements should be made in advance of the absence,
where possible.
• The Student Attendance Policy shall be applied in a non-discriminatory manner.
3.
Attendance Requirements
As stated in Section 2, all students are expected to attend and participate in all classes. Students
enrolled in 000 and 100-level subjects are required to attend a minimum of 75% of all lectures (i.e.
10 out of 13 lectures) and 75% of all tutorials (i.e. 9 out of 12 tutorials), except where an excused
absence is approved by the lecturer or late enrolment has occurred.
4.
Penalties
4.1
The penalties for students who fail to comply with the minimum attendance requirements
detailed in Section 3 will be as follows:
• Students will fail the subject and receive an F grade for the subject.
• Students, who fail to comply with the attendance requirements and sit the final exam, will
not have that exam marked and will receive an F grade for the subject.
4.2 In accordance with Section 5.5 of the Assessment Policy, a student who does well enough in
course work to get an overall final mark of 50% or more (or 45% if Pass Conceded is applicable)
but has not met the requirements of the Student Attendance Policy, shall be awarded a grade of
44 (Fail).
306
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
5.
Letters
All Course Outlines will explain the requirements of the Student Attendance Policy and will be
issued to students in the first week of classes by the lecturers.
During Week 6 of classes in each academic session, students with noted absences during the
first 5 weeks of classes, will be issued with a written warning letter. This warning letter will
detail the requirements of this student attendance policy and of the penalties for failing to
comply with the attendance requirements.
During the last week of classes in each academic session students that have failed to meet the
student attendance policy, as per university records up to and including Week 8 (for Summer
semester) and Week 11 (for Autumn and Spring semesters) of classes, will be issued with a
written letter informing them that they have failed to meet the student attendance requirements
for a specific subject or subjects and that the penalties outlined in Section 4 shall be applied.
6.
Excused Absences
6.1
Students shall not be penalized for excused absences. "Excused Absences" include absences
due to:
(a)
Valid medical, compassionate and serious unforeseen personal events that prevent a
student from attending scheduled lectures and/or tutorials;
(b)
Validated conflicts between scheduled lectures and/or tutorials and sporting, cultural or
other activities at a national or international level, so long as the conflicts are raised well
in advance (at least 14 days prior to the expected absence date) with the Chair of
College;
(c)
Death of an immediate family member (i.e.: father (in-law), mother (in-law), spouse, son,
daughter, brother (in-law), sister(in- law), grandfather, grandmother, uncle or auntie);
(d)
Religious observance (where the nature of the observance prevents the student from
being present during the lecture or tutorial);
(e)
Representing UOWD in an official capacity; and,
(f)
Late enrolment in the subject (as per Section 7 below).
NOTE: Reasons associated with employment are not acceptable under this policy.
6.2.
Method of Application for an “Excused Absence”
A written application, together with supporting documentation, must be lodged no later than
seven (7) days following the absence (or from the date of recovery from the illness) to the
lecturer responsible for that subject.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to check the outcome with the lecturer as soon as
possible, but not later than fourteen (14) days after lodging the application.
All written applications for an “Excused Absence” must be received by the subject lecturer prior
to the commencement of the exam period for that session. If no formal written application is
received before the commencement of the exam period, any absence(s) will NOT be deemed
to be an “Excused Absence”
6.3.
Supporting documentation includes all or some of the following:
307
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
(a)
A medical certificate, stating in reasonable detail:
(i) the date or dates of any relevant consultations or attendances;
(ii) if relevant, the general nature of the complaint and the treatment; and
(iii) a specific statement of the opinion that, as a result of the complaint or treatment, the
student is or was unfit to attend the class on the date(s) specified; (medical
certificates which do not contain all this information will not be accepted); or
(b)
A letter from the University Counselling Service, or a professional counsellor approved
by UOWD, setting out the general nature of the problem affecting the student, and the
opinion of the person signing the letter, that the student, because of the problem, is/was
unfit to attend the class on the date specified; or
(c)
A declaration setting out the facts upon which it is suggested that an “Excused Absence”
should be given, attaching any supporting documents. (See also: Assessment Policy)
NOTE: A letter from an employer or family member is not acceptable under this policy.
6.4
Responsibility
Students with excused absences shall bear the responsibility of making arrangements with the
subject lecturer, to obtain relevant information, concerning the lecture(s)/tutorial(s) or subject
content in which the “Excused Absence(s)” occurred.
7.
Late Enrolment
7.1
Late Enrolment is deemed to have occurred when a student enrols after the end of the first
week of classes in a semester. The date of enrolment shall be determined by the date recorded
on the Student Online Services System.
7.2
The Late Enrolment provision will only be applicable to; new students (in their first semester at
the University of Wollongong in Dubai) and for current students who have received written
approval from an academic advisor and/ or the College Chair to enrol late.
7.3
In determining the Attendance Requirements and calculations (as per Section 3 above),
students who meet the Late Enrolment provision (as per Section 7.1 above), will receive an
“Excused Absence for “Week 1” of classes only.
8.
Appeals
In accordance with the Academic Grievance – Students Policy, students have fourteen (14) days to
lodge any complaints and/or appeals concerning the application of and/or decision(s) made under the
Student Attendance Policy.
9.
Related Documents
• Academic Grievance – Students (PP-ACD-DB-10.3)
• Assessment Policy (PP-DB-REG-2.1)
6.2.9
Enrolment Policy - PP-REG-DB-7.1
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this Enrolment Policy is to ensure that consistent and transparent procedures are
detailed to enable the effective management of student enrolment at the University of Wollongong
in Dubai.
308
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
This policy supports, and is an integral component of, the University’s General Program Rules
Framework.
The Enrolment Policy has been developed on the following tenets:
a) The University recognises the need for timely and accurate information on individual students and
their programs of study. Such information allows the University to plan its resources to best meet
the needs of students, and ensures that business, legislative and accreditation requirements are
met.
b) In order to participate in classes and other educational activities of the University, and to receive
credit (a final grade) for the assessments completed, a student must be formally enrolled.
c) Students are advised that it is their personal responsibility to ensure that they are correctly enrolled
each session. Students can review their enrolment details on the Student Online System (SOLS).
d) Students are advised that it is their personal responsibility to check all enrolment details and advise
the University in writing of any errors or omissions. Failure to advise the University about an
incorrect record by the appropriate and relevant census or session date/s (advertised and recorded
on SOLS each session) can result in both academic and financial penalties.
This policy applies to all undergraduate and postgraduate students at UOWD.
2.0 General Enrolment Rules
During prescribed periods in each year, a candidate shall enrol in a program in accordance with
requirements of these Rules and pay any required charges. Prior to the initial registration for a
Program, a candidate must consult with an Academic Advisor.
2.1 Enrolment
2.1.1
A candidate may enroll in a subject provided that:
The conditions for enrolment specified for that subject are satisfied, save that a prerequisite or co-requisite
requirement may be waived by the College Chair;
a) The candidate is not excluded by any restriction that may be imposed on the number of candidates
to be enrolled in that subject;
b) The subject is available in the nominated session or sessions;
c) The candidate is not suspended, excluded or expelled from any tertiary institution;
d) The Dean Academic affairs has determined that there are appropriate and sufficient personnel and
resources to enable the candidate to undertake the subject; and
e) The candidate is not indebted to the University.
2.1.2
Except with approval of the College Chair, a student shall not be permitted to enroll in a program
which exceeds: 30 credit points in any session at the undergraduate level; or 12 credit points in
any session at the postgraduate level.
2.1.3
For the purpose of Rule 2.1.2, half the value of a double session subject shall be deemed to be
taken in each of the two sessions during which the subject is offered.
2.1.4
Students may not enrol concurrently in more than one UOWD program of study.
309
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.1.5
Students may not concurrently enrol at another higher education provider whilst undertaking a
program of study at UOWD. A candidate enrolled in a subject in contravention of the conditions for
enrolment specified in the appropriate Schedule shall be withdrawn from that subject unless
permitted by the Dean Academic Affairs to remain enrolled.
2.1.6
Students in undergraduate Programs may not enrol for a postgraduate subject.
2.1.7
Students whose visas are sponsored by UOWD must enrol in a full-time study load in accordance
with the UOWD Student Visa Sponsorship policy.
2.1.8
Students must pay all compulsory fees and charges, including those for student associations, by
the prescribed date for their enrolment to be valid. For fees and charges refer to the University
Tuition Fees policies for undergraduates and postgraduates.
2.1.9
A candidate who, in a particular year, is not permitted to enrol in a subject pursuant to these Rules
may apply for permission to enrol in a subsequent year.
2.1.10 A candidate who is refused continuation of registration, through suspension, exclusion or expulsion
may not enrol in any subject.
2.1.11 Students will be considered to be enrolled from the time the above procedures are completed until
the student either: completes the Program of study; or resigns (withdraws) from the Program of
study; or takes an approved leave of absence; or is excluded or suspended from study; or has
enrolment terminated due to non payment of compulsory fees (after non-payment for more than
one session); or fails to re-enrol in subject(s) for a session by the date specified in the Academic
Calendar, on SOLS and/or notified to them by the Registrar’s Office, in which case the student will
be regarded as having abandoned the Program of study.
2.2 Enrolment Records
2.2.1
Communication Students will be expected to maintain accuracy of their enrolment details, using
approved forms of communication with the University, as directed in the appropriate documented
procedure. Forms of communication may include: electronic submission of changes via SOLS on
the University website; e-mail to the Registrar using their Student Email account; letter addressed
to the Registrar on campus;
Please note that:
•
•
2.2.2
Electronic submission via on-line forms or student email account will be accepted as a
form of the student's signature. All hard copy forms must be signed by the student;
Lodgment of written advice in person to the Registrar; and verbal advice of
amendments to enrolment details will not be accepted as an acceptable form of
communication.
Personal Details
Students are responsible for ensuring that the University have up to date personal and contact
details during the period of their enrolment.
The University will not accept responsibility if official communications fail to reach a student who
has not notified the University of personal and contact change
2.2.3 Change of Address
•
Students who change their contact address should ensure that their details are up to
310
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
date with the Office of the Academic Registrar.
The University will not accept responsibility if official communications fail to reach a
student who has not notified the Registrar’s Office, of a change of address.
2.2.4 Change of Name
•
Written notification of change of name should be submitted, accompanied by documentary
evidence (for example certified copies of birth certificate, Marriage certificate, deed poll), to the
Registrar’s Office.
2.2.5 UOWD Student Email Account
•
•
•
•
•
•
All UOWD students are provided with an email account (username and password) and
access to the Student Online System (SOLS) upon enrolment.
Electronic communication, through SOLS, the University e-mail account, the secure
website, will be used by the University and SMS text messaging are the primary
sources for provision of notices and information.
Students must use their University email account when corresponding with the
university by email.
Students must check their University email account and SOLS frequently to ensure that
information is received in a timely manner.
To ensure the University is able to verify the identity of students when they are
requesting information or amending their record via email (where this is allowed under
UOWD Policy), students must only use their University email account. For this reason
emails sent from accounts other than the University student email accounts will not be
responded to.
If students are unable to access their University email account, then the request must
be submitted in writing with a signature to the Registrar’s Office.
2.3 Late Enrolment
Late enrolment is defined as the completion of any of the enrolment requirements specified in
Section 2.1 above, after the closing date specified by the Registrar’s office.
2.3.1 If, for reasons beyond their control, students are unable to enrol during the period specified, they
may apply for permission to enrol late.
2.3.2 The Registrar in conjunction with the relevant College Chair will consider all applications for late
enrolment and will at their discretion either: approve the late enrolment without penalty; or refuse
the late enrolment.
2.4 Variation of Program
2.4.1 After consultation with an Academic Advisor a candidate may apply to the Dean Academic Affairs
for permission to change registration from one Program to another.
2.4.2 Permission for a candidate to change registration is contingent upon any restriction that may be
imposed on the number of candidates to be registered for a particular program.
2.4.3 Variation of enrolment associated with change of registration is contingent upon restrictions
imposed by relevant provisions of Rules 2.1 and 2.3.
2.4.4 Upon change of registration, a candidate becomes subject to Rules relating to the program to
which registration is changed.
2.4.5 At the end of a session, a candidate for a postgraduate degree under the Master Degree Rules
may apply to change candidature from full time to part time or from part time to full time.
311
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.4.6 Except with approval to the contrary, restrictions imposed on enrolment or registration of a
candidate prior to, or at the time of a change of registration, shall continue to apply after change of
registration. For a candidate for an undergraduate or postgraduate Program, the Minimum Rate of
Progress Rules will apply immediately upon change of registration, should there be no provisions
to the contrary.
2.5 Variation of Subjects
A candidate may withdraw from a subject provided such withdrawal is made no later than the last
day of the week (prescribed in rule 2.5(3) below) of the session in which offer of the subject is
completed. A candidate withdrawing from one or more subjects is advised to seek advice from an
Academic Advisor before doing so.
2.5.1 Where a variation referred to in rule 2.4.1 above, is withdrawal from a subject before the end of the
fifth (5th) week of the session of offer; or a double session subject before the end of the fifth (5th)
week of the second session in which the subject is offered; the candidate shall be deemed to
have not enrolled in that subject, and that subject will then not appear on the academic record of
the candidate.
2.5.2
Late withdrawal from: a subject after the end of the fifth (5th) week, but before the end of the last
week of the session of offer; or a double session subject after the end of the fifth (5th) week, but
before the end of the last week of the second session in which the subject is offered; may only be
approved if the student has an acceptable medical, personal or other reason. An application may
be made under the University's Special Consideration Policy for 'late withdrawal from a subject
without academic penalty'. A Special Consideration Application form is available from the
Registrar’s Office and/or the secure website and must be supported by appropriate documentary
evidence.
2.5.2.1 If a student's application for special consideration (late withdrawal from a subject)
is approved, the student will be deemed to have withdrawn from the subject
without penalty for the purposes of the Minimum Rate of Progress Rules and
"Withdrawn late with approval" will appear against the subject on the academic
record of the student.
2.5.2.2 If a student's application for special consideration (late withdrawal from a subject)
is not approved, the student's enrolment will stand and a grade will be declared for
that subject. The student may appeal as according to the provisions in the Special
Consideration policy.
2.5.3
Enrolment in Additional Subjects
After consultation with an Academic Advisor a candidate may apply to the College Chair for
permission to enrol in an additional subject. Permission for a candidate to enrol in an additional
subject is contingent upon restrictions imposed by relevant provisions of Rules 2.1, 2.3 and 2.4
above.
2.5.3.1
2.5.3.2
Except with approval of the College Chair, a candidate may not enrol in: a subject
after the expiration of the second week of the session; or a double session subject
after the expiration of the second week of the first session in which the subject is
offered.
Under no circumstances may a candidate enrol in: a subject after the expiration of
the fourth week of the session; or a double session subject after the expiration of
the fourth week of the first session in which the subject is offered.
312
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.6 Time Limits for Program Completion
The minimum and maximum time limits for completion of Programs (listed below) apply except when
approved to the contrary in exceptional circumstances. For postgraduate Programs, the time limits
do not include summer sessions.
2.6.1
A candidate may be registered for an Undergraduate Program for a maximum period of two
times the normal minimum duration for completion of that Program, excluding approved leave of
absence. The normal minimum duration for an undergraduate Program with value of 204 credit
points is four years. The normal maximum duration for an undergraduate Program with value of
204 credit points is eight years.
2.6.2
A candidate for a masters degree program may be registered for that degree as follows:
•
The minimum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 48 credit points is 1.5
years.
• The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 48 credit points is 5
years.
• The minimum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 60 credit points is 1.66
years.
• The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 60 credit points is 5.5
years.
• The minimum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 72 credit points is 2
years.
• The maximum normal duration for a postgraduate course value of 72 credit points is 6
years.
Candidature may be extended beyond the maximum time period following a satisfactory review
of progress.
2.7 Leave of Absence
2.7.1
A student enrolled in a bachelor degree:
a) becomes eligible for leave of absence at the beginning of the second session of
enrolment; and
b) may take leave of absence for up to one year provided that they notify the University
before the end of the fourth week of the first session for which leave is sought;
c) may apply to the Registrar for an extension of their leave of absence beyond one year.
2.7.2
A student enrolled in an ‘end-on’ honours bachelor degree may be granted leave of absence for
up to one year provided:
a) that student has the written consent of his/her supervisor; and
b) that written application is made to the Registrar before the end of the fourth week of the
first session for which leave is sought.
2.7.3
A student enrolled in a masters degree program:
a) becomes eligible to apply for leave of absence at the beginning of the second session
of enrolment; and
b) may be granted leave of absence for up to one year provided that written application is
made to the Registrar before the end of the fourth week of the first session for which
313
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
leave is sought.
2.7.4
2.8
Students who take leave of absence from their Program for more than one year should note that
the Program rules and conditions under which they originally enrolled may change during their
period on leave and that they will be subject to the rules and conditions as they apply at the time
that they return to their program.
Returning to Study from Leave of Absence
2.8.1
To resume studies students must enrol into subject(s) for the upcoming teaching session as an
indication that they are returning from Leave of Absence.
2.8.2
Students returning to studies must enrol into subject(s) by the same date continuing students
are required to finalise their enrolment.
2.9
Students Who Have Exceeded Their Approved Leave and Wish to Return to Studies
2.9.1
Students who have not returned within the specified timeframe after having approved leave will
be regarded as having abandoned their program.
2.9.2
To return to their original Program of study, students will have to apply through the Registrar’s
Office for re-admission (refer to the ‘Admissions Procedures and Processes’).
2.10 Exclusion Rule
Where a student fails to perform satisfactorily in a mandatory subject of a Program or for other
specified reasons (including meeting Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline or Minimum Rate of
Progress requirements) is deemed to be unlikely to perform satisfactorily in that subject or Program
and therefore has been assessed as unsuitable to continue by the College Chair, the student may
be excluded from the Program.
2.10.1
Where the College Chair has reason to believe it is necessary to assess a student’s suitability to
continue to participate in a Program, the College Chair must consult and be in agreement with
the Dean Academic affairs before proceeding.
2.10.2
The Dean shall advise the student in writing of the decision within three business days of making
it, and invite the student to show cause in writing within the next fourteen days why the rule
should not be applied to them.
2.10.3
If the student is unable to show cause, he/she will have their enrolment in the Program
cancelled.
2.10.4
A student may appeal to the Chief Executive Officer against the decision in accordance with the
Academic Grievance – Students Policy. The appeal must be lodged in writing, within fourteen
days of receiving the letter of exclusion.
2.11 Conferral of Awards
A Program award may be conferred upon a candidate who has complied with relevant parts of these
Rules, and satisfied any requirement (s) set out in the relevant Bachelor Degree Rules or Master
Degree Rules and is not indebted to the University.
In addition, a candidate for a bachelor degree must have has completed the requirements for the 300
level subject component of the major study while so registered, or for prescribed Programs,
satisfactorily completed subjects with a value of at least 24 credit points while so registered.
314
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
2.11.1
Application for an Academic Award / Degree
Applications for admission to a degree or diploma must be made on the appropriate form and by
the due date for each session. It is the student's responsibility to make an application to have an
award/degree conferred.
3.0
Related Documents
Special Consideration Policy - PP-REG-DB-02.05
Masters Degree Rules - PP-ACD-DB-10.06
Bachelor Degree Rules - PP-ACD-DB-10.07
Academic Grievance – Students - PP-ACD-DB-10.03
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline - PP-COR-DB-06.01
6.2.10 Assessment Policy - PP-REG-DB-2.1
1.0 Introduction
The Assessment Policy that follows below should be read in conjunction with:
i.
The Bachelor Degree Rules, setting out the criteria and course requirements necessary to
successfully complete and be awarded a Bachelor Degree from the University of Wollongong in
Dubai;
ii.
The Master Degree Rules, setting out the criteria and course requirements necessary to
successfully complete and be awarded a Master Degree from the University of Wollongong in
Dubai;
iii.
The Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment, setting out the responsibilities of academic
staff in relation to the assessment of undergraduate and postgraduate coursework subjects;
iv.
The Code of Practice - Students, outlining the general rights and responsibilities of students
at the University.
v.
The Examination Policy, outlining the rules, responsibilities and procedures by which
examinations, tests and quizzes will be managed and conducted.
vi.
The Minimum Rate of Progress Policy, outlining the rules, responsibilities and procedures for
students in order to satisfy the minimum progress requirements throughout a degree program.
vii.
The Plagiarism Policy and Plagiarism Acknowledgement Practice, explaining how to
acknowledge sources;
viii.
The Rules for Student Conduct & Discipline, outlining the expected standards of conduct and
penalties for misconduct (if applicable)
ix.
The Special Consideration Policy, setting out the procedures and criteria for special
consideration requests for all forms of assessment (including supplementary examinations
etc.);
x.
The Academic Grievance - Students Policy setting out the University's general approach to
resolving academic grievances and procedures that may be followed where a student wishes
to pursue such a grievance;
315
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
xi.
The Student Attendance Policy setting out the procedures and criteria for attendance at classes,
lectures, tutorials, workshops and/or other scheduled events that constitute the attendance
requirements for a subject.
2.0 Purpose of Assessment Policy
The University of Wollongong in Dubai has the legal authority to award degrees and is therefore
responsible for the academic and educational standards of those awards that are granted in its name.
This responsibility recognises the importance of assessment as the means by which a student
demonstrates his or her achievement of the appropriate academic standards for specific subjects within a
degree program.
The primary purpose of this Assessment Policy is therefore to ensure that educational standards are
maintained and that student learning experiences are supported to enhance further learning in
accordance with the University’s Learning and Teaching Strategic Plan.
The importance of assessment is further emphasised, not just in its validity for decision making regarding
student learning, but also in its application to: review of instruction techniques, assessment tasks and
subject curriculum policy development accreditation, quality assurance and program review.
3.0 Interpretation
The following definitions apply (unless the context otherwise indicates or requires) for the purposes of
clarifying the requirements contained in this Assessment Policy:
a) “Assessment work” means work which a student is required to complete to provide a basis for an
official record of achievement or certification of competence in a subject. This may include, for
example; examinations, essays, tests, papers, quizzes, case studies, computer programs,
demonstrations, performances, presentations and other work whatsoever whether written or
otherwise within the meaning of any Program Rules, Degree Rules, Schedules or Subject Outlines;
b) Student” means any person registered for a degree program (including a certificate of
proficiency).
c) “Examination” means any formally supervised assessment in a subject held at a specified time
and place for the purpose of determining a student’s level of proficiency in some combination of
the following domains: knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation
which is administered through the Examinations Officer, on behalf of the Registrar’s office, for the
relevant academic College.
d) “Subject” is a self-contained unit of study identified by a unique number in a schedule.
4.0
Assessment Responsibilities of Students
4.1
Assessment Task Requirements
4.1.1 Unless permission is first obtained from the relevant College Chair, undergraduate and
postgraduate students must submit the prescribed assessment work in accordance with the
requirements set out or referred to in the relevant subject outline, which must be developed and
distributed to students in accordance with the Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment.
Failure to meet the requirements for an assessment task as set out in the subject outline may
result in a reduction in marks or a fail grade for that assessment task.
4.1.2 All assessment tasks must be responded to in English.
4.1.3 All students should keep a copy of all work submitted for assessment and should be prepared
316
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
to submit a copy if requested to do so by the relevant academic staff member.
4.2
Minimum Attendance Requirements
Students must meet any mandatory minimum attendance requirements - for example, at
seminars, tutorials, practicals, laboratories or other modes of instruction - as set out in the
Student Attendance Policy and/or relevant Subject Outline. Failure by a student to comply with
such mandatory minimum attendance requirements may constitute grounds for failure in that
subject.
4.3 Plagiarism and Acknowledgement Practice
4.3.1 All students must submit for assessment their own individual and unassisted work unless an
assessment is based on “group work”.
4.3.2 For a “group” assessment, each student in the group is held jointly responsible for ensuring the
assessment submitted complies with the university’s Plagiarism Policy and Plagiarism
Acknowledgement Practice.
4.3.3 Students must not submit for assessment work which has been submitted for any other
subject at the University or at any other educational institution.
4.3.4 Where any material is used by a student which is not entirely the work of the student or “work
group”, in whole or in part, the student must comply with the document "Plagiarism Acknowledgement Practice" and fully reference that material in accordance with the system of
referencing specified in the Subject Outline.
4.3.5 Failure by a student to comply with the requirements in clauses 4.3 (1) to (3) may amount to
academic misconduct and disciplinary action may be taken by an authorised person under the
Rules for Student Conduct & Discipline.
4.4 Examination Rules and Student Conduct
The Examination Policy specifies the rules and procedures for university examinations and
includes obligations of students sitting such examinations (final, in-session and supplementary
examinations).
4.4.1 Students sitting an examination, in-session test, quiz or other like assessment must not:
•
Contravene the Examination Policy
examinations at UOWD or
•
(Cause any disturbance or be guilty of any conduct likely to disturb any other student or
•
Be guilty of any other act of misconduct as defined in the Rules for Student Conduct and
Discipline.
which outlines the rules and procedures for
conducting
4.4.2 Failure to abide by rules and procedures documented in the Examination Policy may result in
•
The Examination Co-ordinator writing a report regarding the alleged student misconduct at
examination to the Dean Academic Affairs and
•
The student having their examination result for the subject concerned withheld, pending the
outcome of the investigation of the alleged examination misconduct by the Student Disciplinary
Committee.
4.4.3 Should the Student Disciplinary Committee proceed with the report of an alleged breach of any
provisions of this Examination Policy (and/or including the Rules for Student Conduct and
317
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Discipline) and find the student guilty of the misconduct alleged against him/her, the Disciplinary
Committee:
•
May recommend to the Dean Academic Affairs that the student receive a zero mark, constituting a
“Fail” grade in the subject;
•
Exclude the student temporarily/permanently from the University
4.4.4 A student may appeal to the CEO on the grounds of lack of due process in the investigation of
the complaint. The written appeal must be lodged with the CEO within fourteen (14) days of the
Disciplinary Committee decision. The CEO’s decision shall be final.
4.5 Special Consideration and Supplementary Examinations / Assessments
4.5.1 Students may apply for special consideration under the Special Consideration Policy where they
believe that their academic performance in one or more assessment tasks has been, or is likely
to be, adversely affected by illness or other circumstances beyond their control.
4.5.2 Students must not attempt to avoid assessment requirements using unauthorised means, for
example, by forging or altering documents supporting special consideration applications. A
breach by a student of this requirement may amount to misconduct and disciplinary action may
be taken by an authorised person under the Rules for Student Conduct & Discipline.
4.6 Assessment of Minimum Rate of Progress
4.6.1 All students enrolled in an undergraduate or postgraduate degree program at the University of
Wollongong in Dubai are required to maintain a minimum rate of academic progress as
specified by the Minimum Rate of Progress Policy.
4.6.2 In order to satisfy the required minimum rate of progress a student must pass more than fifty
percent (50%) of the subjects in which the student has enrolled in an academic semester.
4.6.3 Failure to meet the minimum acceptable rate of progress requirements results in a student’s
academic status being affected. Classifications of academic status include; active, pending,
referral, probation and exclusion. Depending upon the students academic status corrective
action will be taken, in accordance with the Minimum Rate of Progress Policy, to rectify and
improve academic performance. Failure to rectify or improve performance can lead to
expulsion from the degree program and the university.
5.0 Grades of Performance.
5.1 Undergraduate Grades of performance for 000 level subjects.
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 000 (zero) level
subjects are as follows:
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction
Distinction
Credit
Pass
*Pass Conceded
85% to 100%
75% to 84%
65% to 74%
50% to 64%
45% to 49%
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail
0% to 44%
318
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
5.1.1 Determination of Performance as Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory for 000 level subjects
For approved undergraduate subjects, performance will be determined as:
Satisfactory Completion: Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory Completion: Unsatisfactory.
5.2 Undergraduate Grades of performance for 100, 200 and 300 level subjects
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction
Distinction
Credit
Pass
*Pass Conceded
85% to 100%
75% to 84%
65% to 74%
50% to 64%
45% to 49%
*(Not applicable for 300 level subjects if they are part of the core requirement curriculum)
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail
0% to 44%
5.3 Postgraduate Grades of performance for 900 level subjects
The approved grades of performance and associated ranges of marks for 900 level subjects are as
follows:
Satisfactory completion:
High Distinction
Distinction
Credit
Pass
85% to 100%
75% to 84%
65% to 74%
50% to 64%
Unsatisfactory completion:
Fail
0% to 49%
5.4 Pass Conceded grades for Bachelor Degrees.
Subjects satisfactorily completed at a Pass Conceded grade may comprise no more than a
combined total of eighteen (18) credit points for the zero (000) level subjects and no more than a
combined total of twenty-four (24) credit points for 100, 200 and 300 level subjects.
Thus the maximum combined total of credit points for a “Pass Conceded” in an undergraduate
degree is forty-two (42) credit points of the total of a 204 credit point Bachelor degree.
5.5 Failure to satisfy Minimum Student Attendance Requirements
Failure to satisfy the attendance requirements as stipulated in the Student Attendance Policy will
result in a student being awarded the following grade:
a. 44 (Fail)
319
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
In the circumstances where a student does well enough in course work to get an overall final mark
of 50% or more (or 45% if Pass Conceded applicable) but has not met the requirements under the
Student Attendance Policy and thus fails the subject, the student shall be awarded the following
grade:
a. 44 (Fail)
5.6 Failure to attain a minimum of 40% in a Final Examination
In the circumstances where a student does well enough in course work to get an overall final mark
of 50% or more (or 45% if Pass Conceded applicable) but has not met the requirements of
obtaining a minimum of 40% in the Final Examination, the student shall be awarded the following
grade:
a. 44 (for 100, 200 and level subjects) or 49 (for 900 level subjects).
5.7 Failure to attain Minimum Performance Levels
Failure to attain any minimum performance levels set for assessment tasks required to pass a
subject will result in failure of the subject, and the mark determined will be:
a. the aggregate of marks gained for the components; or
b. 44 (for 100, 200 and level subjects) or 49 (for 900 level subjects), whichever is least.
5.8 Calculation of Weighted Average Mark
The weighted average mark is calculated as follows:
Weighted Average Mark =
∑mlc / ∑lc where:
*m is the actual mark obtained in each attempt at the subject
c is the credit point value of each subject
l is the number of subjects a student has attempted.
* Subjects that are graded Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory will not be included in the Weighted
Average Mark Calculation.
6.0 Declaration and Release of Final Results
6.1 Declaration of Results
A mark and an approved grade of performance is determined and declared for each subject in which
a student is enrolled in accordance with the Code of Practice – Teaching and Assessment and the
UOWD Quality Assurance policy. The role of the College Assessment Committee is defined in the
Quality Assurance Policy and in the College Assessment Committee’s terms of reference.
6.2 Release of Results
After final results are declared, they are released by the Registrar in a form and at a time
determined by the Registrar. A results notice for each student is available on the Student OnLine
Services (SOLS) page of the University's website on the day of release of results. No information
concerning results will be given by telephone, email, fax, regular mail, or in person.
6.3 Withheld Results
6.3.1. A withheld result may be granted as follows:
•
WM grade: on the basis of medical, compassionate or other circumstances under the Special
320
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
Consideration Policy;
WA grade: where there are unavoidable delays in assessing the material (e.g. delayed response
from an external examiner);
WO grade: where it is in the best interests of the student to withhold the results for a particular
session until the end of the next session;
WE grade: where an extension is given following the grant of a WM or WA grade.
6.3.2 Where a withheld result is granted, it is the student's responsibility to contact the relevant
academic unit as soon as practicable. Failure to do so may result in a fail grade being
determined.
7.0
Amendments to Academic Records
7.1
Circumstances where an academic record may be amended
There are three circumstances where a student's academic record may be amended, - where:
i.
ii.
iii.
There has been an enrolment error;
A student has successfully applied under the Academic Grievance - Students Policy to have a
mark or grade altered; or
A student has successfully applied for special consideration under the Special Consideration
Policy that has resulted in changing a final grade to withdrawn.
7.1.1 Applications under clause 7.1 must be made on the appropriate form, which must
a. be completed and signed by the student;
b. include appropriate details to support the application; and
c. be lodged with the Registrar's Office no later than 28 days after the release of
examination results.
7.1.2 The application will be assessed and if it is determined that the error was the fault of the
student, an administration fee (200 AED) will be charged to the student and must be paid
by the student prior to the academic record being altered.
7.1.3 A student should note that where an application to amend the academic record, by adding
a subject for which they are not enrolled is successful, the student is required to pay all
associated fees as set by the university (HECS/PELS where applicable).
7.2
Re-evaluation of Mark/Grade after the Release of Final Examination Results
7.2.1 If a student feels that the mark or grade they have been awarded for a subject is not
indicative of their performance or that there may have been an error in determining their
mark or grade, the student should first approach the lecturer concerned to discuss the
matter.
7.2.2 If a student still feels the mark or grade is not correct, in accordance with the Academic
Grievance-Students Policy, the student may submit a formal request to the Chair of College
by completing the form titled: Request for Re-Evaluation/Re-Marking of Examination (this
form is available at the Registrar’s Office or may be downloaded from the website
www.uowdubai.ac.ae.)
7.2.3 Applications to the Chair of College should be made no later than 14 days after the release
of the examination results.
7.2.4 If a student is still not satisfied with the outcome, you may write to the Dean Academic
Affairs as per the Academic Grievance - Students Policy, outlining your concern and stating
your reasons accompanied by full documentary evidence. The Dean Academic Affairs will
consider and may investigate and make a ruling, this ruling shall be final.
321
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
8.0
Applications for an Academic Award
8.1
In order to be eligible to receive an award (degree) at the University of Wollongong in Dubai
students must meet the relevant degree rules as specified in the Bachelor Degree Rules and
the Masters Degree Rules.
8.2
Applications for admission to a degree must be made on the Application for Graduation
Ceremony Form and submitted to the Registrar’s Office by the due date for each session. It is
the student’s responsibility to make an application to have an award conferred. Failure to
observe this policy may result in a delay in conferral of the respective award.
9.0
Guidelines for Granting Awards (Degrees) with Distinction
In order to be eligible to receive an award (degree) at the University of Wollongong in Dubai
students must meet the relevant degree rules as specified in the Bachelor Degree Rules Policy
and the Masters Degree Rules Policy
9.1 Eligibility for award “with distinction”.
The following requirements must be met for a student to be eligible to receive an award
(degree) “with distinction” from the University of Wollongong in Dubai:
9.1.1 A student must be enrolled in one of the following courses:
a) a pass bachelor degree; or
b) a pass masters degree.
9.1.2 An undergraduate student, including a student enrolled in a joint program, must have
completed at least 50% of their degree at the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
9.1.3 A postgraduate student must have completed at least 75% of their degree at the
University of Wollongong in Dubai.
9.2
10.0
Level of attainment required
9.2.1
In order to achieve an award "with Distinction", students must gain an average mark of
75% or more in the subjects that comprised their course. In determining a student's
weighted average mark, subjects will be weighted for credit point value only in
accordance with the formula specified at 6.5 above.
9.2.2
Where a student has been granted advanced standing towards their degree or diploma
as a result of studies undertaken elsewhere, only their performance in subjects studied
at the University of Wollongong in Dubai will be taken into account in determining
whether they qualify for the award.
Referenced or Other Related Documentation
Bachelor Degree Rules
Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment
Code of Practice – Students
Examination Policy
Master Degree Rules
Minimum Rate of Progress Policy
Plagiarism Policy
Plagiarism Acknowledgement Practice
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline
Special Consideration Policy
322
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Student Academic Grievance Policy
Student Attendance Policy
Re-Marking of Exams Request
6.2.11 Examination Policy - PP-REG-DB-2.4
1.0 Purpose
This Policy deals with the infrastructure, invigilation responsibilities, student behaviour, and other
aspects of the examination process for examinations held at the University of Wollongong in
Dubai.
The following basic principles apply to all tests and examinations.
The framework of the Policy rests to a considerable extent on four principles.
•
•
•
•
The examination process should be managed in such a way as to minimize extraneous sources of
confusion and uncertainty.
The examination environment in which examinations are conducted should be one in which
students are able to concentrate, reflect, and generally demonstrate what they have learned, with a
minimum of disruption and distraction.
The integrity of the examination process depends upon the willingness of everyone involved to
respect some basic rules of conduct and to accept certain responsibilities, and to do so in a
consistent manner.
Every effort must be made to ensure that the responsibilities, rules of conduct, and regulations
governing the administration of examinations are well publicized so that the responsibilities of
students, invigilators, centres, colleges, and the University as a whole are clearly understood
before the examination period begins.
2.0 Definitions
For purposes of this policy, unless the contrary intention appears:
a) “Assessment” means work which a student is required to complete to provide a basis for an
official record of achievement or certification of competence in a subject. This may include, for
example; examinations, essays, tests, papers, quizzes, case studies, computer programs,
demonstrations, performances, presentations and other work whatsoever whether written or
otherwise within the meaning of any Course Rules, Schedules or Subject Outlines;
b) “Student” means any person registered for a degree program (including a certificate of
proficiency).
c) “Electronic examination” any examination which is completed using electronic technology or
electronic systems including (but not limited to); computers (online testing, WebCT, programming
etc.) or like devices.
d) “Examination” means any formally supervised assessment in a subject held at a specified time
and place for the purpose of determining a student’s level of proficiency in some combination of
the following domains: knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation
which is administered through the Examinations Officer, on behalf of the Registrar’s Office, for the
relevant academic College.
e) “Examination question paper” means a paper incorporating questions prepared by the lecturer
for an examination;
f)
“Examination answer paper” means a paper written or dictated by a student in answer to the
323
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
examination question paper during an examination. Answers to the “examination question paper”
are generally written in the university answer booklet provided by the university for this purpose;
g) “Examination room” means a designated place where an examination is held;
h) “Examination Co-ordinator” (or Examination Officer) means a person authorised by the Dean
Academic Affairs with the responsibility for the supervision of a particular examination held by the
University. The Examination Co-ordinator will normally be an officer of the Registrar’s Office.
i)
“Invigilator” means a person or persons with responsibility for conducting and monitoring students
undertaking examinations, tests or quizzes, on behalf of the Examination Co-ordinator and/or
lecturer for assessment purposes in any subject at UOWD.
j)
“Final examination” means an examination which is the final component of a subject assessment
and is
I.
worth at least 40% of the total assessment for a subject and
II.
is administered through the Examination Co-ordinator , on behalf of the Registrar’s office,
for the relevant academic College.
k)
“Final examination period”. The university’s official final examination period is announced by the
Registrars Office. The ‘final examination period’ begins immediately following the completion of
‘study week’, and continues through to the last day of the scheduled final examinations timetable.
l) “In-term examination” (may also be referred to as a mid-term examination) means an
examination which is held during the semester and prior to the final examination and is
I.
worth at least 20% of the total assessment for a subject; and
II.
is administered through the Examination Co-ordinator, on behalf of the Registrar’s
office, for the relevant academic College and
III.
is normally held two-thirds (2/3) of the way through a semester.
m) “Scheduled final examinations timetable”. The Scheduled final examinations timetable is
determined by the Examination Co-ordinator in liaison with the Registrar, College Chair(s) and
Dean Academic Affairs. The Scheduled final examinations timetable is published on the University
secure website at http://secure.uowdubai.ac.ae/ .
n) “Study week” commences immediately after the final day of classes and ends on the day
before the commencement of the final examination period.
o) “Subject” is a self-contained unit of study identified by a unique number in a schedule;
p) “Supplementary examination” means a formal examination (administered by the Examination
Supervisor) given when a student through illness or some other acceptable and unforeseen
circumstances, has been prevented from sitting for an “in-term” or “final” examination.
Students who apply to sit a Supplementary Examination may be granted only one opportunity
to complete this examination.
q) “Test” is a less comprehensive form of assessment than an examination and
I.
II.
III.
IV.
normally constitutes less than 20% of the final assessment for a subject
shall generally be of a lesser duration than an examination
may be held only during normal teaching class times (supplementary tests excepted)
and
students must be given due notice of the test date(s) in the Subject Outline and on
the University’s secure intranet website and the percentage with which it will
contribute to the final assessment of the subject.
324
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
3.0
Responsibilities
3.1
University
The University has ultimate responsibility for the successful completion of the examination
session, the maintenance of exam integrity, and for assisting students, Colleges and
invigilators to carry out their respective roles.
The University will:
ƒ Develop and communicate clear policies and procedures to deal with examinations;
ƒ Take action under the Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline in cases where the
policy is breached, whether by cheating, disruptive behaviour, or in any other way;
ƒ Make every effort to ensure that examination rooms are supportive environments that:
o
o
Are quiet and free from unnecessary and unreasonable disruption; and
Are suitable in terms of temperature, work spaces, cleanliness, and configuration.
3.2 Colleges Academic Colleges have the direct authority and responsibility for the integrity
and proper conduct of examinations held under their auspices. The Colleges are specifically
responsible for:
•
•
•
•
•
Establishing examination guidelines specific to subject areas and communicating them to all faculty
and students (e.g., - by including this information in faculty orientation and in handbooks);
Developing criteria and procedures for supplementary examinations or other alternatives to the
scheduled examination;
Disseminating and implementing best practice strategies for maintaining examination integrity;
Ensuring that no examinations or tests are scheduled during the last week of classes; and
The security and storage of all marked examination papers and assessment documentation in
accordance with the University’s Documentation Retention Policy ( Records Matrix –Dubai - Policy)
3.3 Lecturers Individual lecturers determine and prepare the Subject Outlines, assessment
tasks and examination papers for individual subjects. In consultation with the Academic
Colleges and the Registrar’s Office, lecturers are responsible for:
•
Organizing all tests and quizzes that form part of the assessment for an individual subject. This
includes security of materials and invigilation requirements. The lecturer will be required to be one
of the invigilator(s) whilst ensuring a ratio of 1:30 (one (1) invigilator per 30 students) and a
minimum of two (2) invigilator’s per room;
•
Ensuring that a test or quiz is conducted, and concluded in an orderly and timely manner in
accordance with: best practices (as detailed in “Examination Rules and Procedures” outlined in
Section 4 of this policy), Procedures for Examination Invigilators, the Rules for Student Conduct
and Discipline, and relevant College program policies;
•
Reporting any student breaches of conduct during the test or quiz, in writing, to the Academic
College Chair for referral to the Disciplinary Committee as appropriate;
•
Liaising with the Registrar’s office (Examination Co-ordinator) to ensure that all necessary
arrangements for the delivery, invigilation and completion of “in-term examinations” are in place.
“In-term Examination” papers should be provided to the Examination Co-ordinator two (2) weeks
prior to the examination date;
•
Ensuring the security of all exam papers during the marking process and up until they are returned
to the Academic College Co-ordinators;
•
Determining, in accordance with Section 8 – Special Consideration and Supplementary
325
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Examinations/Tests or Quizzes (Exclusive of final Examination), whether a student is eligible to be
granted a supplementary in-term examination, test or quiz; and
•
Making the necessary arrangements for a supplementary in-term examination, test or quiz to be
held, prior to the last week of classes, as per the usual security, invigilation and conduct practices
for the relevant assessment type.
3.4 Registrar’s Office
Registrar’s Office is responsible for administering examinations at the University on behalf of
the Colleges.
The Examination Co-ordinator within the Registrar’s Office is responsible for:
•
•
•
•
•
Ensuring all examination papers and materials are safely stored and secured before, during and
after examinations;
ensuring that all examination best practices are implemented and abided by to enable examination
integrity to be maintained;
appointing, training and scheduling invigilators to conduct examinations in accordance with the
relevant policies, procedures and best practices;
liaising with the College Chairs, Chair of Disciplinary Committee or Dean Academic Affairs to
resolve any examination problems, misconduct or other issues reported by invigilators; and
Liaising with College Chairs at the end of each session to revise and amend examination policy,
procedures and best practices based on examination feedback from invigilators and/or students.
3.5 Invigilators
Invigilators are appointed by the Registrar’s Office to assist with examinations. Invigilators will be
appointed to maintain a ratio of 1:30 (That is one (1) invigilator per 30 students with a minimum of
two (2) invigilators per room). The role of an invigilator is to supervise students at an examination. To
this end, an invigilator’s general responsibilities are to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ensure that an examination commences, is conducted, and concludes in an orderly and timely
manner in accordance with the University’s Examination Policy, Procedures for Examination
Invigilators, the Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline, and relevant College program policies;
Make every effort to safeguard the integrity of the examination;
Maintain vigilance at all times (e.g., not attending to other tasks during the exam)
Ensure that students provide adequate identification and sign an attendance slip during the
examination;
Create an environment that is supportive of students undertaking the examination;
Provide students with clarification of ambiguous aspects of the examination as appropriate and to
help students in any way that does not impinge on the integrity of the examination;
Respond to personal student emergencies according to the general procedural guidelines
identified below;
Receive instructions from a course lecturer or Examination Co-ordinator concerning the procedure
to be followed in case of a fire alarm during the examination and make an announcement to the
students about this procedure at the beginning of the exam; and
Report any student breaches of conduct during examination(s), in writing, to the Examination Coordinator for referral to the Student Disciplinary Committee as appropriate.
3.6 Students
Students are expected to familiarise themselves with all pertinent information regarding examinations
(including the Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline) and to adhere to the Examination Rules and
Procedures detailed in Section 4 of this policy. In general, students’ responsibilities include:
326
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
Checking the Examination Timetable which details the time and location at which individual
examinations will be held. (The Examination Timetable is posted on the campus notice boards and
may be accessed on the secure intranet website http://secure.uowdubai.ac.ae/ ).
•
Informing the Registrar of conflicting examination timings (i.e.. two examinations scheduled at the
same time, not two examinations on the same day) before the last week of classes commences;
•
Abiding by the Code of Practice – Students Policy; and
•
Following all directions given by invigilators and/or the lecturer at examinations.
4.0
Examination Rules and Procedures
The Examination Rules specify the procedures for university examinations and includes obligations
of students sitting such examinations (final, in-session and supplementary examinations).
All assessments relevant to each subject, including all examinations and / or tests, are detailed in
subject outlines and are communicated to students in accordance with Section 2 and Appendix 3 of
the Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment and Part 3 of the Assessment Policy.
4.1
Notification of Examination Times Timetables for final examinations conducted by the
Registrar’s Division are posted on the on the secure intranet website
http://secure.uowdubai.ac.ae/ . In-session Examinations or Tests are specified in the Subject
Outline which will be distributed in hard copy to students in the first lecture of classes and
made available in soft copy on the secure intranet website.
Misreading or misinterpretation of the timetable will not be accepted as an excuse for failing to
attend an examination. Students are advised to print out and keep a hard copy of the timetable
to avoid such errors.
4.2
Examiner/Invigilator/Lecturer Instruction All students must listen to and follow all instructions
and directions given to them by the examination supervisor, invigilator(s) and/or lecturer
administering the examination.
4.3 Entry into examination room
Only the following people may enter or remain in an examination room during an examination:
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
¾
Students sitting the examination;
Examination co-ordinator or invigilators;
Member(s) of academic staff;
Security officer(s);
Administrative staff authorised by the Registrar;
Other person(s) permitted to enter by the Examination Co-ordinator or an invigilator.
4.4 Identification
¾ A student must produce their student identification (ID) card for identification purposes for each
examination. A student who does not have their student ID will be allowed to take the examination
on producing any other form of photographic identification. However, the student must report to the
Registrar’s Office with or without their student ID no later than 72 hours after the completion of the
examination. Failure to do so will result in the final grades being withheld.
¾ A student wearing clothing that fully or partially covers their face may be asked to remove that
clothing for identification purposes in private and before an Examination Co-ordinator or invigilator
of the same gender.
¾ A student who fails to comply with a request under paragraph (1) or (2) above may be refused
admission to the examination room.
4.5 Time for Entry or Departure
327
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
¾ A student should be in place in the examination room not less than ten
¾ (10) minutes before the time specified for the commencement of the examination.
¾ No student will be admitted to an examination room more than thirty (30) minutes after the start of
the writing time of the examination.
¾ No student will be permitted to leave the examination room before the expiry of thirty (30) minutes
from the time when writing begins.
¾ No student will be readmitted to the examination room after leaving it unless, during the full period
of absence, the student is supervised by a person approved by an invigilator.
¾ Students are given a warning ten (10) minutes before the end of the examination. All students still
in the examination room when this warning is given must remain seated until all examination
answer papers have been collected and the invigilator permits students to leave.
4.6 Use of Dictionaries in Examinations
The University of Wollongong in Dubai does not allow the use of dictionaries in examinations
under any circumstances.
4.7
Use of Calculators in Examinations
The use of a non programmable, scientific calculator is allowed in examinations under the
following circumstances:
• In all subjects, except where otherwise directed to the contrary by the relevant lecturer or
College Chair. The examination paper will also specifically state whether calculators are
allowed or not.
A student intending to use a non programmable, scientific calculator must:
• Submit the calculator for inspection by an Examination Co-ordinator to establish its
suitability, and to ensure that it is not marked in any way. The calculator may be further
checked at any time during the examination by an invigilator / examination supervisor.
Prior to the commencement of the examination period a student who has concerns that the
calculator they intend to use may not be suitable, should seek approval for their calculator from
the Examination Co-ordinator, within the Registrar’s Office, who will note and sign that
approval has been given.
4.8
5.0
Answering Examination Questions
All examinations conducted at the University of Wollongong in Dubai must be answered in
English only, using a pen only on the answer paper provided.
Conduct at Examinations / Tests / Quizzes
To ensure the integrity of all examinations, tests and quizzes conducted at the University of
Wollongong in Dubai students are expected to conduct themselves in a professional and courteous
manner in accordance with the following provisions:
5.1
No student shall, during any examination:
•
Have in his/her possession any material other than material which the
invigilator for the subject concerned has specified may be taken into an
examination room or any other material specified by the examination
supervisor. Students must place all textbooks, notes, bags, mobile phone and
any other materials at the front of the room.
•
Provide assistance to, or communicate with, any other student unless expressly approved
by the invigilator;
•
Accept assistance from any student or other person unless such assistance has been
328
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
expressly approved by the invigilator;
•
Permit any other student to read, copy from, or use his or her examination question or
answer paper, unless expressly approved by the invigilator;
•
Use any other material belonging to or written by another student or other person unless
expressly approved by the invigilator;
•
By any means whatsoever, except as approved by the invigilator, obtain, or endeavour to
obtain, assistance in his or her work, or give, or endeavour to give, assistance to any other
student;
•
Remove from the examination room any examination answer paper or other paper provided
for use by the student during the course of the examination, or other material which is the
property of the University unless permitted by the Examination Co-ordinator or invigilator to
remove it;
•
Be allowed to smoke or eat in the examination room;
•
Be allowed to speak during the examination unless granted permission by an invigilator;
and
•
Contravene the Examination Rules and Procedures for the Conduct of Examinations or
cause any disturbance or be guilty of any conduct likely to disturb any other student, or
be guilty of any other act of misconduct as defined in the Rules for Student Conduct and
Discipline.
5.2
Any student who wishes to obtain invigilator(s) or lecturers attention during an examination
should do so by raising their hand. When speaking to an invigilator or lecturer it should be
done in a quiet manner so as not to disrupt or disturb other students.
5.3
Any student who wishes to make a formal complaint regarding an examination shall direct their
complaint in writing to the Registrar, within seven (7) days of the examination period, and
according to the Academic Grievance - Students Policy.
If a student is still not satisfied with the outcome, the student may write to the Dean Academic Affairs as
per the Academic Grievance - Students Policy, outlining your concern and stating your reasons
accompanied by full documentary evidence. The Dean Academic Affairs will consider and may investigate
and make a ruling, this ruling shall be final.
6.0 Procedure for Reporting Misconduct at Examinations / Tests / Quizzes
6.1
Should an examination invigilator or lecturer have reason to believe that a student has
committed, or is attempting to commit, a breach of any provision of Clause 5.1 of this
Examination Policy or the Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline, the examination
invigilator(s) / lecturer shall immediately warn the student and then report the matter in writing
to the Registrars Office (Examinations Co-ordinator) who will then notify the Dean Academic
Affairs of the alleged misconduct.
6.2
A student whose conduct is found to be in clear breach of this policy may be ordered by the
examination invigilator(s) / lecturer to leave the examination room immediately.
6.3
The Examination Co-ordinator may take possession of any material brought into an
examination room in contravention of this Examination Policy and a written report shall be
submitted to the Registrars Office (Examinations Co-ordinator) who will then notify the Dean
Academic Affairs.
6.4
A student excluded from an examination room may appeal to the Dean Academic Affairs
329
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
according to the Academic Grievance - Students Policy.
6.5
The Dean Academic Affairs may refer the written report and any material confiscated by the
examination invigilator(s) / lecturer to the Student Disciplinary Committee for investigation;
A student who is facing investigation under the provisions of this Examination Policy (and/or the Rules for
Student Conduct and Discipline) shall have their examination result for the subject concerned withheld
pending the outcome of the investigation by the Student Disciplinary Committee.
7.0 Penalties for Misconduct at Examinations / Tests / Quizzes
7.1
Should the Student Disciplinary Committee proceed with the report of an alleged breach of any
provisions of this Examination Policy (and/or including the Rules for Student Conduct and
Discipline) and find the student guilty of the misconduct alleged against him/her, the
Disciplinary Committee:
a) may recommend to the Dean Academic Affairs that the student receive a zero mark,
constituting a “Fail” grade in the subject; or
b) exclude the student temporarily/permanently from the University
A student may appeal to the CEO on the grounds of lack of due process in the investigation of the
complaint. The written appeal must be lodged with the CEO within fourteen (14) days of the Student
Disciplinary Committee decision. The CEO’s decision shall be final.
8.0 Special Consideration and Supplementary Examinations / Tests / Quizzes (Exclusive of Final
Examinations)
8.1 Special Consideration
Special consideration is a process to help students minimise the impact of certain adverse and
unforeseen circumstances on their progression in a degree and their performance in subjects.
Students should refer to the Special Consideration Policy for further information.
8.2 Eligibility
A student may apply for special consideration, including supplementary assessment if he/she
satisfy the University that he/she has:
can
a) Suffered serious illness or other circumstances beyond his or her control which have or are
likely to affect his or her academic performance in a subject; or
b) Been prevented from meeting scheduled assessment requirements by serious illness or
other circumstances beyond his or her control;
In granting special consideration, the University may require the student to submit additional work,
and/or sit for a supplementary examination.
8.3 Method of Application A written application, together with supporting documentation, must be
lodged normally no later than seven (7) days following the deadline for internal continuous
assessment tasks to the lecturer responsible for that subject.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to check the outcome with the lecturer as soon as
possible, but not later than two (2) weeks after lodging the application.
8.4 Supporting documentation includes all or some of the following: a) a medical
certificate, stating in reasonable detail:
I.
the date or dates of any relevant consultations or attendances;
330
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
II.
if relevant, the general nature of the complaint and the treatment; and
III.
a specific statement of the opinion that, as a result of the complaint or treatment, the
student is or was unfit to complete the required assessment or examination on or by the
date specified; (medical certificates which do not contain all this information will not be
accepted); or
b) a letter from the University Counselling Service or a professional counsellor of equivalent
standing setting out the general nature of the problem affecting the student, and the opinion of
the person signing the letter, that the student, because of the problem, is/was unfit to complete
the required assessment or examination on or by the date specified; or
c) a declaration setting out the facts upon which it is suggested that special consideration should be
given, attaching any supporting documents.
A letter from an employer is not acceptable under this policy.
8.5 Acceptable Reasons The following are considered acceptable reasons for special
consideration:
a) valid medical, compassionate and serious unforeseen personal events that prevent a
student from meeting scheduled assessment deadlines; or
b) validated conflicts between scheduled assessments and sporting, cultural or other activities
at a national or international level, so long as the conflicts are raised well in advance with
the relevant lecturer responsible for that subject.
Reasons associated with employment are not normally acceptable under this policy.
8.6
Responsibility
It is the responsibility of each student who applies for a supplementary examination for internal
continuous assessment tasks:
a) to be available to sit for the examination at any time during the semester;
b) to leave a contact address and telephone number with the lecturer.
A student who fails to attend a scheduled supplementary examination under this clause will not
be permitted to sit another supplementary examination.
8.7
Decision
The outcome of an application for special consideration under this clause will be made known
within 14 days.
8.8
Appeal A student whose request for special consideration has been rejected may
appeal in writing to the Chair of College within 14 days of notification of the decision.
8.9
Supplementary “In-Term” Examination Fees An approved supplementary “in-term” examination
will require the student to
pay a fee of AED200 per subject. This fee may be waived by the Chair of College under
exceptional circumstances.
8.10 Approved Supplementary Tests or Quizzes.
Approved Supplementary Tests or Quizzes will not be charged a fee
331
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
9.0
Special Consideration for Supplementary FINAL Examinations
A student who is affected by serious illness or other circumstances beyond his or her control may
ask that those circumstances be taken into account when performance in an individual subject is
being assessed. Supplementary final examinations are to be completed at a time convenient to the
University (usually in the first week of the following session) and it is the responsibility of the student
to comply with the requirements of the University.
9.1 Eligibility
To be eligible to apply for special consideration (including supplementary assessment) a
student must satisfy the University that he / she has:
a) Suffered serious illness or other circumstances beyond his/her control which has or is likely to
affect his/her academic performance in a subject; or
b) Been prevented from meeting scheduled examinations requirements by serious illness or
other circumstances beyond his/her control.
9.2
Method of Application If a student is unable to attend a final examination they should inform the
Academic College prior to the examination or within 24 hours following the scheduled examination.
This does not guarantee that the student will be given special consideration; an application for
special consideration is required.
9.3
Request for Special Consideration for Deferred / Supplementary Examination
A completed application form available from the Registrar’s Office or downloaded from the website
www.secure.uowdubai.ac.ae together with supporting documentation must be lodged with the Chair
of College NO LATER THAN SEVEN (7) DAYS following serious illness or other cause beyond a
student's control.
Faxes, e-mails, and telephone requests will not be considered. In case the student is not able to
lodge the application in person they may do so via a representative acting on their behalf.
Supporting Documentation
•
Medical certificates, stating in reasonable detail:
™ The date or dates of any relevant consultations or attendances;
™ If relevant, the general nature and severity of the complaint and the treatment;
™ A specific statement of the option that, as a result of the complaint or treatment, the student
is or Was unfit to complete the required examination on or by the date specified (medical
certificates which do not contain all this information will NOT be accepted)
•
Letter from the University Counselling Service or a professional counsellor of equivalent
standing setting out the general nature and severity of the problem affecting the student, and
the opinion of the person signing the letter, that the student, because of the problem, is or
was unfit to complete the required assessment of examination on or by the date specified; or
•
A statutory declaration setting out the facts upon which it is suggested that special
consideration should be given, attaching any supporting documents.
Note: A letter from an employer is not acceptable under this policy.
9.4
Acceptable Reasons
a)
Valid medical, compassionate and serious unforeseen personal events that prevent a
student from meeting scheduled assessment deadlines;
332
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
9.5
b)
Validated conflicts between scheduled examinations and sporting, cultural or other
activities at a national or international level, so long as the conflicts are raised well in
advance with the Chair of College; or
c)
Reasons associated with employment are acceptable only in exceptional circumstances.
Decision
a)
The decision to accept or reject an application for special consideration in each subject is
made by the Chair of College.
b)
The decision whether or not to grant a supplementary examination is made within seven
days of receiving the application and the student advised in writing as soon as possible.
c)
A student will be given a minimum of seven (7) days notice of the supplementary final
examination date.
d)
Reasons such as sleeping in, misreading timetables, work commitments, last subject required
to complete a degree, etc. are not acceptable.
9.6
Appeal A student whose request for special consideration has been rejected may
appeal in writing to the Dean Academic Affairs within two (2) weeks of notification of the decision.
9.7
Student Responsibilities It is the responsibility of each student who applies for a supplementary
examination:
a) To be available to sit for the examination whenever it is scheduled; and
b)
To leave a contact address and telephone number with the Registrar’s Office.
9.8
Supplementary Final Examination Fees An approved supplementary final examination will require
the student to pay a fee of AED200 per subject. This fee may be waived by the Chair of College
under exceptional circumstances.
10.0 Cancellation of an Exam Session and/or Disruption to an Exam Date
10.1 Disruption of an Exam that has commenced
An Examination session refers to a single time slot, such as Monday 11am – 2pm; exam date refers
to an entire day of exams.
The University shall establish procedures and guidelines for the rescheduling of exams, which are
cancelled, and for exams that are disrupted once they have begun. The Registrar shall establish
these guidelines for all Undergraduate and Postgraduate courses in liaison with the Chairs of College
and the Dean Academic Affairs.
10.2 Undergraduate and Postgraduate Classes
10.2.1 In the case of cancellation of an exam session during the final examination period will be extended
by a day (or more if required) and the cancelled exam will be rescheduled to that day (or following
days). If new exam papers are required, the printing of these will be expedited by the subject
lecturer and the Examinations Coordinator.
10.2.2 The University will provide students with means to obtain timely information concerning
rescheduled examinations. Stuents may confirm revised time and date on the University’s website
at http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae or from the Registrar’s office. The information will also be posted on
the University’s main phone line.
10.3 Fire alarm or Other Emergency If a fire or emergency alarm results in immediate evacuation of the
building, the invigilator in consultation with the College Chair, Examination Co-ordinator, Registrar or
333
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Dean Academic Affairs who will determine whether the exam can be re-started, or whether a makeup examination must be scheduled.
a) If an examination does not continue after an evacuation, the invigilator should communicate
to the Registrar’s Office, if at all possible, within three (3) hours of the posted end time for the
exam. The Examination Co-ordinator will outline alternate examination arrangements in
accordance with Sections 10.2.1 and 10.2.2 above.
10.4 Procedure for Disruption of an Exam that has commenced
Exams may be disrupted by one of the following events. Instructors/invigilators should refer to the
appropriate evacuation procedures.
•
•
Fire Alarm: A fire alarm results in immediate evacuation of the building. If Security determines that
the alarm is false, the exam will not be able to continue and the Examination Co-ordinator will
outline alternate examination arrangements in accordance with Sections 10.2.1 and 10.2.2 above.
Building Evacuation: In the event it becomes necessary to evacuate a building, Security will advise
instructors/invigilators to evacuate. The instructor/invigilator will either advise students to go
immediately to the assigned alternate exam location to complete the exam or the Examination Coordinator will outline alternate examination arrangements in accordance with Sections 10.2.1 and
10.2.2 above.
10.5 Cancellation of Examination(s) In the case of cancellation of exam(s) for any reason (such as a
national public holiday or day/period of mourning, weather conditions or building closure etc),
students will write their final exam on the alternate examination date in accordance with Sections
10.2.1 and 10.2.2 above.
11.0 Related Documents
Code of Practice – Students (PP-ACD-DB-10.5)
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline (PP-COR-DB-6.1)
Records Matrix – Dubai (PP-COR-DB-1.01)
Assessment Policy (PP-REG-DB-2.1)
Academic Grievance-Students (PP-ACD-DB-10.3)
Procedure for Examination Invigilators (PP-REG-DB-2.3)
Special Consideration Policy (PP-REG-DB-2.5)
6.2.12 Academic Grievance Policy
- PP-ACD-DB-10.3
1. Preamble
1.1 Aim
1.1.1 The University aims to provide a fair, equitable and productive learning environment for all its
students. This policy seeks to support the achievement of this goal by providing a transparent
and consistent process for resolving student academic grievances.
1.1.2 The policy affirms the following UOWD Guiding Principles, contained in the University
Strategic Plan 2004-2007:
• commitment to the principles of equal opportunity and social justice;
• accountability to students and the University community;
• high ethical standards, including cooperation, tolerance and acceptance of obligations as
well as rights;
• active support for the intellectual and cultural needs of students.
1.2 Scope
1.2.1 This policy applies to the University of Wollongong in Dubai campuses and sets out:
334
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
a. The general approach of the University of Wollongong in Dubai (UOWD) in resolving grievances
relating to decisions, acts or omissions of UOWD staff or committees which affect the academic
experience of students; and
b. Informal and formal procedures which students should follow in pursuing grievances regarding
their academic experience.
1.2.2 This policy does not cover grievances by postgraduate research students regarding
supervision or the examination of theses. The policies covering such grievances are listed
under section 1.3 below.
1.3 Complementary policy documents
Grievance procedures which are not covered by this policy are included in a number of other
policy documents, including:
General Course Rules, which includes the procedures for appealing against the outcomes of
examination of theses submitted by postgraduate research students;
Grievance Resolution Procedures, which include student grievances regarding discrimination,
harassment or vilification;
Rules for Student Discipline, which set out procedures for disciplinary action where students are
accused of academic or other misconduct;
Privacy Policy, which governs the collection and use of personal information;
This list is not exhaustive and students should consult the University of Wollongong in Dubai website
for information regarding other UOW grievance resolution processes.
1.4 Review
To ensure its efficacy, this policy will be reviewed by June 2006. Any amendment to this policy must
receive the approval of Academic Board.
2. Definitions
Key terms used in this policy are defined as follows:
"Academic grievance" means a complaint by a student concerning a decision, act or omission of a
member of UOWD staff or committee which affects the student's academic experience.
Examples of the types of complaints that may be covered by this definition follow:
a.
b.
c.
d.
failure to assess work in accordance with specified criteria;
bias by marker;
technical marking or collating error;
failure to manage requests for special consideration in accordance with the Special
Consideration Policy;
e. failure to adhere to the requirements of the General Course Rules, including the rules
governing the award of grades of performance, granting of awards "with Distinction",
minimum rate of progress, advanced standing, amendments to academic records;
f. failure to adhere to the requirements of the Award Rules;
g. failure to adhere to mandatory requirements of a relevant Code of Practice (e.g. Teaching and
Assessment, Honours, Practical Placements), including assessment or examination requirements;
h. failure to adhere to College assessment or examination requirements;
i. failure to follow due process in handling student requests or complaints.
"Conciliation" is where an impartial third party assists in the process of grievance resolution
"Due process" means procedural rights under this policy, other policies (including University, aculty or
Unit policies), University rules and codes of practice.
"Good faith" means honestly and with propriety.
335
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
"Natural justice" is the right to be given a fair hearing and the opportunity to present one's case, and
the right to have a decision made by an unbiased decision-maker
"Representative student body" means the University of Wollongong in Dubai Student
Association.
"Student" means a person:
•
•
who is accepted for admission to or enrolled in any course or program offered at, or in
conjunction with, the University of Wollongong; or
whose body of work (e.g. a research thesis) is incomplete or still under examination.
3. General Principles of Grievance Resolution
The following general principles underpin the UOWD approach to the resolution of academic
grievances:
1. UOWD is committed to the early and informal resolution of grievances. Students should therefore
attempt to resolve any grievances in an informal way with the person involved before initiating formal
grievance resolution processes.
2. Parties involved in a grievance must participate in the grievance resolution process in good faith.
3. Grievance resolution processes should be applied fairly, flexibly and expeditiously.
4. All parties involved in a grievance should be treated with respect and impartiality.
5. The principles of natural justice should be observed. To this end the parties involved in a grievance
have a right to a fair hearing and to have a decision made by an unbiased decision-maker.
6. The confidentiality of parties involved in a grievance should be respected at all times, subject to the
need to fully investigate the matter and any legal requirements for disclosure.
4. Framework for Resolving Academic Grievances
4.1 Four Stages
There are four stages in the UOWD academic grievance resolution process:
Stage 1: Informal approach to person directly involved -see section 5 below
Stage 2: Formal grievance resolution by College -see section 6 below
Stage 3: Referral to Dean of Academic Affairs -see section 7 below
Stage 4: Appeal to CEO
4.2 Informal Resolution Students are encouraged to seek to resolve any issues or concerns informally
under Stage 1 before initiating formal grievance resolution procedures under Stage 2.
5. Stage 1 -Informal Resolution
A student who has a question or concern about a decision, act or omission that affects their academic
experience, should first approach the person(s) directly involved to discuss the matter. They may then
seek advice informally from other appropriate persons in the College (e.g. Subject or Program
Coordinator). For example: A student who wishes to obtain an explanation of a mark for assessable
work should approach the marker as soon as possible after the distribution of the mark. If the matter
remains unresolved, they may informally approach the Subject Coordinator to discuss the matter
further.
A student who has a concern about a mark awarded by a marker external to the Faculty should
discuss that concern with the Chair of the College.
A student who is unhappy with a decision regarding an application for special consideration should first
approach the Chair of the College.
336
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
6. Stage 2 -Formal Resolution by College
A student who has an issue or concern about a mark awarded for an assessment task or a final mark
or grade may only lodge a formal grievance application on one or more of the following grounds:
a.
b.
c.
d.
failure to adhere to University or College assessment or examination requirements;
failure to assess work in accordance with specified criteria;
bias by marker; or
technical marking or collating error.
6.1 Procedural requirements
6.1.1 Students may lodge a formal grievance application, in writing, to the Chair of the College by
completing the Re-Evaluation / Re-Marking of Examination Request Form (F-DB-REG5.8).
6.1.2 The application must:
a. be lodged by the student within fourteen (14) days of the decision, act or omission giving rise to the
grievance or, where the grievance relates to a mark received for an assessment task or a final
result or grade awarded for a subject, within fourteen (14) days of the distribution of the mark or
release of the final grade;
b. include the student's name, identification number and contact details; and
c. state the nature of the grievance, specific issues to be addressed and the form of resolution
sought.
6.1.3 The student must also pay the applicable Re-evaluation fee as specified on the ReEvaluation / Re-Marking of Examination Request Form (F-DB-REG-5.8).
6.1.4 If a person specified in section 6.1.1 has been involved in the initial grievance process,
there is a conflict of interest and the matter will be referred directly to the next designated
person in the grievance resolution process.
6.1.5 At each step in the College grievance process the person to whom the matter has been
referred:
May exercise their discretion to extend the specified time limit for application or referral; and
Must respond to the student as soon as practicable.
6.1.6 The student's grievance and the response of each of the people to whom the grievance has
been referred must be clearly documented.
Colleges must keep a copy of all documentation relating to the grievance in accordance
with the UOWD Records Management Policy.
7. Stage 3 -Dean of Academic Affairs
7.1 Referral to Dean of Academic Affairs
7.1.1 Where a matter remains unresolved after a student has followed the grievance resolution
process of the relevant College, the student may refer the matter, in writing, to the Dean of
Academic Affairs within fourteen (14) days of receiving a response from the last person
involved at Stage 2 of the process.
7.1.2 The College must, upon request, provide the Dean of Academic Affairs with a copy of all
documentation regarding the grievance.
7.2 Possible outcomes
After examining the relevant documentation and speaking to the student and other relevant parties
where appropriate, the Dean of Academic Affairs may:
337
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
Refuse to take the matter further if there are insufficient grounds for the grievance;
Conciliate the matter in accordance with section 7.3 below; or
Decide whether there has been a failure by the College to observe due process and take
appropriate action in accordance with section 7.4 below.
7.3 Conciliation
7.3.1 The Dean of Academic Affairs may clarify the issues with the student and suggest possible
directions for resolution of the grievance.
7.3.2 The Dean of Academic Affairs may, with the student's consent:
•
•
Refer the student to another person, or student representative body, who can provide
relevant advice or assistance with the aim of resolving the grievance; and/or
Facilitate negotiation of the grievance between the parties.
7.4 Decision regarding due process
7.4.1 Where the Dean of Academic Affairs decides that due process has not been followed by the
College, he/she may:
•
•
•
Conciliate the matter in accordance with section 7.3 above;
Refer the matter, in writing, back to the College for reconsideration of the matter in accordance
with due process; or
Make a decision to resolve the matter.
7.4.2
Where the Dean of Academic Affairs makes a decision under section 7.4.1(c) above,
he/she must notify the relevant Chair and the last person in the College to deal with the
grievance, in writing, of that decision as soon as practicable.
7.5 Student to be notified
The Dean of Academic Affairs must notify the student, in writing, of his/her decision regarding the matter
and of the student's right to appeal to the CEO.
8. Stage 4 -Appeal to the CEO
8.1 Lodging an appeal
8.1.1 A student who has exhausted all of the grievance resolution processes in Stages 2 and 3
may appeal to the CEO on the ground that:
a. Due process has not been adhered to at either of these stages; or
b. Relevant new or additional information is now available. Refer to Form: Appeal Against a
Decision or Action Affecting Academic Experience below.
8.1.2 An appeal under section 8.1.1 must:
•
•
•
Be lodged, in writing, with the CEO within fourteen (14) days of receiving written notification of the
decision of the Dean of Academic Affairs;
State fully the reasons for the appeal; and
Include any relevant documentary evidence to support the appeal.
8.2 Referral of matter
338
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
8.2.1 Where the CEO is satisfied that the appeal is based on the grounds of lack of due process,
he/she will refer the matter to the Dean.
Where the CEO is not satisfied that the appeal is based on the ground of lack of due process or that
relevant new or additional information has been presented he/she will refuse to refer the matter to the
Dean. The student must be notified, in writing, of such a decision as soon as practicable.
9.0 Refund of Re-Evaluation Fee
Should the original decision be changed at Stages 2, 3 or 4 (as detailed in Sections 6,7 and 8 above) the
student will be entitled to a full refund of the Re-Evaluation Fee paid at Section 6.1.3.
Referenced Documents/Forms:
Re-Evaluation / Re-Marking of Examination Request Form -F-DB-REG-5.8
Appeal Against Decision or Action Affecting Academic Experience Form -F-COR-DB-9.1
6.2.13 Code of Practice - Students
- PP-ACD-DB-10.5
Purpose
Teaching at the University of Wollongong in Dubai involves the active participation of students who share
with staff the responsibility to ensure that teaching is conducted efficiently and effectively, enabling
students to achieve their maximum potential. A separate Code of Practice -Teaching & Assessment sets
out the responsibilities of staff to the students they teach and covers every aspect of the presentation,
delivery and assessment of subjects.
1. Responsibilities of Students:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
Become familiar with the rules governing the degree in which they are enrolled as set out in the
University Course Handbook;
Check their enrolment status at audit dates in each session, and inform themselves of deadlines
for withdrawal/addition of subjects;
abide by the policies and practices of the College from which they take subjects, as explained in
the subject outline handed out by the end of the first week of lectures for every subject;
Take the initiative and consult with appropriate academic staff when problems arise;
Maintain satisfactory academic progress as set out in the degree rules;
Meet deadlines for work to be submitted as set out in the subject outline;
To conduct themselves in an orderly and proper manner in any class or in the library or in any
other place where such activity will adversely affect the working environment of others;
attend all lectures, tutorials, seminars and practical work as stipulated in subject outlines for
subjects in which they are enrolled;
Submit original work for assessment, without plagiarising or cheating, abiding by the University's
policies on Plagiarism (see below);
abide by the Rules for Student Discipline, Rules for Campus Access & Order, Rules for Governing
the Use of University Computing Facilities, Codes of Conduct; and
Respect the diversity of members of the campus community.
2. Responsibilities of Staff
Teaching staff of the University of Wollongong in Dubai have responsibilities towards the students they
teach, including:
•
•
Preparing and presenting material at an appropriate standard within the resources available;
Informing students, by the end of the first week of formal contact for each subject, of the
requirements for the subject and of the method(s) of assessment to be used for the subject;
339
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
•
•
•
Being available for reasonable periods of time during most weekdays of session, the study weeks
and the examination periods so that students may discuss aspects of the subject with them;
Assessing students' work fairly, objectively and consistently across the candidature for the subject;
Being available to students after marked material has been returned and after the final results have
been released so that any student who seeks it can be shown how his/her result was determined.
3. Plagiarism
Plagiarism is the use of another person's work or idea as if it is your own.
The other person may be an author, critic, lecturer or another student. When it is desirable or necessary to
use other people's material, take care to include appropriate references and attribution do not pretend the
ideas are your own. Be sure not to plagiarise unintentionally. The University's policy concerning plagiarism
is set out in Acknowledgement Practice / Plagiarism.
Procedures for Investigating plagiarism and other forms of cheating are set out in the Code of Practice Teaching & Assessment.
Plagiarism can lead to expulsion from the University.
4. Subject Information
In the first week of lectures for every subject, students will receive written information about the subject
which will provide details of the requirements of the subject, the method of assessment and all other
relevant information about the subject.
5. Required Reading
The information sheet referred to above will also contain information about the text books for the subject,
the reference books and any other required reading. As academic staff are constantly keeping up to date
with new developments in their areas of interest, students should be aware that other relevant material
that becomes available during the period in which the subject is taught may also be introduced as required
reading.
6. Student Academic Grievances
A student who is concerned about a decision, act or omission of a member of the University of
Wollongong staff which affects their academic experience may follow the grievance resolution procedures
set out in the Grievance Policy
7. Late Submission of Work
Extensions of time to submit material for assessment can only be granted in exceptional circumstances
such as illness or misadventure. Written notice is given at the beginning of lectures for each subject of the
requirements for the subject and this information includes the dates for the submission of work for
assessment. "Pressure of work", either from employment or from other subjects, is not an acceptable
reason for seeking an extension of time.
Related Documents:
Code of Practice – Teaching and Assessment
Grievance Procedures
Acknowledgement Practics/Plagiarism
Student Handbook
Course Calendar
340
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
6.2.14 Rules – Campus Access and Order
- PP-COR-DB-12.1
1.Preamble
The Campus of the University of Wollongong in Dubai is private property and the University has the
right to regulate access to its Campus. These Rules apply to anyone who enters the University
Campus, including but not limited to Students and Members of Staff and by entering the Campus an
Entrant agrees to be subject to and bound by these Rule.
2. Commencement
These Rules come into operation from 1 November, 2004.
3. Parts
The Rules are divided into three parts, as follows:
Part I -Preliminary
Part II -Access to and Order on Campus
Part III -Traffic and Parking
4. Interpretation
In these Rules, unless the contrary intention appears:
i.
"Authorized Persons" means the CEO, Dean Academic Affairs, Director of Administration, Chairs
of Colleges, Managers, security officers and parking attendants whether employed or contracted.
for the purposes of these Rules;
ii.
"Campus" includes any land which, for the time being, is the property of the University of
Wollongong in Dubai or in its possession or under its control, together with any building or other
erection or construction of any kind whatsoever, whether permanent or temporary, standing on or
affixed to such land or any part thereof;
iii.
"Entrant" includes all persons who enter upon the University Campus;
iv.
"Members of Staff" includes, for the purposes of these Rules, full-time, fixed term, part-time and
casual employees of the University;
v.
"Students" includes full-time and part-time students of the University;
vi.
"University" means University of Wollongong in Dubai
vii.
"Vehicle" means all motor vehicles and includes motor cycles and motorised wheelchairs.
PART II -ACCESS TO AND ORDER ON CAMPUS
1. Persons Eligible for Entry
Persons in the following categories may have access to the Campus:
i. A Member of Staff entering or remaining on Campus in consequence of being an employee and
carrying out necessary duties in respect of his or her employment;
ii. A Student entering or remaining on Campus in consequence of undertaking studies or research;
iii. A person who holds a permit authorising entry to the Campus and who has observed all conditions,
341
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
if and, to which the authority contained in the permit is subject;
iv.
A member of the Police Force requested by an Authorised Person to enter and remain on the
Campus for the purposes of protecting persons or property; and
v.
A person who otherwise has valid reason to be on the Campus, provided entry has not been
prohibited by an Authorised Person
2. Identification Cards
All Members of Staff of the University and Students are issued with Identification Cards which must be
carried during attendance at the University and shown in response to any reasonable request from an
Authorised Person or from any other Member of Staff who might require such identification in the
course of their duties.
3. Authorized Persons
An Authorized Person is empowered, under these Rules, to give such directions and to make such
requests in the name of the University as may be required to maintain order within the University and
to maintain orderly conduct by Members of Staff, Students and visitors, and in particular, but without
limiting the generality of the foregoing:
i. To request persons involved in disorderly conduct to leave the Campus and to remove trespassers
thereon;
ii.
To request persons to leave the Campus and/or inclosed lands owned or occupied by the
University and to apprehend and deliver to the custody of the nearest police constable any person
found committing an offence;
iii. To make a recommendation to revoke of the right of any person to enter or remain upon any land
or premises of the University.
4. Members of the Police Force
Members of the Police Force may be requested by any Authorised Person to enter any part of the
Campus when, in the opinion of such Authorised Person, the protection of persons and/or property
require it. Members of the Police Forces may in instances of likely or actual injury to persons or
damage to property take action consistent with the authorities and powers that they possess as officers
of the UAE, as appropriate.
1. Animals on Campus
2. Disorderly Conduct
Animals are not permitted on Campus unless authorised by the CEO; Authorised Persons may take
action to remove unauthorised animals from the Campus by whatever means are necessary.
In the interpretation of these Rules, the following forms of conduct will be construed as "disorderly
conduct" and may lead to action being taken by Authorised Persons in the interests of maintaining
good order and orderly conduct on Campus:
i.
Failure to comply with by-laws, rules, orders, resolutions or other lawful directions of the University
in relation to Campus access and order;
ii.
Any conduct which impairs the reasonable freedom of other persons to pursue their studies,
researches, duties or lawful activities in the University or to participate in the life of the University;
iii.
willful failure to obey any reasonable direction of an Authorized Person in relation to Campus
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
342
access and order;
iv.
failure to furnish or provide appropriate identification on request by an Authorized Person;
v.
willfully entering any place on Campus which the person is forbidden by an Authorized Person,
rule, or order to enter;
vi.
willfully littering the Campus or damaging, defacing, or wrongfully dealing with any University
property or any other property on Campus;
vii.
Any other unreasonable conduct disrupting the normal activities of the University.
Where any disorderly conduct under section 6(vi) above, occurs and the person or organisation
responsible can be identified, the University may take steps to recover the cost of any repairs to
property or the cost of removal of offending material in addition to any disciplinary action that may be
taken under the University's Discipline Rules.
7. Complaints of Alleged Disorderly Conduct
Any complaints alleging disorderly conduct against any person may be brought, in writing, by an
Authorised Person or by a Student or Member of Staff to the Director of Administration who shall deem
whether the matter requires any action to be taken, the matter may be dealt with as misconduct in
accordance with the appropriate University Rules and authorities.
8. Students or Staff Members Bringing Children on Campus
8.1
The University does not have childcare facilities and, therefore does not encourage the practice
of Students or Members of Staff bringing their children to the Campus during work/study hours.
However, the University accepts that from time to time it is necessary in order for the
Student/Member of Staff to meet employment or class attendance requirements.
8.2
When a child is brought to the Campus site the parent or guardian shall be fully responsible for
the care and conduct of that child.
8.3
The child will be covered by the University’s property liability insurance as any visitor to the
Campus.
8.4
The parent or guardian is fully responsible for health insurance coverage for any injury and all
costs relating to destruction of property (whether accidental or not) or any penalties due to
misconduct as outlined in this policy.
8.5
The parent or guardian is responsible for ensuring that the child is not disrupting any work or
study environment.
8.6
Children shall be allowed into a classroom or computer lab during teaching sessions only with
approval of the lecturer or supervisor. In the event of disruptive behaviour, the lecturer or
supervisor has the right to expel the child from the classroom or lab.
PART III -TRAFFIC AND PARKING
a) Underground parking for Members of Staff is available.
All other parking is outside and no fee
or permit is required.
b) Travelling and parking on the Campus shall be at the risk of the Entrant.
c) The University shall not be responsible or liable for any injury, damage or loss (including
consequential loss) no matter how it is caused or sustained.
d) The University shall not be responsible or liable for any loss, injury or damage to any person or
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
343
Vehicle caused or contributed to by the fault and neglect or negligence of the University while that
person or vehicle is travelling, standing or parked on the Campus.
e) It is a condition of entry to the Campus that all Entrants shall indemnify the University from all
claims, actions or demands brought by, for or on behalf of the Entrant or any third party arising out
of injury, damage or loss sustained to the Entrant or the Entrant's Vehicle or caused by the fault or
negligence of the Entrant in the use or operation of, or parking of, a motor Vehicle or bicycle on the
Campus.
f) The Entrant indemnifies the University for any claim for damage or loss howsoever caused to any
Vehicle brought onto the Campus by the Entrant and whether such damage is caused by the fault
or neglect of the University.
g) The Entrant acknowledges that he or she shall be deemed to be the agent of the owner of any
Vehicle that he or she brings onto the Campus and that the owner is aware of these Rules.
h) In the operation of a Vehicle on Campus the Entrant must at all times keep within speed limits,
observe road rules and generally show courtesy to other Vehicle users and in particular
pedestrians on Campus.
6.2.15 Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline
- PP-COR-DB-6.1
1. Aim
The University of Wollongong in Dubai is committed to providing a safe and orderly environment for
the University community, and expects each member of that community to behave responsibility and
ethically. These Rules seek to support the achievement of this goal by providing a clear and
transparent process for dealing with alleged student misconduct.
1.1
The Chief Executive Officer, UOWD shall have power in accordance with these Rules to take
disciplinary action against any student for misconduct. The Chief Executive Officer may, for
reasons of convenience or of natural justice, appoint another member of the University to
exercise any or all of the duties, powers or responsibilities under these Rules.
1.2
The Rules affirm the Guiding Principles of the University of Wollongong in Dubai which include
commitment to:
•
•
High ethical standards including honesty, cooperation, tolerance, and acceptance of
Obligations as well as rights;
•
Active support for the intellectual and cultural needs of staff and students;
•
Accountability to students, the University community, the public and governments;
•
The principles of equal opportunity and social justice.
In conjunction with the Rules and Annexure A, outlined in this policy the committee will follow the
guidelines of the Terms of Reference for Disciplinary Committee (TOR-13)
2.
Application
2.1
•
•
These Rules apply to alleged misconduct by a person who is a student (as defined in Section 4)
at the time of the misconduct, where the misconduct took place either:
on campus, including all areas of Knowledge Village grounds and UOWD Student Residences and
as defined in the Campus Access and Order Rules; or
elsewhere where;
i. the student is representing the University of Wollongong in Dubai (including during work
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
344
or clinical placements, education practicum and related activities, field trips or sporting
events); or
ii. the misconduct affects another member of the University community in their capacity as a
student or member of staff.
These Rules also apply to alleged misconduct which has affected, or might have affected, the enrolment
of that person.
3. Review
To ensure their efficacy, these Rules will be reviewed by the Disciplinary Committee and Registrar by
June2007.
4.
Definitions
Key terms used in these Rules are defined as follows:
Procedural rights under these Rules, including the
application of the principles of natural justice.
Due Process
Balance
Probabilities
Misconduct
Natural justice
Senior Officer
Student
Working days
of
More likely than not to have occurred.
Conduct by a student which: i. breaches any
University of Wollongong in Dubai bylaw, rule, policy
or code; ii. is deemed or stated to be misconduct
under such a bylaw, rule, policy, or code; iii. is
otherwise detrimental to the proper conduct or
reputation of the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
The right: i. to be given a fair hearing and the
opportunity to present one’s case; and ii. to have a
decision made by an unbiased decision-maker
A person holding the position of Chief Executive
Officer, Dean Academic Affairs, Director of
Administration, Chair of a School, Manager of an
Administrative Department.
A person: i. who has been accepted for admission to
or enrolled in any course or program offered at, or in
conjunction with, the University of Wollongong in
Dubai; or ii. whose body of work, completed while so
enrolled is still under examination.
Saturday to Wednesday (not including private or
public holidays)
5. General Principles Guiding Investigations of Misconduct
5.1 Persons or committee conducting investigations under the Rules must act in accordance with the
principles of natural justice and are not bound by the rules of evidence required in court
proceedings.
5.2 Decisions regarding alleged misconduct are made under these rules on the balance of
probabilities (defined in section 4).
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
345
5.3 The University of Wollongong in Dubai may report apparent or suspected criminal conduct by a
student to the police.
5.4 All parties involved in an investigation should be treated with respect and impartiality, and any
disability affecting the student should be taken into consideration;
The confidentiality of parties involved in an investigation should be respected at all times, subject to the
need to fully investigate the matter and any legal requirements for disclosure.
6. Bringing of a Complaint
6.1 Complaints may be brought by any member of the University staff (or external examiner)
submitted to a Senior Officer (as defined in Section 4) of the University of Wollongong in Dubai
against any student for alleged misconduct, either academic or non-academic.
The complaint shall be in writing addressed to the Dean of Academic Affairs and shall give full
details of the alleged misconduct.
6.2 At his/her discretion, the Dean, upon receiving the complaint from the Senior Officer, may
interview the student
Upon completion of the initial investigation the Dean shall bring an allegation of misconduct
against that student by referring the complaint in writing to the Disciplinary Committee for
investigation unless the Dean forms the opinion that the complaint is unfounded or that the
matters complained of do not constitute misconduct.
The Dean may, of his/her own motion, bring an allegation of misconduct against a student by referring a
complaint in writing to the Disciplinary Committee for investigation.
7. Immediate Action by Dean Academic Affairs
7.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, if, in the opinion of the Dean, the subject of
the complaint is such that immediate or further action is required, the Dean may recommend to
the Chairperson that he/she:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Suspend a student from the University; or
Exclude the student from, or restrict the use by the student of, any Library facilities, or
Exclude the student from using Student Services facilities such as Student Lounge, Games Room
or Student Residences: or
Exclude the student from attendance at any examinations and/or withhold the examination result(s)
for relevant subject(s); or
Exclude the student from using, or restrict the use by the student of, any computing facilities; and
Shall in such circumstances refer the matter to the Disciplinary Committee; the action taken by the
Chairperson shall remain in force until the Disciplinary Committee has dealt with the matter.
8. Referral to Disciplinary Committee
8.1 If the Dean decides that the matter warrants referral to the Disciplinary Committee the Dean shall
send to the student concerned:
•
•
•
•
•
A copy of the reference of the complaint to the Disciplinary Committee;
A copy of the documentation to be considered by the Disciplinary Committee and;
Reference to any rule, policy or code allegedly breached;
An invitation to attend an interview at a given date, time and location ;
The option for the student to be assisted by a support person of their choice at the interview with
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
346
the Disciplinary Committee.
8.2 The Dean’s reference to the Disciplinary Committee shall set out a full statement of the alleged
misconduct but the Dean shall not be obliged to include a copy of the original complaint.
8.3 If the matter referred to the Disciplinary Committee by the Dean relates to a breach of the
Examination Rules, the Dean may request the Registrar to withhold the examination result(s) for
the relevant subject(s) pending the outcome of the investigation by the Disciplinary Committee.
8.4 The Disciplinary Committee may, in accordance with its findings, determine:
a. That the allegations be dismissed;
b. That no further action be taken against the student concerned;
c. That the student be reprimanded by the Dean;
d. (i) That the student be fined and, in the event of multiple instances of misconduct, multiple fines
may be applied; the fine for each instance shall not exceed AED1,000.00
(ii) in addition, where the misconduct is related to a breach of Examination or other General Course
Rules, that the student be awarded a Fail grade for the relevant subject(s) or Internal Assessment;
e. That the student be suspended from the University for a limited period and in addition, where the
misconduct is related to a breach of Examination or other General Course Rules, that the student
be awarded a Fail grade for the relevant subject(s) or Internal Assessment;
f.
That the student be expelled from the University and in addition, where the misconduct is related to
a breach of Examination or other General Course Rules, that the student be awarded a Fail grade
for the relevant subject(s) or Internal Assessment;
g. Such other penalty as the Committee may deem appropriate in the particular instance of
misconduct;
h. and, in cases of damage to University property or any other action incurring a cost to the
University, that, in addition to any penalty determine above, the student may be charged for the
costs incurred in replacing or repairing the property or in redressing any other results of the
misconduct.
8.5 In determining a penalty, the Committee may further determine that the imposition of the penalty
be suspended under whatever conditions and for whatever period of time the Committee deems
appropriate to the particular circumstance of the complaint.
Where a student who has been given due notice under section 14.2 does not attend a committee meeting,
the committee may investigate the matter or hear an appeal in the student’s absence.
9. Appeals
9.1 Any student against whom action is taken may appeal to the CEO on the grounds of lack of due
process in the investigation of the complaint.
9.2 The appeal must be lodged in writing to the CEO within 10 working days, or within such further
period as the CEO shall allow.
9.3 If the CEO determines that an appeal lodged by a student is not based on the grounds of lack of
due process, he shall notify the student accordingly in writing, and no further action shall be
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
347
taken.
9.4 Presentation of new evidence does not normally constitute grounds for an appeal. Only in
exceptional circumstances, where it is clear to the CEO that there is no possibility that such
evidence could have been known and made available at the initial hearing, (and that the material
is of sufficient significance that potentially it may have altered the decision or penalty) will he
consider referring the matter to the Disciplinary Committee for further consideration. Situations
such as oversight or material, or failure of a witness to attend a hearing, are not sufficient
grounds. Should such a referral occur, the Disciplinary Committee will only consider that
additional documentation.
9.5 The CEO shall investigate the appeal and shall decide whether due process in terms of the
Committee Procedures set out in the Appendix has been followed by the Disciplinary
Committee.
10. Result of Appeal
10.1 In those cases where the CEO determines that due process was followed by the Disciplinary
Committee, he will confirm the action taken by the Disciplinary Committee and shall inform the
student accordingly in writing.
In those cases where the CEO determines that there has been a lack of due process in the consideration
of the case by the Disciplinary Committee, he will refer the matter back to the Disciplinary Committee with
full details of the lack of due process and direct the Committee to reconsider the matter; the CEO shall
inform the student accordingly in writing.
11. Inability to Act on the Disciplinary Committee
If during the currency of an investigation by the Disciplinary Committee a member of the Committee
becomes unable, for a period as would unduly delay the completion of the investigation, to act through
illness or any other cause, the Committee may complete its investigation in his/her absence if at least a
quorum is able to act.
12.
Urgent Situations
12.1 TheUniversity Librarian, or in his/her absence the Assistant Librarian, or in both their absences
the officer-in-charge, in cases where the misconduct or breach is so serious to warrant it, may
exclude any student from, or restrict the use by the student of, any Library facilities for such
period as he/she thinks fit, if in the opinion of the University Librarian, Assistant Librarian or the
officer-in-charge the student is guilty of misconduct in or about the Library precincts or facilities
or is in breach of any rules for the use of Library facilities as may be in force from time to time.
12.2 The Director of Administration or Academic Registrar, in cases where the misconduct or
breach is so serious to warrant it, may exclude any student from attendance at a particular
examination conducted by the University if in the opinion of the Director of Administration or the
Academic Registrar the student is guilty of misconduct or is in breach of any rules applicable to
the examination.
12.3 TheChair, College of Information Services, and/or in his/her absence the Manager, Information
Technology, in cases where the misconduct or breach is so serious to warrant it, may exclude
any student from using, or restrict the use by the student of, any computing facilities owned or
under the control of the University for such period as he/she thinks fit if in the opinion of the
Chair, College of Information Technology or the Manager Information Technology the student is
guilty of misconduct or is in breach of any rules applicable to the use of computing facilities.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
348
12.4 TheManager, Student Services, and/or in his/her absence the Manager Property and Services,
in cases where the misconduct or breach is so serious to warrant it, may exclude any student
from using, or restrict the use by the student of, any residence or student lounge facilities owned
or under the control of the University for such period as he/she thinks fit if in the opinion of the
Director of Administration the student is guilty of misconduct or is in breach of any rules
applicable to the use of student facilities.
12.5 Any action taken under Rules (12.1),(12.2), (12.3) or (12.4) shall be reported in writing
the Dean of Academic Affairs who may confirm, vary, quash or postpone the exclusion or
restriction, as appropriate, if he/she thinks fit; a copy of the report shall be forwarded to the
student by the person taking the action.
to
12.6 Where conduct on campus or University-managed premises occasions the intervention of
outside legal agencies, resulting in charges being laid or other action taken, that intervention of
itself is sufficient for the Director of Administration to take appropriate action including
suspension of any student from the University.
12.7 Any student excluded or restricted from using the Library or from attendance at examinations
or from using the computing facilities pursuant to Rules (12.1) ,(12.2), (12.3) or (12.4)
respectively may make an immediate oral appeal to the Dean of Academic Affairs who, without
prejudice to any action subsequently taken, may confirm, vary, quash or postpone that
exclusion or restriction, as appropriate, if he/she thinks fit.
Any student excluded or restricted from using the Library or from attendance at examinations or from
using the computing facilities pursuant to Rules (8), (9) or (10) respectively may, within 10 working days of
that action being taken, make a written appeal to the Dean of Academic Affairs who, notwithstanding any
action he/she may have taken, may confirm, vary quash or postpone the action or refer the matter for
investigation to the Disciplinary Committee.
13.
Effect of Penalties
13.1 A student who is expelled from the University of Wollongong in Dubai shall not be re-enrolled
until the period of exclusion has expired, at which time the student may re-apply for a place in
a course at the University.
Expulsion from the University of Wollongong in Dubai also applies to Student Residence
facilities.
13.2 A fine imposed on a student shall be payable within 10 working days of the date of notification
of the fine, but an extension of time for payment may be granted by the Chairperson.
13.3 The payment of a fine shall be suspended while an appeal from the decision imposing it is
pending.
13.4 If a fine imposed is not paid within the time limited for its payment, the student shall be
suspended and shall remain suspended so long as the fine remains unpaid.
13.5 When a fine, suspension, exclusion or other such penalty is imposed on a student the student
shall be notified in writing that he/she has a right to appeal in accordance with these Rules.
A suspension or exclusion imposed on a student shall be deemed to be inoperative while an appeal from
the decision imposing it is pending.
14.
General Provisions
14.1 Termination of disciplinary proceedings
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
349
14.1.1 Any disciplinary proceedings, including appeal proceedings, may be suspended by the
CEO if the student withdraws their enrolment or fails to re-enrol.
14.1.2 If disciplinary proceedings are suspended under rule 14.1.1, the Dean Academic
Affairs will advise the student that:
•
They have no automatic right to return to the University of Wollongong in Dubai; and
•
If they apply for re-enrolment, they will not be re-enrolled until the disciplinary proceedings are
completed.
14.2 Serving notices
14.2.1 A notice may be served on a student under these Rules either:
a) personally within the University of Wollongong in Dubai or elsewhere (e.g. at their
residence); or
b) by certified post addressed to the student’s last known place of residence.
14.2.2 If a notice is served by way of certified post, it shall be deemed to have been served on
the student on the date on which it would have been delivered in the ordinary course of the
post.
14.3 Limitation of effect of Rules
14.3.1 Nothing in these Rules affects:
a)
b)
14.3.2
The authority of any person or body in the University duly authorised to
administer any University rules not inconsistent with these Rules; and, in
particular,
Power of a committee or person or other authority within the University of
Wollongong in Dubai to withdraw a student from a course, or to cancel the
enrolment of a student, or to refuse a person further enrolment for any course or
subject, or to deal otherwise with their case, by reason of their failure to satisfy
academic requirements or to pay any fee, fine, charge or other money payable
to the University of Wollongong in Dubai.
Nothing in these Rules shall be interpreted as limiting in any way any power vested in
the CEO or any other rule of the University of Wollongong in Dubai or as limiting the
right of the University of Wollongong in Dubai to enforce by any other means any
right vested in it or to take any other action which it may be entitled or empowered to
take in the circumstances.
14.4 Extension of time limits
Any time limit set in the procedures or deadlines for student appeals set out in the body of these
Rules, may be extended at the discretion of the Chair of the committee, for example, to provide
adequate time to gather evidence and convene a meeting or because of special circumstances
demonstrated by the student.
14.5 Retention of records
All records relating to the investigation of an allegation of misconduct or an appeal from a decision
made under these Rules must be retained in accordance with the requirements of the University’s
Records Management Policy and Privacy Policy.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
350
Referenced or Other Related Documents
Terms of Reference -Disciplinary Committee Grievance Procedures Appendix A -Committee Procedures
APPENDIX A
COMMITTEE PROCEDURES
A Committee shall conduct its investigation in accordance with the principles of natural justice, shall
not be bound to conduct its proceedings in accordance with any rules of evidence or procedure, may
disallow, inter alia, questions which it considers to be unseemly or irrelevant for the nature of its
investigation, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall:
a) Give the student concerned due notice of the nature of the investigation against him/her;
b) Give the student concerned an opportunity to be heard;
c) give the officer bringing the complaint and/or any other staff member or student involved in the
event(s) leading up to the complaint an opportunity to be heard;
d) At the discretion of the Chairperson, permit any person appearing before the committee to be
assisted or represented by such agent as he/she desires;
e) warn all persons appearing before the Committee that they are expected to conduct themselves in
a reasonable and responsible manner during the proceedings and that any form of behaviour
which is an impediment to the proceedings shall of itself be regarded as a breach of the Rules;
f) where there is reasonable concern by the committee or any witness or participant in the
proceedings that an individual’s safety may be compromised by contact with the student who is the
subject of the allegation, be entitled to allow the evidence to be presented without the student
being present;
g) where the conduct of any person interferes with any other person’s right to be heard, be entitled to
remove that person from the meeting and to hear their evidence separately;
h) Permit the student to nominate witnesses to appear in support of his/her defence against the
complaint;
i) Permit any person appearing before the Committee in accordance with (c) above to nominate
witnesses to appear in support of his/her evidence;
j) In cases where the Committee finds that the complaint is proven, give the student the opportunity
to be heard on the issue of penalty and to nominate character references to appear before the
Committee;
k) Keep an adequate record of the evidence and its decision;
l) With the consent of the student concerned, allow any member of the University to have access to
that record.
m) Decisions by the committee are made by majority.
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
351
6.2.16 Rules for Student Residences
1.
- PP-SS-DB-4.1
Aim
The University of Wollongong in Dubai is committed to providing a safe, clean Student
Residences that encourage not only academic growth but personal and social growth as
well. Students residing in the Residences are expected to behave responsibly and
ethically. These rules seek to support the achievement of this goal by providing a clear
and transparent process for dealing with alleged student misconduct in the Residences.
2.
Application of this policy
2.1
These rules apply to alleged misconduct by a person who is a student (as defined in
Section 4.1 of this policy) at the time of the misconduct, where the misconduct took
place in the Residences. For the purpose of this policy, the term “the Residences”
will include the Residence property and the surrounding neighbourhood where
students’ actions may impact on other people residing in or around the Residences,
the Residences and/or UOWD.
For the purposes of these rules, the authorities and responsibilities assigned to the Residence
Supervisor are also assigned to the Residence Coordinator and Manager Student Services.
3.
Disciplinary Guidelines
3.1
The Student Residences are part of UOWD’s premises. As such, all rules and
regulations pertaining to student conduct while on campus also apply to the
Residences. In addition, the rules and regulations outlined in this policy are in force
for students residing in the Residences.
3.2
A minor infraction of these rules will usually result in a verbal warning. Three verbal
warnings in a session will result in a letter of warning on file. A major infraction will
result in the incident being sent to the Disciplinary Committee for action.
3.3
In instances where an infraction is of a very serious nature or where the safety and
security of the other Residents or University staff members are at risk, a student
may be suspended immediately from the Residences by the Manager Student
Services until such time as the Disciplinary Committee convenes and renders a
decision regarding the incident. An extraordinary meeting of the Disciplinary
Committee will be called within 3 business days of the incident. For the purpose of
this policy Thursday and Friday are not considered business days.
3.4
In all instances, the Disciplinary Committee may determine action ranging from a
written warning to expulsion from the Residences and may even include expulsion
from the University.
3.5
Where an alleged misconduct by a student in the Residences is sent to the
Disciplinary Committee for review, students may appeal the decision of the
Disciplinary Committee as specified in Clauses 9 and 10 in Policy PP-DB-COR-6.1
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline.
3.6
There is no refund of Residence fees in the event a student is expelled from the
Residences for misconduct.
3.7
Where the Disciplinary Committee decision is expulsion from the Residences, the
student will be given seven (7) days to make alternate living arrangements. The
notice period begins from the day the student is first notified in writing of the
352
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Disciplinary Committee’s verdict. Lodging an appeal of the Disciplinary Committee’s
verdict does not affect the requirement to vacate the Residences within 7 days.
In the case of illegal activity resulting in criminal charges, expulsion from the Residences is
immediate, as per clause 6.1. In this case the 7-day grace period does not apply and the
student’s belongings will be removed from the room.
4. Required Study Status for Students in the Residences
4.1
All students living in the Residences must be enrolled in UOWD on a full-time basis
at all times. Students withdrawing from subjects to a level below the full-time
minimum will be required to leave the Residences.
a) Full-time study for degree program is defined as:
i) Undergraduate programs – three (3) or more subjects per session
ii) Postgraduate programs – two (2) or more subjects per session
b) CES students are required to enrol in and pay for 3 full sessions of UniPrep
courses. Study requirements for other English language programs will be
determined in consultation with CES.
4.1.1 Students may remain in the Residences during the scheduled session breaks
between the Autumn-Spring, Spring-Summer and Summer-Autumn sessions.
Additional fees will be charged for this occupancy.
4.1.2 Students may not remain in the Residences during the scheduled SpringAutumn break unless they are enrolled in the Summer session as per Clause
4.1.
4.1.3 Students who have completed a program of study with the Centre for English
Studies and who have enrolled in a degree program in UOWD may not
remain in the Residences during break between the time their English course
finishes and the time the degree program starts unless they are enrolled in a
full-time program of study at UOWD or unless this break is less than 14 days.
4.2
Students must pay their tuition fees and enrol in the required number of
subjects/sessions at the start of each session. Proof of payment and enrolment will
be required before the Residence Application or Residence Renewal Application will
be processed and the Residence Entry Authorization form issued.
4.3
Students Services Department, in conjunction with the Finance Department, will
undertake an audit of tuition fee payment of all residents at the beginning of each
session to ensure tuition fees have been paid in full.
4.4
Student Services Department, in conjunction with the Registrar’s Department and
the Centre for English Studies, will undertake an audit of enrolment on regular basis
throughout each session to ensure students maintain full-time study status.
4.5
Students found not to have paid their tuition fees and/or not to have enrolled will be
suspended from the residences immediately until such time as the payment of tuition
fees and any relevant penalty fees are paid in full and/or enrolment in the required
full-time level of subjects is completed.
4.6
In the event that the enrolment for a session of study has closed, the student will be
required to vacate the Residence within seven (7) days. The student will have any
unused portion of their Residence fees refunded.
353
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
4.7
Students who have been expelled under Clause 4.6 only, may reapply for the
Residences when they re-enrol and pay their tuition fees for a subsequent session.
A new application for the Residences must be submitted along with the requisite
documentation and residence fees.
4.8
Exchange students from UOW Australia and/or other Universities may, on occasion,
be authorized to reside in the Residences on a short-term basis, space permitting.
The weekly Residence fee will be charged as applicable. All exchange visits must be
approved by the Manager Student Services and the Director of Administration or
Dean Academic Affairs.
UOWD staff may, on occasion, be authorized to reside in the Residences on a short-term basis,
space permitting. All staff requests for the Residences must be approved by the Manager
Student Services and the Director of Administration.
5. Authority of Residence Supervisor
5.1
The Residence Supervisor is authorized to enter any room (including bedrooms) at
any time, in the course of fulfilling their duties. The Supervisor will knock first,
identify himself (Men’s Residence) / herself (Women’s Residence). They may then
enter the room.
5.2
Verbal abuse of the Residence Supervisor or other staff member is not permitted
and will not be tolerated under any circumstances. Such behaviour by a student will
be reported in an Incident Report form and forwarded to the Residence Coordinator
for further action.
5.3
Physical abuse of the Residence Supervisor or other staff member is not permitted
and will not be tolerated under any circumstances. Instances of assaulting a
Residence Supervisor, be it accidental or intentional, will result in the referral of the
incident to the Disciplinary Committee and immediate suspension of the student
from the Residences until such time as the Disciplinary Committee renders a
decision on the case.
5.4
The Resident Supervisor may ask to see the identification of any individual in the
Residences. Students and guests must produce ID when requested to do so.
5.5
The Residence Supervisor is empowered to intervene and settle disputes between
Residents.
5.6
The Residence Supervisor is authorized to contact a student’s parents / guardians to
report misconduct by the student.
The Residence Supervisor is authorized to effect a room change if it is deemed necessary by
the Residence Supervisor. The Residence Supervisor is also authorized to refuse a room
change request from a student if he/she determines that such a change would not be in the best
interests of the other students and/or UOWD Residences.
6. Behaviour of Student Residing in the Residences
6.1
Any activity of a criminal nature including stealing, drugs, threats, etc will be referred
to the Dubai Police and will result in immediate expulsion from the Residences. In
this case the 7day grace period does not apply and the student’s belongings will be
removed from the room
6.1.1 Students arrested by the Dubai Police for criminal activities outside the Residences
354
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
will be expelled from the Residences immediately.
6.2
The Residences are part of a multi-cultural environment. Students making racial or
religious slurs or displaying racist behaviour will be referred to the Disciplinary
Committee for further action. The student will also not be permitted to renew their
residence application when their current booking expires.
6.3
The display, viewing and/or possession of pornographic, obscene, racially offensive,
immoral and/or illegal materials is strictly forbidden anywhere in the Residences,
including bedroom areas. Students caught with material deemed to be offensive will
have it immediately confiscated and will be referred directly to the Disciplinary
Committee. All confiscated material(s) will be destroyed following the Disciplinary
Committee’s hearings.
6.4 Accessing or viewing offensive, immoral and/or illegal websites through the
Residence internet service is not permitted.
6.5 Drinking, having alcohol in your possession, and/or being drunk is not permitted on
the Residence premises.
6.6 The use of BBQs in the Residences, including balcony areas, is not permitted.
6.7
Foul, disrespectful language or any other types of verbal abuse is not allowed.
6.8 Physical abuse of another student in the Residences is not permitted and will not be
tolerated under any circumstances. Instances of assaulting a student, be it accidental
or intentional, will result in the referral of the incident to the Disciplinary Committee
and immediate suspension of the student from the Residences until such time as the
Disciplinary Committee renders a decision on the case.
6.9 Loud noise is not permitted at any time. Music and TV volumes must be kept turned
down after curfew time.
6.10 Smoking is permitted only on the balcony. If all the students residing in a flat are in
agreement, they may designate the living & dining rooms as smoking areas.
However smoking is not permitted in the bedrooms at any time regardless of any
agreement reached by students residing in the flat.
6.11 Smoking of Sheesha must comply with the above rule.
6.12 No pets or animals of any kind are allowed in the residences.
6.13 Students should not contact the Residence Supervisor or Residence Coordinator
after 12:00 pm midnight unless there is a serious emergency. Calls regarding
equipment not working such as the internet or washing machines are not
emergencies and will be viewed as nuisance calls.
6.14 Minor disputes between students must be referred to the Residence Supervisor prior
to involving any outside agency such as the police. Phone calls made to the Police
without the approval of the Residence Supervisor will be deemed to be nuisance
calls.
6.15 Students making nuisance phone calls will be issued with a written warning.
6.16 Students may change rooms only with the permission of the Residence Supervisor. If
approved, a student will be permitted to change rooms only once per session.
6.17 Students are not permitted to sleep over or spend the night in another room in the
Residences. They must sleep in the room and bed assigned to them.
6.18 Students must leave common areas (living room, dining room, kitchen, bathrooms)
355
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
clean after use and allow the other students access to the shared facilities.
6.19 Each student will be issued with a key to his/her assigned bedroom and a key to his/her
assigned flat. Each student must sign the logbook for the assigned keys. Lost keys will be
fined at the rate of:
a) AED 25 – bedroom keys;
b) AED 100 – flat keys
Students will apply to the Residence Coordinator for replacement keys.
6.20 Students may not borrow or use any personal belongings or food/beverages belonging to
another student unless given direct permission from that student.
6.21 All students residing in the Residences must have an annual health check done at the
UOWD Medical Centre.
6.22 Students must lock their bedroom doors whenever they are out of the room. Students
must also ensure the door to the flat is kept locked at all times. Students are strongly
advised against leaving money and/or valuable personal belongings in their room. The
University is not responsible for any items missing from students’ flats or bedrooms.
6.23 Students must report all missing valuables immediately to the Residence Supervisor. The
Residence Supervisor will determine if the Dubai Police should be notified of an incident.
Students must not contact the Dubai Police without first notifying the Residence
Supervisor of the incident.
6.24 Money and valuables may be left with the Residence Supervisor. Money must be sealed
in an envelope and signed by the Student across the seal prior to giving it to the
Residence Supervisor.
6.25 Students should not bring additional furnishings for their room, due to the lack of space.
6.26 Students must report maintenance and repairs issues to the Residence Supervisor.
6.27 Students will be held financially responsible for damages to University property in their
custody.
Residence Orientations are mandatory for all new students. Residence Orientations are
scheduled at the beginning of each session. Failure to attend a Residence Orientation will result
in a letter of warning.
7. Curfew Timings
7.1
Students are required to be in the Residences by the following timings:
Women’s Residence:
Undergraduate
and
students
11:00pm Fri-Tues
12:00pm Wed-Thurs &
holidays
CES
Postgraduate Students
12:00pm Fri-Tues
public
01:00am Wed-Thurs & public holidays
356
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Men’s Residence:
Undergraduate
and
students
11:00pm Fri-Tues
12:00pm Wed-Thurs &
holidays
CES
Postgraduate Students
12:00pm Fri-Tues
public
01:00am Wed-Thurs & public holidays
Timings will be one hour later during Ramadan.
7.2
Requests to permanently extend curfew timings must be made in writing using the
Change of Curfew Authorization form and must be signed by the parent or guardian on
file. The Residence Supervisor will contact the parent / guardian on file to confirm the
change of curfew.
7.3
Temporary requests to extend curfew can be made using the Late Leave Pass Request
form. Late leave passes will be issued by the Residence Coordinator or Manager Student
Services and will only be permitted once per week.
7.4
Any student who wishes to spend the weekend with approved relatives or friends should
inform the Residence Supervisor by 5:30pm on Wednesday evening and give the name
and contact number of the person they are staying with to the Residence Supervisor
before leaving.
7.5
Room checks will be conducted regularly by Residence Supervisor.
8. Visitors
8.1
All visitors to the Residences (including family members) must be issued with a Visitor’s
pass. The Residence Supervisor will issue a pass when requested. Visitors must keep
this pass with them and show it when requested to do so. The visit pass is valid only on
the day it is issued.
8.2
Visitors of the opposite gender are not permitted with the exception of parents &
guardians as well as designated University staff and cleaners. Guardians and parents of
resident students may visit the Residence, provided that the Residence Supervisor is
informed beforehand.
8.3
Visitors are required to leave the Residences by 11:00pm Fri-Tues; 12:00pm Wed-Thurs.
Extension of these timings may be granted at the discretion of the Residence Supervisor.
8.4
The Residence Supervisor may direct a visitor to leave the Residence premises before
the visitor curfew timing, if he/she believes the visitor’s presence constitutes a breach to
the safety, or peace of the premises.
8.5
Visitors are not permitted to stay overnight in the Residences. (This includes family
members and friends.)
Review
This policy will be reviewed and updated by the Manager Student Services not less than once
every two years from the date of creation. (May 2005)
357
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
LIST OF POLICIES AND FORMS
The following is a list of policy and forms available to students as of September 2007 through
the UOWD Website. They can be accessed by clicking on http://my.uowdubai.ac.ae
POLICIES
FORMS
Academic Grievance - Students
Accommodation Brochure
Admissions Procedures and Processes
Accuplacer Practice Tests
Advanced Standing Policy
Accuplacer Test Information Sheet
Alternative Assessment for Students With a Disability
Alumni Association Information
Anti-Bullying Guidelines
Alumni Card Application
Assessment Policy
Alumni Committee Handbook
Attestation Guidelines
Alumni Committee Registration Form
Bachelor Degree Rules
Alumni Events Information Sheet
Benevolent Fund
Alumni Services Information Sheet
CLC Student Attendance Policy
Appeal Against Decision or Action Affecting Academic
Experience
CLC Supplementary Examination Policy
Application for Leave of Absence
Client Services Complaints Handling
Basic Time Management Tips Information Sheet
Code of Conduct - Library Users
Benevolent Fund Application
Code of Ethical Conduct and Discipline Related to
Functional Responsibilities
Career Fair Preparation Info Sheet
Code of Practice - Students
Career Fair Registration
Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment
Career Feedback - Students
Constitution of the UOWD Student Representative council
Career Service Info Sheet
Continuous Improvement
CELTA Application Form
Copyright Policy
CELTA Pre-Interview Task
Corruption Prevention Policy
Challenge Test Application - UG
Deans Merit List Rules
Change of Major / Degree Program Form
Enrolment Policy
CLC Application for Admission
Examination Policy
CLC Enrolment Form
Fees and Refund Policy - Postgraduate
CLC Re-enrolment Form
Fees and Refund policy - Undergraduate
CLC UniPrep Information Sheet
Guidelines for Internet Use in the Residences
Club Membership Register
Harassment Policy
Club Rules
Information Literacies Rule
Club Sign-Up Form
ITTS Account Regulations
Club-SRC-Alumni Signing Authority
Library Client Service Charter
Committee Structure
Library Quality Policy Statement
Consent Form
358
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Library Regulations
Consent Form for Probationary Admission
Master Degree Rules
Counselling Information Sheet
Medical Centre Practices
Cover Letter Info Sheet
Minimum Rate of Progress Policy
Credit or Adjustment Request
Music, Video & Software Piracy Policy
Cultural Adjustment Information Sheet
Non-Discriminatory Language and Practice &
Presentation Policy and Guidelines
Curfew Change Authorization
Occupational Health and Safety Policy
Dealing With Stress Information Sheet
Occupational Health and Safety Procedures
Degree Planner - BUS - Summer 07 - Aut 04 Onwards &
New Students
Plagiarism - Acknowledgement Practice
Degree Planner - BUS - Summer 07 - Spr 04 or Sum 04
Plagiarism Policy
Degree Planner - IT - Autumn 07
Product Promotion on Campus
Degree Planner - IT - Summer 07
Publications and Promotional Advertisement Guidelines
Degree Planner- BUS-Summer 07-Aut 03 or Earlier
Rate of Study Progress - CLC Students
Discount Guide
Refusal of Registration
Exam Anxiety Information Sheet
Returned Cheques
Excursion Request for non UOWD Student / Staff
Member to Attend
Rules - Campus Access & Order
FAQ for Student Attendance Policy
Rules for Student Conduct and Discipline
Fee Payment Procedures
Rules for Student Lounges
Fee Refund or Transfer Request
Rules for Student Residences
Graduation Application
Rules for Use of UOWD ITTS Facilities
Graduation Ring Information Sheet
Rules Governing Sports and Recreation
How to Write a CV
Scholarship Policy
IELTS Test Information
Smoke Free University Environment Policy
Incident Report - Student Residences
Special Consideration Policy
Incident Report Form
Student Assignment of Intellectual Property Policy
Information Brochure - Awards
Student Attendance Policy
Information Brochure - CDS
Student Career Development Services Practices
Information Brochure - Clubs
Student Excursions
Information Brochure - Companies Seeking UOWD
Graduates
Student Visa Sponsorship - Visa / Passport / Deposits
Information Brochure - Counselling
Subject Outline Information
Information Brochure - Health
Tertiary Literacies
Information Brochure - Sports
TOR - Student Disciplinary Committee
Information Brochure - SRC
Tuition Discounts and Grants
Information Brochure - STAR LEADERSHIP PROGRAM
Use of the University\'s Name
Information Brochure - Unishop
Use of UOWD Brand and Production of Marketing
Material
InterCon Mentoring Agreement
Wireless Network Acceptable Usage Policy
InterCon Training Manual
Intern Handbook
359
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Intern Work Availability
Internship Feedback (STU)
Internship Responsibilities
Job Application Info Sheet
Job Hunting Tips
Manual Enrolment Form - Undergraduate
Manual Enrolment Form - Postgraduate
New Club Application
Official Letter Request - Academic
Official Letter Request - Non-Academic
Official Transcript Request
On-Campus Interview Feedback - Students
Payment Schedule - Autumn 2007
PG Degree Planner - Autumn
PG Exam Clash Matrix - Autumn
PG Exam Schedule - Autumn
PG Reevaluation Procedure - Summer
PG Supplementary Exam Schedule - Summer
Product Promotion Information
Promotional Activity Application
Re-evaluation Request - Examinations
Readmission Form - PG Students
Readmission Form - UG Students
Recruitment Selection Test Info Sheet
Research - Conference Funding Claim Form
Residence Application
Residence Renewal Application
Residence Visitor Authorization
S.T.A.R Leadership Application Form
SOLS Mail Information Sheet
Special Consideration Request
Sports Award Info Sheet
Sports Award Nomination Form
Sports Sign-Up Form
Sports Waiver
SRC Appointment Application
SRC Election Nomination Form - General Member
SRC Election Nomination Form - Slate
360
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07
Steps for Equivalency Letter - PG Students
Steps for Equivalency Letter - UG Students
Steps for Online Enrolment
Student Activities Application
Student Appeal Form
Student Career Registration Form
Student Club Information
Student Excursion Acknowledgement - Sports Teams
Student Handbook
Student Resource Request
Student Support Services Information Sheet
Time Management Techniques
Time Sheet (Invigilators)
Tutor Application
Unicrew Application
University Spirit Award Information Sheet
University Spirit Award Nomination Form
Useful Job Hunting Websites
Variations to Enrolment
Waiver of Pre- or Co-Requisite Subject Request
Wireless Network Access Application Form
361
University Catalogue F-REG-DB-7.2
V5 11 Dec 07